G Writereaddata EIA 0811201676NR0QOLEIAEMPReport PDF

EIA for NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant at Survepalli Village, Near to

Krishnapattnam
Port, Venkatchalam Mandal, Nellore District, Andhra

Pradesh

EIA Report

Asian Consulting Engineers Private Limited, New Delhi

JULY 2016
EIA for NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant at Survepalli Village, Near to Krishnapatnam Port,
Venkatachalam Mandal, Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
CHAPTER-1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1.1 Project Background........................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1.2 Agricultural Scenario in India........................................................................................... 1-1
1.1.3 Fertilizer Scenario in India................................................................................................ 1-1
1.1.4 Project Proponent.............................................................................................................. 1-4
1.1.5 EIA Consultant.................................................................................................................. 1-5
1.2 Project Objectives And Benefits........................................................................................................ 1-5
1.3 Brief Description about the Project.................................................................................................... 1-6
1.4 Policy And Legal Framework............................................................................................................ 1-7
1.5 EIA Study........................................................................................................................................... 1-8
1.5.1 Approach and Methodology of EIA Study..................................................................... 1-11
1.5.2 Structure of the EIA Report............................................................................................. 1-12
1.6 TOR Compliance ............................................................................................................................. 1-14
CHAPTER-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Project Overview................................................................................................................................ 2-1

2.2 Justification of Project Location......................................................................................................... 2-3
2.3 Salient Features of Project.................................................................................................................. 2-3
2.4 Project Description............................................................................................................................. 2-4
2.4.1 Process Technology........................................................................................................... 2-8
2.4.2 Available INCRO Processes for NPK / DAP.................................................................... 2-9
2.4.3 Advantages of INCRO Technology over other Competitors............................................. 2-9
2.4.4 Production Process............................................................................................................. 2-9
2.4.5 Resource Optimization/ Recycling and Reuse.................................................................. 2-16
2.4.6 Resource Requirement...................................................................................................... 2-16
2.4.7 Process Facilities and Other Sections………………………………………………… 2-19
2.4.8 Storage Facilities............................................................................................................ 2-20
2.4.9 Supported Infrastructure............................................................................................... 2-20
2.5 Air Pollution Control Systems........................................................................................................ 2-21
2.5.1 Air Scrubbing System……………………………………………………........………… 2-21
2.5.2 Hazardous Materials Storage and Handling Facility ……………………....……………. 2-22
2.5.3 Transportation of Hazardous Chemicals……………………………………....………. 2-24
2.5.4 Storm Water Drainage System.......................................................................................... 2-38
2.5.5 Rainwater Harvesting System........................................................................................... 2-38
2.5.6 Green Belt Area................................................................................................................. 2-38
2.6 Noise, Air Emissions, Effluents And Solid Waste Generation And Management........................... 2-39
2.6.1 Gaseous Emissions.............................................................................................................. 2-39
2.6.2 Liquid Effluents.................................................................................................................. 2-39
2.6.3 Solid wastes........................................................................................................................ 2-40
2.6.4 Industrial Wastes................................................................................................................ 2-40
2.6.5 Noise Emission.................................................................................................................. 2-40
2.7 Hazardous Waste Management System............................................................................................. 2-41
2.8 HSE And Corporate Environmental Policy, Procedures And System.............................................. 2-41
2.9 Occupational Health And Safety For Workers.................................................................................. 2-42
2.9.1 Safety Training.................................................................................................................. 2-42
2.9.2 Health of the workers........................................................................................................ 2-42
2.10 Risk/Disaster Management Plan (Onsite And Offsite)...................................................................... 2-43
2.11 Project Schedule And Cost Estimates............................................................................................... 2-43
2.11.1 Tentative Project Schedule............................................................................................. 2-43
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. i
2.11.2 Project Cost.................................................................................................................... 2-43

2.11.3 Economic Viability of the Project..................................................................................... 2-44
CHAPTER-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 General Setting of Site and Study Area............................................................................................... 3-1

3.1.1 Study Area......................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1.2 Site Description and Its Environs...................................................................................... 3-2
3.2 Topography and Geology.................................................................................................................. 3-3
3.2.1 Topography........................................................................................................................ 3-3
3.2.2 Geology............................................................................................................................ 3-4
3.3 Hydrology and Hydrogeology.......................................................................................................... 3-4
3.3.1 Hydrology.......................................................................................................................... 3-4
3.3.2 Hydrogeology.................................................................................................................... 3-5
3.4 Soil Quality Monitoring..................................................................................................................... 3-5
3.4.1 Methodology for Soil Monitoring................................................................................... 3-5
3.4.2 Soil Monitoring Locations................................................................................................ 3-5
3.4.3 Soil Characteristics in the Study Area............................................................................... 3-7
3.5 Land Use and Land Cover................................................................................................................. 3-8
3.6 Water Environment........................................................................................................................... 3-11
3.6.1 Ground Water.................................................................................................................... 3-11
3.6.2 Surface Water..................................................................................................................... 3-12
3.6.3 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring...................................................................... 3-13
3.6.4 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results....................................................................... 3-14
3.6.5 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Results....................................................................... 3-15
3.7 Climate and Meteorology........................................................................................................... ..... 3-17
3.7.1 Climate of Nellore............................................................................................................. 3-17
3.7.2 Relative Humidity.............................................................................................................. 3-17
3.7.3 Cloud Cover........................................................................................................................ 3-17
3.7.4 Cyclone............................................................................................................................. 3-18
3.7.5 Micro-Meteorology............................................................................................................ 3-18
3.7.6 Atmospheric Inversion Level........................................................................................... 3-18
3.8 Air Environment................................................................................................................................. 3-19
3.8.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring........................................................................................ 3-19
3.8.2 Parameters, Frequency and Monitoring Methodology....................................................... 3-21
3.8.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results......................................................................... 3-22
3.9 Noise Environment............................................................................................................................ 3-25
3.9.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring............................................................................................... 3-25
3.9.2 Methodology...................................................................................................................... 3-25
3.9.3 Observations, Regional Scenario and Effects.................................................................... 3-28
3.10 Biological Environment..................................................................................................................... 3-29
3.10.1 General Setting.................................................................................................................... 3-29
3.10.2 Flora and Fauna.................................................................................................................. 3-29
3.11 Socio – Economic Environment........................................................................................................ 3-29
3.11.1 Demographic Profile.......................................................................................................... 3-32
3.11.2 Occupation.......................................................................................................................... 3-33
3.11.3 Infrastructural Facilities..................................................................................................... 3-33
3.11.3.1 Connectivity and Communication.................................................................................... 3-33
3.11.3.2 Hospitals and Schools........................................................................................................ 3-33
3.11.3.3 Places of Religious/Archaeological and Other Importance............................................... 3-34
CHAPTER-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 Introduction......................................................................................................................................... 4-1

4.1.1 Prediction of Impact........................................................................................................ 4-4
4.2 Impact on Air Environment................................................................................................................. 4-4
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. ii

4.2.1 Impact During Construction Phase.................................................................................... 4-4

4.2.2 Impact During Operation Phase.......................................................................................... 4-4
4.2.3 The Model.......................................................................................................................... 4-5
4.2.4 Model Input....................................................................................................................... 4-5
4.2.5 Modeling Procedure.......................................................................................................... 4-6
4.2.6 Modeling Results............................................................................................................... 4-6
4.2.7 Discussion on Modeling Results.................................................................................... 4-11
4.3 Impact on Noise Quality................................................................................................................ 4-11
4.3.1 Construction Phase............................................................................................................. 4-11
4.3.2 Operation Phase................................................................................................................ 4-12
4.4 Impact on Water Quality................................................................................................................. 4-12
4.4.2 Operation Phase.................................................................................................................. 4-12
4.5 Impact on Land Environment.......................................................................................................... 4-12
4.5.2 Operation Phase................................................................................................................. 4-12
4.6 Impact on Biological Environment.................................................................................................. 4-13
4.6.1 Construction Phase............................................................................................................ 4-13
4.6.2 Operation Phase................................................................................................................. 4-13
4.7 Impact on Socio Economic Environment........................................................................................ 4-13
4.8 Impact Evaluation................................................................................................................................. 4-14
4.9 Impact Significance.............................................................................................................................. 4-15
4.10 Impact Mitigation Measure................................................................................................................... 4-16
4.10.1 Air Environment................................................................................................................ 4-16
4.10.2 Water Environment........................................................................................................... 4-17
4.10.3 Biological Environment....................................................................................................... 4-17
4.10.4 Occupational Health Hazard from Noise Pollution............................................................. 4-17
4.10.5 Waste Generation and Management.................................................................................. 4-17
CHAPTER-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
5.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan............................................................................................................ 5-1

5.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring......................................................................................................... 5-1
5.3 Noise Monitoring.................................................................................................................................. 5-1
5.4 Water Quality Monitoring................................................................................................................... 5-2
5.5 Occupational Health............................................................................................................................ 5-2
5.6 Budget................................................................................................................................................... 5-3
CHAPTER-6: ADDITIONAL STUDIES
6.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................................................... 6-1

6.1.1 Objectives and Methodology of the Risk Analysis Study.................................................. 6-1
6.1.2 Hazards Classification........................................................................................................ 6-2
6.1.3 Risk Scenarios..................................................................................................................... 6-3
6.1.4 Risk Assessment................................................................................................................. 6-4
6.1.5 Modelling Output............................................................................................................... 6-5
6.1.6 Interpretation of the Modelling Output............................................................................... 6-8
6.1.7 Safety Measures for Storage of Hazardous Chemicals.................................................... 6-10
6.1.8 Fire and Explosion Hazard.............................................................................................. 6-11
6.1.9 Toxic and Reactive Hazard.............................................................................................. 6-11
6.2 Traffic Survey..................................................................................................................................... 6-12
6.3 Public Hearing..................................................................................................................................... 6-14
6.3.1 Issues Raised During the Public Hearing......................................................................... 6-16
CHAPTER-7: PROJECT BENEFITS
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. iii

7.1 Project Benefits................................................................................................................................... 7-1

CHAPTER-8: ENVIRONENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.1 Structure of EMP................................................................................................................................. 8-1

8.2 Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures..................................................................................... 8-1
8.3 Environmental Management Plans....................................................................................................... 8-6
8.3.1 Rainwater Harvesting System............................................................................................ 8-6
8.3.2 Air Pollution Management Plan…………………………………………………............ 8-6
8.3.3 Storm Water Management Plan……………………………………………….......…..... 8-7
8.3.4 Sewage Management Plan…………………………………………………….......…....... 8-8
8.3.5 Effluent Management Plan………………………………………………………........... 8-8
8.3.6 Solid Waste Management Plan……………………………………………………......... 8-9
8.3.7 Hazardous Waste Management Plan……………………………………………............... 8-9
8.3.8 Green Belt Development…………………………………………………………........... 8-9
8.3.9 Health & Safety................................................................................................................. 8-11
8.3.10 Environment Management Cell................................................................................... .... 8-12
8.4 Environmental Monitoring Plan........................................................................................................... 8-12
8.5 EMP Budget......................................................................................................................................... 8-13
CHAPTER-9: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
9.1 Summary and Conclusion……………………………………………………….............…………. 9-1
CHAPTER 10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
10.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................................ 10-1

10.2 Quality of Services.............................................................................................................................. 10-1
10.3 Area of Specialization......................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.4 Resources............................................................................................................................................. 10-4
LIST OF TABLES
Page
Table No. Title
No.
Table 1.1 Demand Forecast of Fertilizer Products in India (2013-14 to 2017-18)............................. 1-2
Table 1.2 Production of the urea, DAP and complex fertilizers (2008-09 to 2013-14)...................... 1-2
Table 1.3 List of DAP and other Complex Fertilizer Plants............................................................... 1-3
Table 1.4 Salient Features of the Project............................................................................................. 1-6
Table 1.5 Applicable Acts and Guidelines for the Proposed Project.................................................. 1-8
Table 2.1 Salient Features of the Project............................................................................................. 2-3
Table 2.2 Raw Materials and their Source and Transportation Mode................................................. 2-18
Table 2.3 Water Consumption during Operation Phase...................................................................... 2-19
Table 2.4 Preliminary Water Balance for One DAP / NPK Plant....................................................... 2-19
Table 2.5 Details of Air Pollution Control Devices, Measures Proposed Stack/Chimney & Process 2-23
Emissions............................................................................................................................
Table 2.6 Details of Air Pollution Control Equipment........................................................................ 2-24
Table 2.7 Details of Storage at Port and Plant..................................................................................... 2-24
Table 2.8 Details of Storage &Pipe Line Conditions.......................................................................... 2-24
Table 3.1 Brief Description of the Project Site.................................................................................... 3-3
Table 3.2 Soil Sampling Locations...................................................................................................... 3-5
Table 3.3 Soil Characteristics in the Study Area................................................................................. 3-7
Table 3.4 Classification of Land Use and Land Cover........................................................................ 3-9
Table 3.5 Land Use pattern of the Proposed Project........................................................................... 3-9
Table 3.6 Sampling Locations for Surface & Ground water............................................................... 3-14
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. iv

Table 3.7 Physico-Chemical Analytical Results of Surface Water..................................................... 3-14

Table 3.8 Physico-chemical Analysis of Ground Water Quality........................................................ 3-15
Table 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations........................................................................... 3-19
Table 3.10 Summary of PM10 Levels Monitored in the Study Area..................................................... 3-22
Table 3.11 Summary of PM2.5 Levels Monitored in the Study Area..................................................... 3-22
Table 3.12 Summary of SO2 Levels Monitored in the Study Area....................................................... 3-23
Table 3.13 Summary of NO2 Levels Monitored in the Study Area...................................................... 3-23
Table 3.14 Summary of HC Levels Monitored in the Study Area....................................................... 3-24
Table 3.15 Summary of VOC, CO, NH3 and Urea Dust Levels Monitored in the Study Area............ 3-24
Table 3.16 Location of the Noise Monitoring Stations......................................................................... 3-26
Table 3.17 Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise……………………………………... 3-27
Table 3.18 Summary of Ambient Noise Levels Monitored in the Study Area..................................... 3-27
Table 3.19 Villages selected for Social Survey.................................................................................... 3-29
Table 3.20 General Profile of the Village............................................................................................. 3-30
Table 3.21 Condition of other facilities in the Village......................................................................... 3-30
Table 3.22 Villages within Study Area................................................................................................. 3-31
Table 3.23 Demographic profile of the Villages in Study Area........................................................... 3-32
Table 4.1 Identification of Potential Impacts: Activities Impacts /Risk Interaction......................... 4-3
Table 4.2 Stack and Emission Characteristics................................................................................... 4-5
Table 4.3 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of NOx (µg/m3)....................................................... 4-6
Table 4.4 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of SO2 (µg/m3)....................................................... 4-7
Table 4.5 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of PM10 (µg/m3)..................................................... 4-8
Table 4.6 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of PM2.5 (µg/m3)..................................................... 4-9
Table 4.7 Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of NH3 (µg/m3)....................................................... 4-10
Table 4.8 Impact Significance criteria............................................................................................... 4-15
Table 4.9 Potential Environmental Impacts of Proposed Project activity (Without Mitigation 4-16
Measures)..........................................................................................................................
Table 4.10 Potential Environmental Impacts of Proposed Project activity (with Mitigation 4-17
Measures)..........................................................................................................................
Table 5.1 Environmental Monitoring (Construction Phase)............................................................. 5-2
Table 5.2 Environmental Monitoring (Operation Phase).................................................................. 5-3
Table 5.3 Budget for Environmental Monitoring during Construction Phase.................................. 5-4
Table 5.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring during Operation Phase....................................... 5-4
Table 6.1 Potential Hazard Classification and Analysis of Chemicals to be Used in the Proposed 6-2
Project Unit.......................................................................................................................
Table 6.2 Identified Risk Scenarios.................................................................................................. 6-3
Table 6.3 Details about the Storage Tank Capacity and Dimension................................................. 6-4
Table 6.4 Details of Ammonia Pipeline............................................................................................. 6-5
Table 6.5 Threat Zone Levels and its Distance from the Storage Tank............................................ 6-9
Table 6.6 Location selected for Traffic Survey................................................................................. 6-12
Table 6.7 Frequency of Movement of Vehicles................................................................................ 6-12
Table 6.8 Frequency of Movement of Vehicles from KRIBHCO.................................................... 6-13
Table 6.9 Issues Raised During the Public Hearing.......................................................................... 6-16
Table 6.10 Financial commitment by project proponent..................................................................... 6-27
Table 8.1 Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures................................................................ 8-2
Table 8.2 Plant Species Recommended for Reduction of Noise Level............................................ 8-10
Table 8.3 Plant Species Recommended for Protection against Gases and Particulates…………… 8-10
Table 8.4 Suggested Plant Species for Green Belt Development..................................................... 8-11
Table 8.5 Environmental Management Cell...................................................................................... 8-12
Table 8.6 List of Parameters to be monitored during Construction Phase………………………… 8-12
Table 8.7 List of Parameters to be monitored during Operation Phase............................................ 8-12
Table 8.8 Environmental Budget...................................................................................................... 8-13
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. v

LIST OF FIGURES
Page
Figure No. Title
No.
Figure 1.1 Project Location Map…………………………………………………………………… 1-1
Figure 1.2 Location of DAP and other Complex Fertilizers Plants in India………………………... 1-3
Figure 2.1 Project Location of Toposheet Map........................................................................................ 2-2
Figure 2.2 Layout Map of Proposed Plant................................................................................. 2-7
Figure 2.3 Layout Map of the Proposed Infrastructure (from Krishnapatnam Port to Proposed 2-8
NPK Plant).......................................................................................................................
Figure 2.4 Schematic Diagram of Production Process …………………………………………. 2-17
Figure 2.5 Water Balance Diagram................................................................................................. 2-20
Figure 2.6 General Arrangement Plan for Ammonia and Phosphoric Acid Storage at 2-27
Krishnapatnam Port..........................................................................................................
Figure 2.7 Process Flow Diagram: Raw material Storage and Handling for NPK........................... 2-28
Figure 2.8 Process Flow Diagram: Liquid Section Train A............................................................... 2-29
Figure 2.9 Process Flow Diagram: Solid Section Train A................................................................. 2-30
Figure 2.10 Process Flow Diagram: Liquid Section Train B............................................................... 2-31
Figure 2.11 Process Flow Diagram: Solid Section Train B.................................................................. 2-32
Figure 2.12 Process Flow Diagram: Product Storage and Handling for NPK..................................... 2-33
Figure 2.13 Process Flow Diagram: NPK Bagging.............................................................................. 2-34
Figure 2.14 Process Flow Diagram: Phosphoric Acid Tank................................................................ 2-35
Figure 2.45 Process Flow Diagram: Sulphuric Acid Storage............................................................... 2-36
Figure 2.16 Process Flow Diagram: Ammonia Storage and Handling System................................... 2-37
Figure 2.17 Ammonia Storage and Handling System at Port............................................................... 2-38
Figure 2.18 Phosphoric Acid Storage at Port....................................................................................... 2-39
Figure 2.19 Process Flow Diagram of ETP and STP........................................................................... 2-43
Figure 3.1 Location Map of Project Site............................................................................................ 3-1
Figure 3.2 Study Area Map (10 km Radial Distance from the Project Site)..................................... 3-2
Figure 3.3 Terrain Map of the Study Area........................................................................................ 3-4
Figure 3.4 Soil Monitoring Locations in the Study Area.................................................................. 3-6
Figure 3.5 LULC Map of the Study Area........................................................................................... 3-10
Figure 3.6 Ground water monitoring locations…………………………………………………… 3-11
Figure 3.7 Surface water-monitoring locations................................................................................ 3-12
Figure 3.8 Windrose for Plant Site (January to April 2016)............................................................ 3-18
Figure 3.9 Air Monitoring Locations.............................................................................................. 3-21
Figure 3.10 Noise Monitoring Locations.......................................................................................... 3-26
Figure 3.11 Ambient Noise Levels monitored in the Study Area (Day time).................................. 3-28
Figure 3.12 Ambient Noise Levels Monitored in the Study Area (Night time)............................... 3-28
Figure 3.13 Habitation Map of the Study Area............................................................................... . 3-32
Figure 4.1 Isopleths plot of concentration for NOx (µg/m3).............................................................. 4-7
Figure 4.2 Isopleths plot of concentration for SO2 (µg/m3)............................................................. 4-8
Figure 4.3 Isopleths plot of concentration for PM10 (µg/m3)............................................................ 4-9
Figure 4.4 Isopleths plot of concentration for PM2.5 (µg/m3)........................................................... 4-10
Figure 4.5 Isopleths plot of concentration for NH3 (µg/m3)............................................................. 4-11
Figure 8.1 Process Flow Diagram of STP & ETP............................................................................. 8-8
LIST OF PHOTO PLATE

Page
Figure No. Title
No.
Photo Plate 3.1 Soil Sample collection at Thikkarapadu..................................................................... 3-7
Photo Plate 3.2 Soil Sample Collection at Isakapalem.............................................................................. 3-7
Photo Plate 3.3 Soil Sample Collection at Joseph Petha..................................................................... 3-7
Photo Plate 3.3 Soil Sample collection at Nidiguntapalem................................................................. 3-7
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. vi
Photo Plate 3.5 Surface Water Sample Collection from Thikkaravapadu......................................... 3-13
Photo Plate 3.6 Surface Water Sample Collection from Joseph Petha............................................... 3-13
Photo Plate 3.7 Ground Water Sample Collection from Project Site................................................... 3-13
Photo Plate 3.8 Ground Water Sample Collection from Survepalli Village.......................................... 3-13
Photo Plate 3.9 Air Monitoring at the Project Site.............................................................................. 3-20
Photo Plate 3.10 Air Monitoring at Lingamkuntha.............................................................................. 3-20
Photo Plate 3.11 Air Monitoring at Survepalli Village............................................................................ 3-21
Photo Plate 3.12 Air Monitoring at the Thikavarapadu......................................................................... 3-21
Photo Plate 3.13 Air Monitoring at H.P. Petrol Pump............................................................................. 3-21
Photo Plate 3.14 Air Monitoring at Nidiguntapalem............................................................................. 3-21
Photo Plate 6.1 Public Hearing Photographs....................................................................................... 6-15
Annexure
Annexure I Form –I & Pre-feasibility Report
Annexure II Tentative Project Schedule
Annexure III Layout Map of Proposed Plant and Route Map (Plant-Krishnapatnam Port)
Annexure IV MSDS Sheets of Sulphuric Acid, MOP, Phosphoric Acid and Ammonia
Annexure V Documents related to Power supply and Water
Annexure VI Public Hearing Minutes
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. vii

EXEC UTIVE
SUMMARY
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1. INTRODUCTION
Krishak Bharati Cooperative Limited (KRIBHCO), a leading cooperative organization in

fertilizer, proposes to set up a Green field NPK Complex Fertilizer Manufacturing Plant near
to Krishnapatnam port in Survepalli Village, Venkatachalam Mandal, Nellore District of
Andhra Pradesh. The project falls under Category “A” of project listed in schedule 5 (a) as
per EIA notification, 2006 of MOEF. The cost of the project is INR 1, 517 Crores (approx.).
KRIBHCO also proposes to set up storage facilities for raw materials at Krishnapatnam Port
and also installation of raw material transfer pipe line from storage area from port storage to
plant site (approx. 15 km). Krishnapatnam Port Company Limited has allotted 10.6 acres of
land for proposed storage area. The port is equipped with all facilities to support the
KRIBHCO project.
The total cost of the project is INR 1,517 Crores (approx.). The project will not cause any
change in the land use, land cover or topography as the facility is coming in the approved
industrial estate by Government of Andhra Pradesh. The Project comprises of proven state of
the art technology for NPK fertilizer unit.
2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The salient features of the project are given in the Table 1.
Table 1: Salient Features of the Project
Sl.
Items Details
No.
Sy No. Bit-II, Village Survepalli, Near to Krishnapatnam port,
1. Location Venkatachalam Mandal, Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh
State
 Latitude : 14 16 52.616 N
2. Coordinates
 Longitude : 79 58 51.813 E
City:
 Nellore ~21 km approx.
Railway Station:
 Venkatchalam Mandal Railway Station ~8.0 km approx.
 Nellore Railway Station ~22 km approx.
3. Nearby features
Airport:
 Tirupati (Domestic) ~120 km approx and
 Chennai (International) ~180 km approx
Major Water Source:
 Survepalli inland water reservoir ~2 km approx.
4. Total Area Proposed NPK Plant : 286 acres
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 1

Sl.
Items Details
No.
Source: Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure
Corporation (APIIC).
Proposed Storage facilities at
: 10.6 acres
Krishnapatnam Port
Source: Krishnapatnam Port Company Limited (KPCL).
5. Plant Capacity  Daily Capacity (DAP equivalent) : 2 x 1650 MT
 Annual Capacity ( total product mix) : 12.0 Lakh MT
6. Preferred Process Mixed (PN+PR) Process
Technology
7. Raw Material  Phosphoric acid (merchant grade): 400,000 MT/year
requirement  Ammonia liquid: 220,000 MT/year
 MOP: 480,000 MT/year
8. Raw Material Storage at Plant Site
Storage  Ammonia storage tank (1 x 10000 MT).
 Sulphuric acid storage tank (1 x 10000 MT).
 Phosphoric storage tank (1 x 10000 MT).
 MOP storage area of total capacity 36000 MT
Storage at Krishnapatnam (KPCL) Port
 Ammonia : 2x15000 MT
 Phosphoric acid : 4x10000 MT
9. Product Storage  NPK (Bulk) : 16000 MT
 NPK (Bagged) : 10000 MT
10. Utilities Storage  Fuel oil : 500 m3
 Raw water tank : 5000 m3
 Treated water tank : 5000 m3
 DM water : 300 m3
 Raw water reservoir: 30000 m3
11. Power requirement 9.5 MW
& source Source: APTRANSCO.
12. Raw Water  Process Water Requirement : 1180 KLD
 Drinking Water : 20 KLD
Source: Survepalli Reservoir
13. Manpower 274 in main O&M and other manpower in supporting
requirement operations
14. Effluent Reused in the process and part of will be treated in ETP. Sump
Management tanks and common neutralization pit will be provided.
15. Proposed Air Fugitive Emissions to be controlled by using low emission
Pollution Control valves pump sets and scrubbing system.
measures
16. Solid / hazardous Solid waste will be collected and recycled within the plant. A
waste management part of it will be sent to the authorized recycler.

Sl.
Items Details
No.
& waste
17. Project Cost INR 1,517 Crores (Approx)
The Project includes following different facilities:
 Chemical Fertilizer Plant at Nellore (16-18 Km from port storage).
 Port Storage for Ammonia & Phosphoric acid at Krishnapatnam Port of KPCL.
 Pipe lines for transportation of these raw materials from unloading Jetty to Port
Storage (03-05 km) and from Port storage to site (16 km).
In any emergency conditions/during maintenance of pipelines, transportation of liquid raw

material from port to site will take place by road/tankers. MOP will be transported through
road from port to Plant site,
The annual production capacity of the plant will be about 12.0 lakh MT, based on the two
plant stream of NPK fertilizers of design capacity of 75 TPH (1650 MTPD of DAP as basis)
to produce the following proposed grades with their hourly design capacity.
Design hourly
Products*
Capacity
10:26:26 95 TPH
12:32:16 95 TPH
20:20:0:13 65 TPH
15:15:15:09 80 TPH
*Other grades will also be considered as per the market demand.
3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Topography
Geomorphologically, the district is divided into 3 distinct parts: western hills, central
pediplains and eastern deltaic & coastal plains. The western boundary of the district is
surrounded by the hills of Eastern Ghats called Veligonda hills, run in a north-westerly
direction with a highest elevation of 1,105 m amsl. The pediplain area i.e., in the central part
of the district extends in a north - south direction. The general altitude of this physiographic
unit varies from 36 to 170 m amsl with isolated hillocks. The master slope of the area is from
west to east towards the Bay of Bengal. The deltaic and coastal plain extends from north to
south along the eastern margin of the district all along the coast.
3.2 Geology
The district comprises older metamorphic of presumably Archaean age, Dharwar Supergroup
of Archaean to lower Proterozoic age post – Dharwar intrusive, sedimentary rocks of
Cuddapah Supergroup and Cuddalore Formation of middle Miocene age and laterite/alluvium
of Quaternary age. The Archean rocks occupy major part of the district and are represented
by older metamorphics comprising magmatised garnetiferous quartz-mica schist with
associated amphibolites, quartz-muscovite mica biotite schist, with kyanite/staurolite and the
Peninsular Gneissic Complex comprising biotite-granite gneiss. The magmatised schist covers
a large area in the central part of the district from west of Kavali in the north to Sulur in the
south. Quartzite exposed as several outliers is scattered over the magmatised schists.
(Source: Geology and Mineral Resources of Nellore District n.d.)
3.3 Hydrology
The Pennar is the major river that drains in the middle of the district. The other important
rivers flowing in the district are Swarnamukhi, Manneru and Upputeru. All the rivers are non-
perennial, flowing in the eastern direction to join the Bay of Bengal. The general drainage
pattern is dendritic to sub-dendritic. Pulicat Lake is located in the South Eastern part of the
district. It is the second largest lagoon of India and boasts a rich biodiversity. The lake is
drained by three larger inflows (Swarnamukhi, Arani and Kalangi) and many minor inflows.
3.4 Hydrogeology
The district is served with both surface and ground water irrigation sources. In the hard rock
areas, groundwater is mostly found in Gneisses and Schist rocks while laterites, sandstones
and alluvium are the main water bearing formations in the soft rocks. The depth to water level
in the district is 3 to 8 m bgl in post monsoon season (Jan 2016). The groundwater quality in
general is good and suitable for drinking and irrigation, except in coastal zones.
3.5 Soil Quality
Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and
productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling, and
providing support for plants and other structures. Soil management has a major impact on soil
quality. Representative soil samples were collected from the study area to assess the quality of
soil. For studying the soil types and the soil characteristics, different sampling locations were
selected to assess the existing soil condition representating various land use condition and
geological features.
3.6 Land Use Land Cover
The project area is surrounded by vacate land from all side except small habitation on South
East side. On northeast side of project site small water body lies. The land use land cover
map for the study area was prepared by processing LANDSAT TM satellite imagery with 30
× 30 m resolution, March 2016.
3.7 Water Quality
The water resources, both surface and groundwater plays an important role in the
development of an area. Likewise, the water resources of the area have been studied to
establish the status of water quality in the area.
Groundwater is an important source of water for the villages in the study area. The villagers
utilize it for cooking, washing and other purposes. However, there are a few villages in the
study area, which consume ground water for drinking purpose. Generally, every village has
tube wells & bore wells to draw water for domestic use. Ground water samples were collected
from five locations.

Survepalli Reservoir is present within the study area and it is located approx. 2 kms from the
project site. Several small ponds and canals are present within the study area that are used for
irrigating the agriculture fields. Four surface water samples were collected from different
places within the study area.
In surface water: The pH range varies from 7.14 to 7.66 The TDS for all the samples ranges
between 201 to 15000 mg/l for all the samples, fluoride content for the SW-1 is below the
prescribed standard, and for rest samples it ranges from 0.29- 2.0, The chloride content is
within the limit, but it is higher for SW-3 & SW-4, The Calcium content is within the limit
and much higher for SW-4.
 pH shows that the water is alkaline in nature.

 TDS at only one location (SW-1) shows availability of fresh water and rest of location
shows that water is influenced by seawater because of its brackishness and high saline
nature.
 Fluoride content for location SW-1 is below the prescribed standard, Chloride content is
within the limit, but it is higher for SW-3 & SW-4, Fluoride and Chloride content is
higher some locations, so it will affect the taste of water.
 The Calcium content is good at all locations except for SW-4, which shows high rate of
dissolution from rocks.
In Ground water: The pH range varies from 6.19 to 7.65 and Dissolved Solids value varies
from 591 to 1880 mg/l. Fluoride content is in the range of 0.11 to 0.88 mg/l. Hardness of the
samples are also well below the limit of 300-600 mg/l.
 pH shows that the water is slightly acidic to alkaline in nature.

 TDS at all the locations show high saline nature.
 Fluoride content is within the limit at all locations and Chloride content is within the
limit at GW-1, but at rest of the locations, it is higher, which affects the taste of water.
 The Calcium content is good at all locations except for GW-4 and GW- 5, which shows
water is hard in nature at these locations
3.8 Climate of Nellore
The climate of Nellore district is moderate and characterized by sub-tropical. The period from
December to middle of February is generally the season of fine weather. The summer season
is from March to May. This is followed by monsoon period from June to September, the post
monsoon from October to December and the winter season from January to February. The
annual normal rainfall of the district is 1007 mm. Humidity level in the city is high due to its
proximity to the coast.
3.9 Ambient Air Quality
The ambient air quality within the 10 Km radius of study area with the proposed plant as the
epicentre will form the baseline information over which the predicted impacts can be
superimposed to find out the net impacts on the air quality in the project impact area. The
design of the network of ambient air quality monitoring stations in the study area was done
based on the following criteria.

 Meteorological conditions on a synoptic scale

 Topography on the study area
 Representation of the regional background levels
 Representation of the plant site
 Influence of the existing sources
 Major human settlements in the study area
Ambient air quality monitoring was conducted from February 2016 to April 2016 at a
frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a 24-hours schedule for parameters such as
Particulate matter, SO2 and NO2 and for parameters CO, HC, VOC, NH3 and Urea Dust
monitoring was carried out once at each station. The equipment was placed at open space, free
from trees and vegetation, which otherwise acts as a sink of pollutants resulting in lower
levels in monitoring results. At locations close to highways, the equipment was placed at least
100 m away from such highways/roads to avoid influence of traffic exhaust emissions.
Assessment of noise level was carried out at various places to evaluate the ambient noise level
in the industrial & residential area as well as possible impact due to project activities. The
values of noise level, which are recorded lies between 37.3-44.5 dB (A) at day time and 34.8-
38.0 (A) at night time. The noise level in the daytime as well as in night time were found to
be within the permissible limit. The day equivalent and night equivalent values observed for
all the locations are within the noise standards specified by CPCB.
3.11 Biological Environment
No wild flora and fauna were observed in the 10 km of the study area. Hence, monitoring for
flora and fauna is not required for the project, some domestic animals like cows, buffalos,
dogs, horses can be seen at the nearby village. No eco-sensitive zone, sanctuaries or national
park is there within 10 kms distance from the project location.
3.12 Socio-Economic Environment
Venkatachalam is a Mandal in Nellore district in the state of Andhra Pradesh in India. It has
become latest development center due to its proximity and connectivity with Krishnapatnam
port. After the recent development in the region, Nellore and Venkatachalam are set to merge
into single city soon. Venkatachalam is at 15 km distance from Nellore city center and
approximately 20 kms from Krishnapatam port.
The proposed project site is located in Survepalli village in Venkatachalam Mandal. There are
60 villages and 25 Gram Panchayats. Some of the villages are Kasumuru, Punjulurupadu,
Kuricherlapadu, Anikepalle, etc. The total population of the Mandal is 61,275 while the total
literacy rate is 61.06% (Census 2011). There are 12 high schools and 3 junior level colleges in
Venkatachalam Mandal.
Apart from that, agriculture provides livelihood to a large section. People are engaged in
growing food crops like rice and other plantations like oilseeds, groundnut, and sugarcane etc.
Some people also work as laborers in the agricultural fields. The total percentage of
cultivators with respect to the entire population of Venkatachalam is 7.26 while the total
agricultural labourers here are 28.51.

Most of the villages have good connectivity and communication facilities. The villages
nearby the APIIC are well connected with each other. There is a national highway (NH 5)
which is close to the study area, and thereby providing good road connectivity.
Venkatachalam railway station is the nearest main railway station at approx. 8 km from the
project site, which is well connected to the study area.
Most of the villages in these tehsils have both mobile and landline telecom connections. They
have post offices and many cooperative as well as regional level banks. All the villages have
television/radio sets and are aware of national and international news/events.
The villages of the Venkatachalam Mandal do not have good medical facilities. Primary
health centres exist in few of the villages along with some private doctors, so the villagers
have to go to Nellore for any major disease. Therefore, medical facilities need to be
developed in these areas. Although primary educational facilities are there in all the villages
there is also a need for the development of higher level of educational institutes.
4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
The impacts and mitigation measures with respect to the construction and operation
phases of the project are given in Table 5.
Table 5: Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures

S.
Component Impact Mitigation Measures
No.
Construction Phase:
1. Air Generation of Dust,  Covering of construction
CO2, SOX, NOx material with sheets while
transportation and storage.
(Temporary and Local)  Use of water sprinklers.
 Personal Protective
equipment for labours.
 Use of Cleaner Fuel.
2. Noise and  Increase in the noise  Proper service and
Vibration levels due to maintenance of machines
movement of and vehicles to control
vehicles and noise.
construction  Personal protective
activities. equipments for labours.
 Vibration due to  The impact due to vibration
movement of will be insignificant.
vehicles and  Use of acoustic enclosures,
construction noise attenuation device.
activities.
(Temporary and Local)
3. Water  Water pollution due  Proper sanitation facilities
to sewage in the construction site.
generation.  Availability of soak pits and
(Short term, septic tanks.
Minor, Local)
4. Land  Removal of top soil  Use of removed soil for

S.
No.
and change in soil landscaping purposes,
quality. improving aesthetics.
 Soil pollution due to  Sanitation facilities in the
discharge of sewage construction site as well as
and solid waste. labour camps.
(Minor and Local)  Treatment and disposal of
sewage and solid waste as
per APPPCB guidelines.
 Asbestos sheets and bricks
will be reused for the
Project.
 Steel and rubble will be sold
to vendor.
5. Local  Disturbance due to  Green belt development.
Vegetation or increase in noise.
Livestock (Short term, Minor
and Local)
6. Socio-  Employment of  People from the study area
Economic construction workers to be employed as far as
(Direct, Positive) possible.
7. Occupational  Auditory ailment  The use of personal
Health and due to noise will be protective equipments will
Safety prevented. be made stringent.
 Dust emission  Water sprinkling system for
(Short term, Minor dust generating area.
and Local
Operation Phase:
KRIBHCO will implement several measures to curtail pollution to the maximum
extent. Environment management at design stage includes all the steps undertaken at
the design stage by the project proponent to meet the statutory requirements and
towards minimizing environmental impacts.
The design basis for all process units will lay special emphasis on measures to
minimize effluent generation and emission control at source. The specific control
measures related to gaseous emissions, liquid effluent discharges, noise generation,
solid waste disposal etc. are described below :
1. Air  Increase in the air  Use of granulator pre-
pollutant scrubber, a low pressure
concentration will venturi with cyclonic tower
be addressed using scrubber that includes also a
cyclonic Separators duct scrubber to control dust
and Venturi and fugitive emissions
scrubbers within the limits of APPCB
 Dust generation regulations.
possibility is  Personal protective
minimum as raw equipments for labours.
materials handled  Emissions minimized with
are liquids. the nitrogen blanketing for
storage tanks, pumps
(Direct,Local,sustain selection as per OSHA
able) standard, gaskets, etc.

S.
No.
 Strict implementation of
Hazardous Waste Rules Act
1989, while
storage/handling/transportati
on of hazardous substances.
 Online analyzers for
ammonia, particulate
matters & fluorides shall be
provided with connectivity
to CPCB server.
 Provide high efficiency
scrubbers.
2. Noise and  Increase in the noise  Equipments with noise level
Vibration levels will be below 80db only will be
minimised by using used.
Equipments with  Proper service and
noise level below maintenance of machines to
80db control noise.
 Vibration during  Personal protective
operation of equipments for employees
manufacturing unit. like anti vibration gloves
(Direct, Minor, Local, and ear plugs.
sustainable)  By selecting low noise
prone equipment
 By isolating the noise prone
unit from the working
personnel‟s continuous
exposure
 By administrative control
The administrative control
would have a major role to
monitor noise, take remedial
measures and ensure that no
plant personnel are over
exposed to noise.
 The use of damping material
such as thin rubber/lead
sheet for wrapping the work
places like turbine halls,
compressor rooms etc;
 Shock absorbing techniques
should be adopted to reduce
vibration impact;
 Efficient flow techniques
for noise associated with
high fluid velocities and
turbulence should be used
(like reduction in noise
generated by control levels
in both gas and liquid
systems achieved by

S.
No.
reducing system pressure to
as low as possible);
 All the openings like covers,
partitions should be
acoustically sealed;
 Inlet and outlet mufflers
should be provided which
are easy to design and
construct;
 Ear plugs will be provided
to workmen working near
high noise generating
sources;
 Noise levels should be
reduced by the use of
absorbing material on roof
walls and floors;
 Provision of separate cabins
for workers/operators.
3. Water  Insignificant on  Proper planned sewage
groundwater. system will be implemented
 Degradation of for the domestic wastewater
quality due to generated inside the battery
discharge of sewage limit.
and untreated water  Ground water contamination
will be prevented. prevention by paved process
 No liquid effluents area with concrete & acid
from the NPK plants proof brick lining.
during normal  Collection of oil, acid will
operation excluding be done in a collection tank
leakages, cleaning. for further treatment.
(Indirect, Negative,  For the rain water there will
Minor, Local, be proper drainage
sustainable) arrangement.
 Plant designed for zero
liquid effluent, all liquids
being recovered back into
the process.
 Part of the effluent will be
treated in the Effluent
Treatment Plant (ETP).
 Spillages to be collected in
Sump tanks and reused in
respective process units.
 Other Liquid effluents from
plants to be neutralized in
common neutralization pit
& pumped back to plant
Battery Limit for reuse.
4. Land  Pollution due to  Treatment and disposal of
discharge of sewage sewage and solid waste as
waste will be per APPPCB guidelines.

S.
No.
prevented.  Proper sanitation facilities
 Dust generation will be provided in the plant
possibility is area.
minimum as raw  Solid waste from various
materials handled sources will be collected
are liquids. and will be reused to the
(Direct, Negative, Minor maximum extent. Rest will
,Local, sustainable) be sold to authorized
recycler.
Livestock (Short term, Minor
and Local)
6. Socio- Employment to local  Direct and indirect
Economic people employment opportunities
(Positive, Local) will be preferable given to
the unskilled/skilled
regional/local people.
 Proposed will also increase
in business opportunities.
7. Occupational  Auditory ailment  Equipments with noise level
Health and due to noise below 80db only will be
Safety generated from the used.
production unit will  Wearing of personal
be minimised by protective equipments like
using Equipments gas masks, ear muffs etc.,
with noise level will be strictly enforced.
below 80db  Training/awareness
 Accidents due to programme about the
handling/storage/ handling / storage /
transportation of transportation of hazardous
hazardous materials. materials.
(Local and  Signage‟s showing the
sustainable) hazardous nature and the
method of handling near
storage / handling area of all
the hazardous materials.
 First aid training for
chemical /fire hazard related
accidents.
5. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
The parameters and respective frequency of monitoring as part of Environmental Monitoring

Plan for both construction and operation phases are tabulated below in Table 6 & 7:
Table 6: List of Parameters to be monitored during Construction Phase
Item Parameters Frequency Location

Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2 Thrice a year At major construction sites
and NOx (total 3 stations)

Noise Equivalent noise Once in a week At major construction site and
level near generator set
Water Parameters as per Monthly Storm water drainage system,
CPCB standards raw water source, treated and
untreated waste water.
Effluent from pH, BOD, COD, Monthly Inlet and outlet of ETP
ETP TSS, TDS
Table 7: List of Parameters to be monitored during Operation Phase
Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2 , NH3, Monthly Stack, generator set, three
CO, VOC and NOx locations within 100 – 200 m
of the project site, two
locations within the plant near
the production units, storage
area for the raw material and
fertilizer, packaging area for
fertilizer.
Noise Equivalent noise level Weekly Generator set, three locations

within 100 – 200 m of the
project site, two locations
within the plant near the
production units, storage area
for the raw material and
fertilizer.
Water Parameters as per Thrice a year Storm water drainage system,

ETP Parameters as per Monthly Before and after treatment from

CPCB standards ETP
Soil pH, moisture content, Once in a

texture, organic matter, year Three locations around the
chloride, SAR, CEC, project site within 200 m
nitrogen, phosphorous, distance from the unit.
fluoride, sulphur
Occupational General and respiratory Once in a

ailments check up year -
Health

6. ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Risk assessment study was carried out for the storage of Chemicals with the help of software
ALOHA.
A three „LEVEL‟ risk assessment approach is adopted. The brief outline of the three-tier
approach is given below:
 Level 1 – Risk Screening
This is top-down review of worst- case potential hazards/risks, aimed primarily at storage
of chemicals, which pose the highest risk. The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of
the chemicals were reviewed to identify the potential hazards posed by the chemicals.
Various screening factors considered include:
o Inventory of hazardous materials;

o Hazardous properties;
o Storage capacity;
 Level 2 – Risk Scenario Identification
After identification of potential hazards, different risk scenarios were delineated for each
of the chemicals based on the nature of hazard.
 Level 3 – Quantitative Risk Assessment
PHAST 6.7 version software was used for the risk assessment of the liquid raw materials,
which will be stored at the premises. Risk assessment was carried out for each of the risk
scenarios identified for the chemicals in case of leakages from the storage tanks. Worst
possible scenarios were taken into account for the risk analysis.
Public Hearing
The Public Hearing was successfully conducted on 27th September 2016 at project site,
Survepalli Village, Venkatachalam Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh as per
EIA Notification, 2006 in the presence of Joint Collector of SPSR Nellore District, District
Magistrate and Environmental Engineer, Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB),
Regional Office, SPSR Nellore District.
7. PROJECT BENEFITS
The Proposed NPK site is coming in the approved industrial estate by Government of Andhra
Pradesh (GoAP) and hence, the Resettlement & Rehabilitation Action Plan is not required for
the proposed project. The project will lead to the following benefits:
a) Contribution in Fertilizer Production
Products from the project shall reduce demand-supply gap in overall fertiliser scenario in the
country. Project shall be designed to give different combination of nutrient to crops.
b) Accruals to the Exchequer
This project will contribute revenue to the Central Exchequer in the form of excise duty. It
will also bring other direct and indirect taxes, such as VAT, Customs and other local taxes.
c) Green Belt Development
Development of a greenbelt in 33% of the proposed plant area mitigates to a certain extent the
potential negative impact on the environment due to dust, air emissions, fugitive emission and
noise.
d) Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
KRIBHCO always took an active role and participation in the socio-economic development of
community and in rendering assistance for the development of the surrounding people. CSR
activities for project will be focused on improving social capital through health, education,
entrepreneurship, women empowerment and infrastructure support initiatives / schemes.
e) Employment Generation
The project will result in the direct and indirect employment opportunities to the
unskilled/skilled regional/local people as well as increase in business opportunities.
f) Industrialized Growth
The development of project may lead to the development of small scale supplier and traders
along with Hospitality units including small restaurants and residential complex.
8. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

A total capital and recurring cost provision of about INR 27.18 Crores has been kept in the
project cost towards the environmental protection, control and mitigation measures and
implementation of the EMP. The budgetary cost estimate for the EMP is given in Table 7:
Table 7: Environmental Budget
Approx. Recurring Cost

S.
Items Capital Cost per yr.
No.
( Rs. Cr) ( Rs. Lakh)
1. Water pollution control (Capital cost of ETP and STP) 5 -
2. Air pollution control (Capital cost of stacks) 10 -
3. Noise pollution control (Capital cost of DG room
2 10
enclosure & acoustic treatment)
4. Solid wastes management (Capital cost of bins for solid
wastes, storage space for hazardous wastes and recurring 1.5 20
cost of handling & disposal.)
5. Rainwater harvesting system. 2.5 50
6. Storm water drainage system. 2 50
7. Landscaping. 2 50
8. Environmental management (recurring cost of annual
monitoring, hiring of consultants and payment of various 2 5
statutory fees).
Total 27 185

9. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
The NPK fertiliser plant and associated infrastructure proposed in the Nellore District (near to
Krishnapatnam port) of the Andhra Pradesh state will bring in dynamic socio-economic
changes. It shall mainly support agricultural sector by meeting the demand-supply gap of
fertilisers. This site is ideal for project as it‟s located in the demand area of fertilisers and has
easy access to port, connectivity to national highway and rail network, good infrastructure,
ancillary industry in vicinity and Power / water supply resource availability.
The status of the environment at the project site and within the study area of 10 km radius is
delineated with respect to air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic environment.
The different project activities in the construction and operation phase are identified and
evaluated on the basis of primary and secondary data collection through field investigation,
environment monitoring and from secondary sources viz. maps, reports, scientific literatures
etc. A summary of the identified impacts are given in the following paragraphs.
In the construction phase the vehicular movement, site clearance / excavation and operating of
generators will have impact, on air, noise, vibration and ecological environment. Water
quality and geology/soil will be affected due to the discharge of wastewater (construction and
domestic) and leakage of oil etc; from generators and other equipments. On the other hand,
during the operation phase; Transportation of raw material (via road), storage and handling of
hazardous material and the production process will affect the water, air, noise and biological
environment. With respect to occupational health, impacts are anticipated on the health of the
employees during operation phase. Personnel working near the noise generating machines,
DG sets and handling of chemicals and lubricants are more susceptible of getting health
hazards.
However, all these impacts can be easily overcome with the proposed mitigation measures
mentioned in Chapter 4 and Chapter 8. Overall, this project will help in enhancement of
agricultural productivity in the region as well as generate direct and indirect employment in the
area.
10. DISCLOSURE OF THE CONSULTANT ENGAGED
Asian Consulting Engineers (ACE) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi is the EIA consultant for this
proposed project. ACE is a QCI-NABET accredited EIA consultant organization (Certificate
No.: NABET/EIA/1013/012) for different sectors like infrastructure (roads, railways, ports,
hydropower, water resources and other urban infrastructural plan outs), industrial (refineries,
petrochemicals, gas pipelines, offshore and onshore oil & gas exploration, fertilizers, steel
plants, power plants, textiles, hotels, distilleries and tanneries) and social development
projects. ACE is also an ISO 9001:2008 certified company.

1
INTROD UCTION
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1. INTRODUCTION
1.1.1 Project Background

fertilizer, proposes to set up a Green field NPK Complex Fertilizer Manufacturing Plant near
to Krishnapatnam port in Survepalli Village, Venkatachalam Mandal, Nellore District of
Andhra Pradesh. The proposed project falls under Category “A” of project listed in schedule 5
(a) as per EIA notification, 2006 of MOEF. The cost of the project is INR 1,517 Crores
(approx.). The location map of the project is shown in Figure 1.1.
Figure 1.1: Project Location Map
1.1.2 Agricultural Scenario in India
Agriculture is the backbone of Indian Economy. About 70 per cent of the rural households
and 8 per cent of urban households are still primarily dependent on agriculture for
employment. The green revolution era resulted in significant increase in the agricultural yield
per unit area. Due to recent industrialization, the economical importance is being slowly
shifted from agricultural to industrial sector. There has been a continuous decline in the share
of Agriculture and Allied Sectors in the GDP from 16.8 percent in 2007-08 to 13.9 percent in
2013-2014 at 2004-05 prices.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 1-1

As per the quarterly estimates of GVA (as per the new series adopted by CSO, the Gross
Value Added - GVA, earlier referred as Gross Domestic Product) at basic prices for 2015-16,
released by the CSO on 30 November 2015, the agriculture and allied sector is estimated to
have grown by 1.9 per cent during the first quarter and 2.2 per cent during the second quarter.
In the first half of 2015-16 (H1), the overall growth in the agriculture and allied sector is
estimated to be 2.0 per cent vis-à-vis 2.4 per cent in the corresponding period of 2014-15. The
estimated growth of the sector, at 2.0 per cent in 2015-16 (H1), which was mainly on account
of better performance in the livestock, forestry and fisheries sector (Source: State of Indian
Agriculture 2015-16, publication of MoA, GoI).
1.1.3 Fertilizer Scenario in India
Due to increase in population, food grain demand is increasing, in which fertilizer has a
crucial role. The Indian Fertilizer companies produced around 32.4 million tonnes of fertilizer
in the year 2012-13. However, the total availability was short of demand and was met through
imports. Of total fertilizer production, urea output increased to 22.6 million tonnes in FY12-
13 from 22.0 million tonnes in FY11-12 due to better capacity utilization. While production
of di-ammonium phosphate (DAP) output has gone down to 3.6 million tonne in FY12-13
from 4.0 million tons last year, output of NPK (nitrogen, phosphate and potassium) decreased
to 6.2 million tonnes in FY12-13 from 7.8 million tonnes in FY11-12. The demand forecast of
fertilizer products in India from 2013-14 to 2017-18 are shown in Table 1.1. The Production
of the urea, DAP and complex fertilizers for the last five years are shown in Table 1.2. The
Location and list of existing DAP and other Complex fertilizers in India are shown in Figure
1.1 and Table 1.3.
Table 1.1: Demand Forecast of Fertilizer Products in India (2013-14 to 2017-18)
Complex
Urea DAP
Year Fertilizer
In Lakh MT
2013-14 311.92 117.84 196.02
2014-15 320.29 120.02 204.44
2015-16 328.58 122.12 212.98
2016-17 336.77 124.13 221.61
2017-18 337.54 127.64 232.51
Source: Indian Fertiliser Scenario 2014, Department of Fertiliser, Government of India
Table 1.2: Production of the urea, DAP and complex fertilizers (2008-09 to 2013-14)
2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14

Year
In Lakh MT
Urea 199.2 211.12 218.81 219.84 225.75 227.15
DAP 29.93 42.46 35.37 39.63 36.47 36.11
Complex 68.48 80.38 87.27 77.70 61.80 69.13
Fertilizers

Figure 1.2: Location of DAP & other Complex Fertilizers Plants in India
(Source: Indian Fertilizer Scenario, Department of Fertilizer, 2013)
Table 1.3: List of DAP and other Complex Fertilizer Plants
Sl.
Name of the Company Units/End Products
No.
Andhra Pradesh
1. Coromandel International Ltd (CIL) Kakinada – DAP & NPKs
Vishakhapatnam-NPKs
Goa
2. Zuari Industries Ltd. (ZIL) Zuarinagar -DAP & NPKs
Gujarat
Gujarat Narmada Valley Fertilizers Co. Ltd.
3. Bharuch –DAP & NPK
(GNFC)
4. Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. (GSFC) Sikka –DAP & NPKs
Baroda – DAP & NPKs
5. Hindalco Industries Limited (HIL) Dahej – DAP & NPKs
6. Indian Farmers Fertilizers Co-operative Kandla – DAP & NPKs
Ltd.(IFFCO)
Karnataka
7. Mangalore Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd.(MCFL) Mangalore -DAP & NPKs

Sl.
Name of the Company Units/End Products
No.
Kerala
8. Fertilizers and Chemicals Travancore Ltd. (FACT) Udyogmandal – NPK
Cochin –NPK
Maharashtra
Deepak Fertilisers and Petrochemicals Corpn.,
9. Taloja -NPK
Taloja
10. Rashtriya Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd. (RCF) Trombay – NPK
Orissa
11. Paradeep Phosphates Ltd. (PPL) Paradeep -DAP & NPKs
12. Indian Farmers Fertilizers Co-operative Ltd. Paradeep – DAP & NPKs
(IFFCO)
Tamil Nadu
13. Southern Petrochemical Industries Corp. Tuticorin – DAP & NPKs
Ltd.(SPIC)
14. Coromandel International Ltd (CIL) Ennore – NPKs
15. Madras Fertilizers Ltd. (MFL) Manali – NPKs
West Bengal
16. Tata Chemicals Ltd (Erstwhile Hind Lever Haldia – DAP & NPKs
Chemicals Limited merged into TCL w.e.f. 1.6.04),
W.B
Source: Indian Fertilizer Scenario, Department of Fertilizer, 2014.
1.1.4 Project Proponent
Krishak Bharati Cooperative Ltd. (KRIBHCO) is a Multi-state Cooperative Society deemed

to be registered under the Multi-State Cooperative Societies (MSCS) Act, 2002 and is a
leading fertilizer player in the Cooperative Sector. KRIBHCO is recognized as one of the
most successful integrated agricultural input brands in India. Along with owning & operating
one of the largest urea-ammonia manufacturing complex since last 30 years at Hazira (Surat)
Gujarat. KRIBHCO also have ammonia-urea manufacturing base in Sultanate of Oman in JV
format with Oman India Fertilizer Complex (OMIFCO) and one plant in Shahjahnpur in Uttar
Pradesh, which is operated and managed by KRIBHCO wholly owned company KRIBHCO
Shyam Fertilisers Limited (KSFL).
KRIBHCO is also manufacturing & marketing Bio-fertiliser, seeds, imported DAP and other
allied farm inputs. The extensive farm extension services by KRIBHCO have resulted in
tremendous trust and goodwill with a very strong brand image among farmers. It also has
diversified stake in Power Sector and has entered into Logistics Business through its
subsidiary KRIL. Gramin Vikas Trust, run by KRIBHCO, has been implementing various
Rural Development Projects in India.
1.1.5 EIA Consultant
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. (ACE) is QCI-NABET accredited EIA Consulting
Organization (Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/1013/012) for varied sectors including Offshore
and Onshore Oil and Gas Exploration, Development, Production & Oil and Gas transportation
through pipelines. The Quality Management System of ACE is ISO 9001:2008 Certified.
ACE has provided its consulting services and has successfully completed projects in India and
other countries including Mongolia, U.A.E., Vietnam, etc. ACE has carried out EIA and EMP
studies for Oil & Gas, Infrastructure and Industrial Developmental Sectors; HSE Compliance
Audits; and has also been involved in Design of Water Supply, Wastewater Management,
Industrial Waste Treatment, Solid Wastes and Hazardous Wastes Management Systems.
1.2. PROJECT OBJECTIVES AND BENEFITS
India is having a very huge demand supply gap of the different grades of fertilizer (as stated in
above section). The rate of consumption of NPK fertilizers have been increasing at CAGR of
10.7%. This huge gap may be fulfilled through a combination of new capacity additions and
imports.
In vision to the above KRIBHCO had already revamped its existing unit at Hazira for Urea
production from 18 LMTPA to 22 LMTPA. To bridge the demand gap and opportunity of
diversifying its product portfolio, KRIBHCO as a business development strategy is proposing
to setup a NPK complex fertilizer plant in A.P. to cater the fertilizer demand.
The proposed project will contribute to partially meet the demand-supply gap of NPK
fertilizers with proposed annual production capacity of 12 LMTPA in the major consumption
region. The project will directly enhance the availability of these fertilizer grades at the door
step of the farmers. Being a mega project, it will also enhance the industrial development of

the region and provide direct or indirect employment opportunities to skilled/unskilled

manpower. Thus the proposed project of KRIBHCO will certainly contribute towards the
economical development of the country.
1.3. BRIEF DESCRIPTION ABOUT THE PROJECT
The main components of the proposed project comprises of:
a) Establishment of complex fertilizer plant

b) Storage facilities at Krishnapatnam port with unloading & handling of raw material , and
c) Laying of pipeline for the transportation of liquid raw material from the port to proposed
plant site.
KRIBHCO has acquired land for the proposed plant in Industrial Park-Nellore, allotted by
Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC), Government of Andhra
Pradesh. The plant site is alongside Krishnapatnam port road & rail corridor adjacent to M/s
UPI polymer India Private Limited and is situated at a distance of about 15 kilometres from
Krishnapatnam port gate. The salient features of the details about the proposed project are
given in Table 1.4.
Table 1.4: Salient Features of the Proposed Project
Sl.
Items Details
No.
1. Location Sy No. Bit-II, Village Survepalli, Near to Krishnapatnam port,
State
2. Coordinates  Latitude : 14 16 52.616 N
 Longitude : 79 58 51.813 E
3. Nearby features City:
 Nellore ~21 km approx.
Railway Station:
 Venkatchalam Mandal Railway Station ~8.0 km approx.
 Nellore Railway Station ~22 km approx.
Airport:
 Tirupati (Domestic) ~120 km approx and
 Chennai (International) ~180 km approx
Major Water Source:
 Survepalli inland water reservoir ~2 km approx.
: 10.6 acres
Krishnapatnam Port

Sl.
Items Details
No.
6. Preferred Process Mixed (PN+PR)Process
Technology
7. Raw Material  Phosphoric acid (merchant grade): 400,000 MT/year
8. Raw Material Storage at Plant Site
Storage  Ammonia storage tank (1 x 10000 MT).
11. Power requirement 9.5 MW
& source Source: APTRANSCO.
13. Manpower 274 in main O&M and other manpower in supporting
requirement operations
14. Effluent Reused in the process and part of will be treated in ETP. Sump
Management tanks and common neutralization pit will be provided.
15. Proposed Air Fugitive Emissions to be controlled by using low emission
Pollution Control valves pump sets and scrubbing system.
measures
16. Solid / hazardous Solid waste will be collected and recycled within the plant. A
waste management part of it will be sent to the authorized recycler.
& waste
1.4. POLICY AND LEGAL FRAMEWORK
KRIBHCO) is fully conscious of its responsibility to the environment and care for
environment has always been of paramount importance to KRIBHCO. The Society recognizes

its responsibility to protect environment and is committed to regulate all its activities using
best available technology to mitigate adverse environmental impact, if any that may arise out
of its operations. A comprehensive Environmental Protection Plan based on the principle of
“Reduce, Re-cycle & Re-use” has been adopted to conserve scarce natural resources. The
project developer, KRIBHCO will ensure that it conforms to all National legislations,
regulations, and conventions, relating to various aspects of chemical and Fertiliser
development in India. Table 1.5 shows list of various applicable Acts and Rules as set by
MoEF, CPCB and APPCB.
Table 1.5: Applicable Acts and Guidelines for the Proposed Project
Issues Applicable Legislation

Water 1) The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,
1974, and amendments thereafter.
2) Water Cess Act, 1977 and amendments thereafter.

Air 3) The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and
amendments thereafter.
Hazardous Substances 4) Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2008.
and Wastes 5) Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals
Rules, 1989 and Amendments thereafter.
Other Issues under the 6) The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules 1991.
Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986,
and Rules
Environment Protection 7) EIA Notification 2006 and its amendment thereafter.
Noise 8) The Environment (Protection) Second Amendment Rules,

2002 (Noise Limits for New Generator Sets).
9) The Noise (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000.

10) The Factories Act 1948.
Other Acts
11) Construction & Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016
1.5. EIA STUDY
The scope of the EIA study includes identification of the potential environmental impacts of
the project and formulation of an effective Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to
prevent, control & mitigate the adverse environmental impacts, and ensure environmental
compliance. The Terms of Reference (ToR) for this project were approved by MOEF vide J-
11011/262/2015-IA II (I) dated 27th January 2016. The scanned copy of approved ToR is
given below:



1.5.1 Approach and Methodology of EIA Study
A. Approach of EIA Study
The EIA study includes establishment of the baseline environmental scenario in the project
area. EIA report consists of study of the specific activities related to the project and evaluation
of the probable environmental impacts, thus leading to the recommendations of necessary
mitigation measures. The entire EIA study has been carried out on the basis of the applicable
environmental legislation, regulations and guidelines of the MoEF.
B. Establishment of Baseline Environmental Status
A comprehensive database on the baseline environmental status/conditions of the study area

has been established through review, compilation & analysis of
 Existing published secondary data/literature/information, and
 Primary data generated/collected through field study, surveys and monitoring.
C. Field Study/ Monitoring for Generation of Primary Data
The collected secondary data has been supplemented and validated by conducting the
necessary primary data generation/collection through field study/monitoring in post-monsoon
season (February 2016 – April 2016) and the monitoring has been conducted as per the
guidelines of CPCB and requirement of the MoEF. Field study/monitoring/data collection is
carried out for the following subcomponents:
(i) Soil Monitoring: To study the soil characteristics in the study area, soil samples from
representative locations in the study area have been collected and analysed for
important relevant physical & chemical parameters.
(ii) Water Quality Monitoring: For drawing up the baseline data on water quality, water
quality monitoring has been conducted at representative locations in the study area.
Ground and Surface water samples have been collected and analyzed for important
relevant physical and chemical parameters.
(iii) Ambient Air Quality Monitoring: For drawing up the baseline status of ambient air
quality in the study area, ambient air quality monitoring in respect of NH3, Urea Dust,
CO, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOx has been conducted at representative locations based on
the preliminary analysis of the meteorological conditions, particularly
predominant/frequent wind directions. 24-hours sampling schedule was adopted.
(iv) Noise Monitoring: To establish the ambient noise scenario in the study area,
monitoring of ambient noise level has been carried out at the representative locations in
the study area using a suitable portable sound level meter over a period of twenty-four
hours.
(v) Geology: Information about the regional geology in and around the project area was
collected from available reports/literatures.
(vi) Hydrology: Similarly, the data related to hydrology of the proposed project site was
also collected from the available literature.

(vii) Land Use Pattern: Study of Land use pattern in the study area was carried out by
standard methods of analysis of remotely sensed data followed by ground truth
verification and visual interpretation of satellite data. For this purpose, digital satellite
data was procured from National Remote Sensing Agency and processed using remote
sensing and GIS techniques and software’s to arrive at land use land cover pattern of
the study area.
(viii) Terrestrial Ecology: The primary survey for this component was carried out using
quadrate method of sampling. Secondary data on terrestrial ecology was collected
during Field visit, Public consultation and from Department of Forest.
1.5.2 Structure of the EIA Report
The following chapters will be included in the EIA report:
Chapter 1: Introduction - provides a background to the project, the project proponent, and the
process of environmental impact assessment.
Chapter 2: The Project Description - describes the characteristics of the proposed plant, the
chemical processes, location details and operations associated with the construction of the
NPK Plant.
Chapter 3: Description of the Environment - describes the background environmental

characteristics and the other economic activities in the area.
Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures - The major impacts
both adverse and positive are predicted and the consequent mitigation measures are provided
in this chapter. The impacts are identified with respect to the present environmental baseline
conditions.
Chapter 5: Environmental Monitoring Program - The monitoring to be carried out in the

construction and post project implementation phases will be described in detail along with the
frequency and sampling locations.
Chapter 6: Additional Studies - This chapter includes Risk assessment, Disaster Management
Plan and Public Hearing. Risk assessment section will accentuate the types of risks associated
with development drilling operations and their assessment. Disaster management section
illustrates the emergency preparedness and disaster management plan. Public Hearing section
includes issues raised during the proceedings of PH and reply given by client.
Chapter 7: Project Benefits - This chapter is devoted solely for the positive outcomes which
are anticipated out of this project with respect to the socio-economic as well as environmental
scenarios.
Chapter 8: Environmental Management Plan - Environmental Management Plans which will

mitigate the adverse impacts of the project on the environment is proposed in this chapter.
Also, the overall budget for the environmental management and monitoring plans is given.
Chapter 9: Summary and Conclusion – This chapter summarizes the major findings of the
EIA study and delineate the conclusion drawn out of the study.
Chapter 10: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged - This chapter briefly describes the Quality
of Services and Area of Specialization of the Consultant engaged for conducting EIA Study.

EIA for Setting up of NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant, Sy. No. Bit-II, Survepalli Village, Near Krishnapatnam Port, Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh
1.6. TOR COMPLIANCE
Point wise Compliance to ToR Approved by MoEF in the EIA Study
Reference in the EIA Report

Sl. No. ToR
Chapter No. Section No. Page No. Title/Remarks
A. Specific TOR
1 Details on requirement of energy and water along with its source Chapter - 2 2.3 2-3 - 2-4 Salient Features of the Project
and authorization from concerned department.
2.4.6 2-16 - 2- Resource Requirements
19 (the authorization document has been annexed
in Annexure - V)
2 Energy conservation in ammonia synthesis for urea production and Not Applicable as Urea Production is not involved.
comparison with best technology.
3 Details of ammonia storage and risk assessment. Chapter -6 6.1.4, 6.1.5 6-4 - 6-9 Risk Assessment
4 Measures for control of urea dust emissions from prilling tower. Not Applicable as Urea Production is not involved.
5 Measures for reduction of fresh water requirement. Chapter - 2 2.4.6 (c) 2-18 Reduction/Balance in Fresh water
Requirement
6 Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and Chapter - 2 2.5 2-21 Details of Pollution control Equipments
equipments to meet the national standards for fertilizer. – 2-24
7 Details of Fluorine Recovery System in case of Phosphoric Acid
Plant and SSP to recover fluorine as Hydrofluoro Silicic Acid Not applicable as there is no Phosphoric acid plant and SSP.
(H2SiF6) and its uses
8 Management plan for solid/hazardous waste including storage, Solid Wastes
utilization and disposal of bye products viz. Chalk, spent catalyst, (Chalk, spent catalyst, Hydro Fluoro
Hydro Fluoro Silicic Acid and Phosphor Gypsum, Sulphur muck, Chapter - 2 2.6.3- 2.6.4 2-40
Silicic Acid and Phosphor Gypsum,
etc.
Sulphur muck, etc. are not applicable)
Chapter - 2 2.7 2-41 Hazardous Waste Management

Reference in the EIA Report

Sl. No. ToR
Chapter No. Section No. Page No. Title/Remarks
9 Details on existing ambient air quality for PM10, PM2.5, Urea dust, Chapter - 2 2.5 2-21 - Air Pollution Control Systems
NH3*, SO2*, NOx*, HF*, F*, Hydrocarbon (Methane and non- 2-22
Methane) and expected stack and fugitive emissions and evaluation
Chapter - 3 3.8 3-19 - Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
of the adequacy of the proposed pollution. Control devices to meet
3-25
standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*as
applicable) Chapter - 4 4.2, 4-4, Impacts of Air Environment,
4.2.6 4-6 – 4-11 Modelling Results
Chapter-8 8.3.2 8-6 - 8-7 Air Pollution Management Plan
10 Details on water quality parameters in and around study area such Chapter - 3 3.6, 3-11 – Water Environment,
as pH, Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen, Free Ammonical Nitrogen, free 3.6.4 3-17 Methodology of Water Quality
ammonia, Cyanide, Vanadium, Arsenic, Suspended Solids, Oil and
Monitoring
Grease, *Cr as Cr+6, *Total Chromium, Fluoride, etc.
B. Additional TOR
11 Detailed plan for Ammonia storage on site and off site to be drawn. Chapter - 2 2.5.2 2-22-2-24 Hazardous Materials Storage and
Handling Facility
12 Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments Chapter - 6 6.3 6-11 – Public Hearing was held on 27th
made by the project proponent on the same should be included in 6-24 September 2016. The Minutes of
EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget Meetings (MoM) is attached as
for complying with the commitments made. Appendix – VI.
13 Detailed water conservation plan including rain harvesting to be Chapter - 2 2.5.5 2-38 Rain Water Harvesting System
worked out to minimize use of fresh water.
Chapter-8 8.3.3 8-7 Storm Water Management Plan
In addition to the Specific TOR and Additional TOR, the EIA/EMP Report will also consider the applicable points of “Generic Terms of Reference” in respect of
the Chemical Fertilizer Sector.

2
PROJECT
DESCR IPTION
EIA for Setting up of NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant, Sy. No. Bit-II, Survepalli Village, Near
Krishnapatnam Port, Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh
2 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 PROJECT OVERVIEW
The Project is basically setting up of Greenfield NPK Fertilizer Manufacturing Plant for
making multiple grades of NPK. The proposed plant is located at Bit-II, Survepalli village,
Venkatachalam Mandal, Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh. The proposed plant site is located
at about 15 km from the Krishnapatnam Port. The land for the complex fertilizer plant is
within the Survepalli Industrial Park and land ownership of 286 acres is transferred by Andhra
Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC), Government of Andhra Pradesh.
Therefore, no resettlement and rehabilitation is required for the project.
The selected land is free from any issues of acquisition, forest land, heritage building etc.
without any existing structure and is a completely barren land. Hence, no alternative site for
the project has been considered.
KRIBHCO also proposes to set up storage facilities for raw materials at Krishnapatnam Port
and also installation of raw material transfer pipe line from storage area from port storage to
plant site (approx. 15 km). Krishnapatnam Port Company Limited has allotted 10.6 acres of
land for proposed storage area. The port is equipped with all facilities to support the
KRIBHCO proposed project.
The total cost of the project is INR 1,517 Crores (approx.). The proposed project will not
cause any change in the land use, land cover or topography as the facility is coming in the
approved industrial estate by Government of Andhra Pradesh. The Project comprises of
proven state of the art technology for NPK fertilizer unit. The project location map on
toposheet is given in Figure 2.1.

Figure 2.1: Project Location of Toposheet Map

2.2 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT
 India is almost fully depending on imports of Phosphatic fertilizers or the intermediates

required for production of NPK Products like Phosphoric acid, Murate of Potash,
Ammonia etc. Indian Fertilizer companies produced around 32.4 million tonnes of
fertilizer in the year 2012-13 However, the total availability was short of demand and was
met through imports. The production of NPK has declined over recent years, around 6.2
million tonnes in FY12-13 from 7.8 million tonnes in FY11-12.
 To meet the India’s requirement of NPK, KRIBHCO proposed to established NPK

complex with two NPK units near to Krishnapatnam Port, Nellore District, Andhra
Pradesh. In place of finished product import, the project USP is to use import of fertilizer
intermediates and turn them into fertilizer products as are required for local need of
nutrients for the soil. The proposed market area for products from this project is primary
hinterland states namely Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Tamil Badu and parts of
Maharashtra, which are accounting for about 60% complex fertilizer consumption in
India. The outputs NPK from the fertilizer complex will cater to the local & nearby areas
of demand.
 The proposed site in the Krishnapatnam port area is ideal for a Phosphatic fertilizer
project because of easy access to port, excellent Road / rail connectivity, good
infrastructure, ancillary industry in vicinity and Power / water supply resource
availability.
 From a product portfolio standpoint, KRIBHCO shall become one of the biggest fertilizer
organization in India to have both Nitrogenous and Phosphatic fertilizers under single
entity. Installing production facilities for NPK shall facilitate KRIBHCO to become
complete plant nutrition provider in India.
 The proposed project will result in the direct and indirect employment opportunities to the
2.3 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT
The salient features of the project include the site location, type of project, capacity, nearby
features and the eco-sensitive regions in and around the study region. Table 2.1 briefly
describes the salient features of the Project.
Table 2.1: Salient Features of the Project
Sl.
Items Details
No.
1. Location Sy No. Bit-II, Village Survepalli, Near to Krishnapatnam port,
Venkatachalam Mandal, Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh State
2. Coordinates  Latitude : 14 16 52.616 N
 Longitude: 79 58 51.813 E

Sl.
Items Details
No.
: 10.6 acres
Krishnapatnam Port
5. Preferred Technology Mixed (PN+PR)Process
6. Raw Material  Phosphoric acid, (merchant grade): 400,000 MT/year
7. Raw Material Storage Storage at Plant Site
 Ammonia storage tank (1 x 10000 MT).
 MOP storage area of total capacity 36000 MT.
10. Power requirement & 9.5 MW
source Source: APTRANSCO.
12. Manpower requirement 274 in main O&M and other manpower in supporting
operations
13. Effluent Management Reused in the process and part of will be treated in ETP. Sump
tanks and common neutralization pit will be provided.
14. Proposed Air Pollution Fugitive Emissions to be controlled by using low emission
Control measures valves pump sets and scrubbing system.
15. Solid / hazardous waste Solid waste will be collected and recycled within the plant. A
management & waste part of it will be sent to the authorized recycler.
2.4 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

 Port Storage for Ammonia & Phosphoric acid at Krishnapatnam Port of KPCL.
 Pipe lines for transportation of these raw materials from unloading Jetty to Port
Storage (03-05 km) and from Port storage to site (16 km).
In any emergency conditions/during maintenance of pipelines, transportation of liquid raw

material from port to site will take place by road/tankers. MOP will be transported through
road from port to Plant site,
The annual production capacity of the plant will be about 12.0 lakh MT, based on the two
plant stream of NPK fertilizers of design capacity of 75 TPH (1650 MTPD of DAP as basis)
to produce the following proposed grades with their hourly design capacity.
Design hourly
Products*
Capacity
10:26:26 95 TPH
12:32:16 95 TPH
20:20:0:13 65 TPH
15:15:15 80 TPH
*Other grades will also be considered as per the market demand.
Di-Ammonium Phosphate (DAP) and NPK are produced by neutralizing phosphoric acid with
ammonia. The reactions involved are:
NH3 + H3PO4 → NH4H2PO4 (MAP)
NH3 + NH4H2PO4 → (NH4)2HPO4 (DAP)
These reactions are exothermic and the heat of reaction is used to evaporate part of the water
of the phosphoric acid feed to the plant. The plant is designed for the continuous production
of DAP / NPKs.
The layout map of proposed plant is shown Figure 2.2. The layout map of the proposed
infrastructure (from Krishnapatnam port to proposed plant) marked on the Google map is
shown in Figure 2.3. The auto cad drawings of the plant layout and route map are annexed in
Annexure – III.

Figure 2.2: Tentative Layout of Proposed Plant

Figure 2.3: Layout Map of the Proposed Infrastructure (from Krishnapatnam Port to Proposed NPK Plant)

2.4.1 Process Technology
The NPK complex manufacturing plant uses ammonia, MOP, phosphoric acid, and sulphuric
acid as main raw materials along with urea & some other additives as filler material. There
are many Process technology having proven track records. Following major Process
technologies are available worldwide:
I. Pre neutralizer (PN) Process:
This was the conventional process employed in 70’s. It produces a more spherical product,
but a very high recycle ration 6.8:1 for DAP and 3.5-5:1 for NPKs.
II. Pipe Reactor (PR) Process:
A single PR is installed inside the granular. Its main advantage is the low recycle ratio (3.5-
4:1 for DAP and 2.3:1 for NPKs, the low product moisture, the high product hardness and the
system simplicity. For NPKs and small DAP plants (up to 50 TPH) is the preferred process,
whereas for large DAP plants mixed process is preferred due to heat balance imitation.
III. Dual Pipe Reactor System:
In this system one PR is installed in granulator and another one is dryer, to split part of the
heat. It operates at low recycle 3.5 – 4:1, but main problem is dryer poor performance, dust
production, final product contamination and excessive duty for cyclones and scrubbing
system.
IV. Mixed Process PR+PN:
This technology from INCRO is one of the best process for large DAP/NPK plants, since it
splits the heat between PN and PR, operates at low recycle 4:1 and produces a more spherical
product than any PR only process. It also provides flexibility to produce any NPK grade, with
PR or PR+PN.
Out the technologies mentioned above, KRIBHCO has selected Mixed Process PR+PN
technology in view of its advantages over the other technologies for intended level of
production. This technology can provide flexibility of producing various grades of NPK from
the proposed plant as per the marketing scenario.
2.4.2 Available INCRO Processes for NPK / DAP
I. INCRO’S pipe reactor slurry process- In this process Ammonia is directly neutralization
with phosphoric and even sulphuric acid in the PR.
II. INCRO’S mixed slurry process (pipe reactor & preneutralizer) - In this process there is
direct neutralization of phosacid and optionally a lot of sulphuric acid in the PR and PN (in
case of AMS based NPKs).
Merits of INCROS Mixed Slurry Process (PN + PR) Technology
 Production Capacity Increases (Special in PN)
 Improved Product Quality (Shape)

 Operation and Acid Choice Flexibility (PN+PR OR PR)
 Improved on-stream factor (2 Reaction equipment)
 Flexibility to Produce other NPK’s (AMS based)
 Better granulation Control (Improved Slurry feed)
2.4.3 Advantages of INCRO Technology
INCRO’s pipe reactor has been largely and successfully proved in many industrial facilities
for production of DAP/NPK. In NP/NPK production INCRO as a licensor with the largest
number of successful references, being the only one to have a large experience on using urea
in quantities from 200-400 kg/t, even in combination with TSP or SSP, avoiding the
formation of the adduct between them and the liberation of water, which creates a very humid
granulation. INCRO has also successfully produced NPKs with up to 450 kg/t of ammonium
nitrate, 500 Kg/t of ammonium sulphate, more than 400 Kg/t of sulphuric acid, several
micronutrients, organic matter being one of the few companies with such a large experience
on the use of that conflictive raw materials. INCRO is the only company to have a reliable
and successfully installed P.R to produce NPKs using large quantities of sulphuric acid (up to
450 kg/t). All sulphuric acid, together with the phosacid and ammonia, is fed to P.R, without
any corrosion / erosion problems.
2.4.4 Production Process
There are following major sections of the production process:

a) Raw Material Feeds
b) Slurry Preparation and Granulation
c) Pre-neutralizer
d) Pipe Reactor
e) Granulation
f) Drying
g) Screening & Crushing
h) Final Product Conditioning
i) Dust and Fumes Collection
j) Scrubbing
Phosphoric acid at 50-54% P2O5 strength is pumped from its storage day tank to the various
destinations in the plant, namely the pipe reactor tank, the granulator pre-scrubber tank, the
scrubber tank and occasionally to the preneutralizer reactor.
Liquid ammonia is pumped from storage to the liquid ammonia heater and from here to the
pipe reactors, to the granulator ammonization system and to the ammonia separator vessel.
Eventually liquid ammonia can also be sent to the preneutralizer. These systems are described
in detail at a later stage.
Sulphuric acid is used for ph and n/p control and it can be fed to preneutralizer, to granulator,
to granulator pre-scrubber tank, to the scrubber tank and to the tail gas scrubber.

MOP, urea, filler and spillages (or off-spec product) is fed from their storage building to the
plant building by common conveyors. Once in the plant there is a common raw material
rotary diverter, to feed the different solid raw material to their correspondent bin. The quantity
of raw materials added to the granulation loop is controlled by the variable speed electronic
feeders for urea, potash, filler and off-spec product respectively.
DAP and NPKs without urea are produced by pipe reactor(s), where 100% of the total
ammonium phosphate / sulphate slurries will be generated. For NPK production one or two
PRS will be used depending on the grade.
A molar ratio n/p = 1.4-1.5 is reached at 135-145°c in pipe reactor for dap production, as
results of neutralizing a phosphoric acid of about 42-44% P2O5 (including some sulphuric
acid) with liquid ammonia.
A molar ratio n/p = 1.4-1.5 is reached at 130-140°c in pipe reactor for NPK production, as
results of neutralizing a phosphoric acid of about 40-42% P2O5 (including some sulphuric
acid) and liquid ammonia.
NPK/NP with high content in urea is produced using pre-neutralizer reactor, where 100% of
the total ammonium phosphate / sulphate slurries will be prepared. in case of using mixed
process, the slurry will be produced by pre-neutralizer and pipe reactors.
A molar ratio of n/p = 1.4-1.5 is reached at 115-125°c in pre-neutralizer, as results of

neutralizing a phosphoric acid of about 33-40% P2O5 plus small quantities of sulphuric acid
and vapor ammonia (some exceptional occasions liquid ammonia).
c) Pre-neutralizer
The reaction between gas ammonia and phosphoric acid begins in the pre-neutralizer. The
pre-neutralizer is equipped with an agitator to improve ammonia absorption, to provide
temperature and reaction uniformity, to reduce foaming and to maintain solids in suspension
during short shutdowns.
The pre-neutralizer is specially designed to provide high freeboard, good reactants mixing,
low ammonia losses and low retention time, by making the lower section of a smaller
diameter. This ensures maximum P2O5 solubility in the product.
Two pumps with independent piping systems are provided to constantly deliver the required
quantity of ammonium phosphate slurry from the pre-neutralizer to the granulator. This
arrangement permits washing or maintenance of one complete line while the other is in
service, an important feature assuring a high on-stream operating factor. The slurry pumps are
variable speed pumps controlled by variable frequency drives, thus eliminating the need for
control valves in this difficult application.
Acid fed to pre-neutralizer is essentially constituted by the phosphoric and sulphuric acids
used in the scrubbing system.
Gases generated into the pre-neutralizer are sucked up towards the Fumes Pre-Scrubber, to
recover most of the evolved ammonia losses.

d) Pipe Reactor
The reaction between liquid ammonia and phosphoric acid takes place in the pipe reactors,
which are composed of a mixing head and a distribution pipe, last one directly installed inside
the granulator drum.
For DAP and most of NPK grades production, both installed PRS will work simultaneously. In
some NPK grades only one pr will be enough to produce the necessary slurry. Acid fed to
pipe reactor is constituted by the mixture of the fresh phosphoric acid fed to P.R. tank plus the
mixture of phosphoric and sulphuric acids used in the scrubbing system. Pipe reactor is
equipped with acid and ammonia flow controllers, acid being fed by the variable speed pipe
reactor pumps. The use of liquid ammonia in the pipe reactor improves the control of
temperature in the granulator, which is very important especially in dap production.
Pipe reactor residence time is only of few seconds, thus avoiding creation of insoluble P2O5,
or formation or reaction compounds with a lot of bonded water in their composition.
An automatic and interlocked cleaning system has been also provided to flush the pipe reactor
with medium pressure steam in case of unexpected shutdown or scheduled flushing. In last
case flushing will take less than one minute and will be performed without stopping the rest
of the plant.
e) Granulation
The function of the granulation system is to transform the slurry and solid raw materials into a
granular fertilizer product with the required composition and size. Granulation occurs in the
drum granulator, where phosphate slurries are sprayed onto a bed of dry material, composed
by the added solid raw materials (urea, potash, and filler) plus the fines, crushed oversize and
part of the commercial product returned to granulator. Slurries are directly sprayed from the
pipe reactor distribution pipe, or by pumping from pre-neutralizer pumps, in this last case
sprayed using a distribution pipe with spray nozzles.
The rolling action within the granulator distributes the slurry evenly on the surface of the
granules, and produces a very uniform, hard, well-rounded, layered granule. The resultant thin
film of slurry is easily dried after rolling and reaction with liquid ammonia.
The granulator is inclined towards the discharge end to facilitate transfer of the large recycle
load. There are several emptying doors (4), at the granulator's exit ring, to adjust bed depth to
the optimum value, as well as to allow emptying granulator for maintenance / cleaning
purposes.
To complete the acid neutralization of the slurries to the required NPK/NP grades, an
ammonia system is installed, to inject liquid ammonia deep into the solids bed, promoting
granules water evaporation.
The ammonization system consists on rubber hoses supported from the granulator's main
beam. This system avoids the formation of lumps, provides a homogeneous distribution of
ammonia and reduces granulator power consumption, thanks to the almost absence of
frictions caused by product solid bed while turning. Two independent distribution pipes with
sprays are provided for eventually feeding sulphuric acid and water inside granulator (over
solids bed).
The granulator is a carbon steel drum lined with rubber panels and equipped with an apex
scrapper, to minimize product build-up on the supporting beam and the rubber panels. It will
be also equipped with a lumps kicker to prevent any lump from remaining inside the drum,
disturbing the flow of solids and promoting other lumps formation. Lumps kicker will make
the lumps to jump to an attached grizzly, which will disintegrate them by the rotating action.
Rest of product will leave the granulator by passing through the grizzly bar. Solids leaving
granulator, normally with moisture content around 2-3% will be gravity fed to dryer, in order
to achieve the final requested moisture of 1.0-1.5%. Gases developed into the granulator are
sucked up towards the fumes pre-scrubber 3, to recover most of the evolved dust and
ammonia losses.
f) Drying
In the rotary drum type dryer, the solids are lifted and cascaded through a co-current flow of
hot air from the combustion chamber. The dryer is designed for maximum efficiency and
minimization of material build-up. The combustion chamber is FO fired. Air for combustion
is supplied by the combustion air fan. The quench air propelled by fan is used to reduce the
temperature of the combustion gases up to a temperature adequate for the combustion
chamber. The temperature of the hot gases after dilution entering dryer is about 120-180 °C
(for NPKS with urea) and 130 -250°C (for NPKS without urea). Control of the firing rate can
be done based on the dryer outlet gas temperature which is controlled at about 90-105°C,
depending on the grade, product moisture content and the granulation temperature. In some
cases firing rate on the dryer inlet gas temperature (specially recommended in NP products
with high urea contents) is controlled with dryer inlet gas temperature.
The product at dryer discharge flows through the grizzly, consisting on a bar grizzly equipped
with lumps lifter located on it. Broken lumps and small product will flow through the grizzly
bar, whereas harder lumps will be elevated and eventually fed by the elevator to the lump
crusher, feeding chute. Oversize crushed lumps will then join the rest of product in dryer exit
belt conveyor, which feeds screen feed elevator. Dryer exit gas contains some dust that is
removed in the dryer cyclones, collected in the cyclones hoppers and returned to the recycle.
Dryer exit conveyor is equipped with a throughput weigher and a magnetic separator,
installed to remove any metallic part that may damage oversize mills. From that belt
conveyor, solids fall by gravity to the exit dryer elevator.
g) Screening and Crushing
The plant utilizes vibrating oversize Process Screens. The dryer elevator feeds the screens.
Directly installed at the outlet branches of the screens splitter there are two screen diverters,
also with electrical motor actuator, that will be used for by-passing the correspondent screen
and process crusher for maintenance and cleaning or when a partial (or total) emptying of the
unit is required in a relatively short period of time.
To improve screen efficiency each screen has a dedicated vibrating feeder to evenly distribute
the feed across its entire width.
The oversize screens will separate from the on-size and fine product, the oversize fraction
above 4 mm, which is crushed in four oversize mills. Feeding is accomplished by independent

chutes from each screen. The suggested mill type is a double rotor chain mill, which provides
and efficient crushing with small size dispersion on ground product.
These mills directly discharge onto the recycle conveyor, through oversized chutes. The
product less than 4 mm flows to the four single decks undersize process screens, which
separate the fines below 1 mm, sending them back to recycle.
The on-size product from all four screens is collected in the recycle regulator conveyors.
These belt conveyors will adjust the required amount of product desired for production. The
extraction rate, controlled by the recycle regulator belt weightier, will be fixed from DCS in
control room and it will regulate belts speed and the amount of on size product going to final
product treatment section. The operator should fix a rate on the weightier to extract from the
granulation loop only the required quantity of product to match the production rate after
passing through cooler and polishing screen. Any excess of on-size product will not be
extracted at that belt speed and will automatically overflow from the recycle regulating
hoppers the recycle conveyor.
The recycle conveyor will receive:

 Dust from all cyclones
 Fines from all undersize screens
 Crushed oversize from mills
 Overflow from recycle regulator conveyors
 Fines from polishing screen
Special care should be devoted to the design of the recycle conveyor. It should operate at
rather low speed, to avoid mechanical problems, and its cover should be dust tighten, for
avoiding dust emission. The recycle conveyor discharges onto the Recycle Elevator that feeds
all the recycle and solid raw materials to the granulator drum.
Product on size material from the Recycle Regulator Conveyors is fed by gravity to the
Cooler Drum. Cooler is counter current rotary type and the cooling air comes from Air Cooler
Impulsion Fan. This air is previously chilled in the following way:
 If PN is not used, the air is slightly chilled in the E.G. Air Chiller using the cold 50 %
Ethylene Glycol (EG) solution after heating the cold liquid ammonia.
 If PN is used, the air is initially chilled in the same E.G. Air Chiller using the cold 50 %
EG solution after heating the liquid ammonia and then is additionally chilled in the
Cooler Ammonia Air Chiller which uses the cooling generated by ammonia vaporization
(ammonia vapor to be used in the PN).
Rotary cooler fines screw conveyor is a small screw conveyor installed at the product feed
end of rotary cooler for conveying towards the screen feed elevator the fines granules and
gross particulates of dust entrained by the counter-current air leaving the cooler that are
collected in the cooler feed end hopper. To prevent absorption of moisture by final product
during the cooling process air have to be conditioned (chilled and dehumidified), mainly

when ambient air is too wet, thus down-stream cooler air chiller is installed the air heater for
reducing the air relative humidity above the product CRH. This is especially important when
producing NPK/NP with high urea content since they are very hygroscopic compounds. DAP
has a critical relative humidity CRH of about 75-85% at 30°c (lower at higher temperature)
but urea based NPK/NP has lower CRH, of around 45-50% , and they could retain moisture if
the air feed to cooler has higher relative moisture. The cooler air chiller (and also the quench
air chiller) reduces the ambient air temperature by vaporizing the incoming liquid ammonia
that is then fed pre-neutralizer from ammonia separator. The chillers are followed by a
demisters to prevent any condensed water may reach the cooler (or combustion chamber in
case of quench air chiller).
Dust coming out with the air leaving the cooler is recovered in a battery of cyclones and
collected in their respective hoppers, from where it is fed back to the recycle conveyor. About
55-65 % of the air leaving cooler cyclones will be sent to the cooler & de-dusting scrubber for
its washing, through the cooler & de-dusting exhaust fan, whereas the rest of this semi-clean
warm air (35 - 45%) will be recycled to the dryer as dilution air, through air cooler
recirculation fan, improving energy efficiency and reducing at the same time the size of
scrubbing equipment.
Rotary cooler discharges cooled product directly to final product elevator which lift it to the
single desk polishing screen. Fines under 1 mm are separated and returned back to recycle,
whereas commercial size product between 1-4 mm falls by gravity to the coater drum.
Coating oil is added to the coater drum for caking control. Polishing screen is equipped with a
vibrating feeder to improve the screening efficiency to evenly distribute the feed across its
whole width. Coating is particularly necessary when bulk storage during long periods of time
or ship exportation is envisaged, because the hygroscopic features of npk grades can promote
caking, mostly when variations of air temperature and moisture occur. Coating agent is
normally an amine containing high viscosity oil or wax (paraffin), normally solid at ambient
temperature and with a pour point of around 50°c. The coating oil is kept at around 70-80 °c
in the coating oil tank (using its steam coil heater) and is fed to the coater drum by using the
coating oil dosing pumps, through lp steam traced pipes and spray nozzles. After coating,
product falls by gravity to the final product belt conveyor, which will send product to the final
storage, outside B.L, via several conveyors on series.
All process equipment in the plant operates under a small negative pressure in order to
prevent the escape of unreacted ammonia, other gases and dust from the process. Air
containing ammonia, water vapor and dust from the pre-neutralizer and pipe reactor /
granulator is vented to the granulator fumes pre-scrubber, where ammonia and a major
portion of the dust are removed by reacting with the phosphoric acid contained in the
circulating scrubber solution. From the pre-scrubber the gas flows to the granulator scrubber,
where most of the remaining ammonia and dust are removed. Air leaving this scrubber is
sucked by the granulator exhaust fan and feeds the double step tail gas scrubber, to recover
fluorine evolved during phosacid washing and to complete ammonia and dust recovery.
Gas containing ammonia and dust from the dryer, flows to the dryer cyclones, to remove
major portion of the dust, which is returned to the recycle conveyor. Gases from the cyclones
flow to the dryer scrubber, sucked by the dryer exhaust fan located downstream the scrubber,

and from there to the final tail gas scrubber for further ammonia and dust removal and to
recover fluorine evolved. Air containing dust from solids handling equipment (conveyors,
elevators, screens, etc.) is vented into the dedusting cyclones, where most of the dust is
removed, air from the cyclones flows to the cooler & dedusting scrubber, to be jointly washed
with the gases coming from cooler cyclones. Air from rotary cooler, containing some lower
quantity of dust, is cycloned to remove most of the dust. Approximately 35-45% of that gas
stream is recycled to the dryer, whereas the other 55-65 % is sent by the above mentioned
cooler & dedusting scrubber to be jointly washed with the gases coming from dedusting
cyclones.
j) Scrubbing
A powerful scrubbing system has been designed not only to remove effluents from gas
streams, but also to recover the nutrients, thus increasing plant efficiency. The scrubbing
system for this plant consists of three washing steps:
1st step: granulator pre-scrubber, a low pressure venturi with cyclonic tower scrubber that
includes also a duct scrubber.
2nd step: granulator scrubber, dryer scrubber and cooler & dedusting scrubber, all of them
venturi scrubber with cyclonic separator tower.
3rd step: tail gas scrubber — two step scrubber with a duct washing scrubber and a packed
tower scrubber.
The schematic diagram of production process and process flow diagram is shown in Figure
2.4.
Figure 2.4: Schematic Diagram of Production Process

2.4.5 Resource Optimization/ Recycling and Reuse
There is no wastage of raw material from the NPK plants during normal operation. There is a
sump tank in respective units where spillages can be collected and subsequently reused in
respective process units. All wastage material in solid form also will be collected and will be
re-introduced in the plant. The process technology has in-built system to recover all nutrients
from emission/wastages and recycled back in the production system.
2.4.6 Resource Requirement
a. Raw Materials
This Fertilizer Complex requires the following annual raw material consumption which needs
to be met by imports through placement of long term contracts with suppliers. These
requirements shall vary depending on the NPK grade to be selected for the production, quality
of raw material from time to time and plant capacity utilization. Individual consumptions are
considering maximum specific consumption of raw material for different NPK grades at
100% plant load case.
The list of raw material required for the production along with the source and transportation
mode is given in Table 2.2.
Table 2.2: Raw Materials and their Source and Transportation Mode
Annual max. Transportation Mode

Quantity Upto Port
S.No. Raw Materials Source
Required Storage Upto Plant
(MT/Yr) Area
Phosphoric Acid By pipeline

1 400,000
(merchant grade) By sea and road
Foreign (through
2 Ammonia 220,000 market tankers)*
3 MOP 480,000
By road
Domestic
4 Sulphuric Acid 250,000 -
market
*In case of abnormal or emergency situation, the raw material will be transported through
tankers by road.
Other raw materials that will be sourced indigenously required in small quantities mainly
comprises of FO Fuel, Filler / Urea, defoamer, Ethylene Glycol, Coating Oil, Raw water /
Fire water, Nitrogen etc.
Mode of Transport of Finished Product
The site is well connected by road and rail. The major part of the finished product will be
transported through rail, in any specific condition, product will be transported by trucks
through road to markets.

b. Water Requirement and its Source
The Water supply requirement will be met through a full-fledged water supply system to meet
the needs of process, housing and workers camp facility.
The total raw water requirement at plant site is 1,200 KLD, out of which 1180 KLD will be
used for construction and operational activities and 20 KLD will be used for domestic
purpose. At port site, the raw water requirement of 15 m3/hr of during construction period.
Table 2.3 give the detailed description on water requirement for the proposed project. Water
balance for NPK unit has given in Table 2.4.
Table 2.3: Details of Water Consumption
S.No. Component Water Required (kld)
1 Process and cooling tower make up 1175
2 Green belt development 5
3 Drinking & Sanitation 20
TOTAL 1200
Table 2.4: Preliminary Water Balance for One DAP / NPK Plant
Inlet Stream
Total Quantity of Water content in the Material
Sl.No. Material Stream
Material Stream Stream
(Kg/hr) Percentage % (Kg/hr)
1 Phosphoric Acid to Dust 66346 (as 52% P2O5) 20 13270
Scrubber.
2 Liq Ammonia to NH3 Scrubber 16875 0.5 84
3 Process Water + Steam 19120 100 19120
4 Sulphuric Acid 3375 2 68
5 Air to Combustion Chamber 140000 2.765 3871
6 Water generated by combustion - 1434
7 Air to FBC 120000 1.068 1282
8 Air to Dust Recovery System 140000 2.765 3871
Total 43000
Outlet Stream
Sl.No. Material Stream Total Quantity of Water content in the Material
Material Stream Stream
(Kg/hr) Percentage % (Kg/hr)
1 Product 75000 1.5 1125
2 Stack Outlet 400000 ≈9.85 39415
3 Drained from Air Chiller 2460 100 2460
Total 43000

Based on the water usage pattern, water balance diagram for the proposed plant is shown in
Figure 2.5.
Figure 2.5: Water Balance Diagram
Source: The requirement of water as above is to be provided from Survepalli reservoir that is
about 2 kms from source & ground water. AP Govt. has confirmed the feasibility of the same.
(The authorization document has been annexed in Annexure – V)
c. Reduction/Balance in Fresh water Requirement
Appropriate management practices will be taken into account for the reduction of fresh water
use, wherever possible. Apart from that, in following sections appropriate measures will be
taken to reduce the water requirement.
i. Installation of Effluent and Sewage Treatment Plant on Zero Liquid Discharge

Technology, in order to reduce the water loss, and to re-use of water in the process.
ii. Installation of Process water treatment unit, to produce quality make-up water, in
order to enhance the (COC) Cycle of Concentration upto three to six, so that it can
reduce make-up water consumption by 20% and blow down by 50 %. This will also
contribute in water use reduction.
iii. Installation of Rain Water Harvesting System.
d. Power Requirement and Source:
The maximum power requirement for the proposed project is 9.5 MW. The power shall be
provided at plant battery limit by APTRANSCO from grid at 132kV in outdoor switchyard.
This will be stepped down to 11kV and same shall be used through distribution board in main
substation to distribute power to various plant substations. (The authorization document has
document has been annexed in Annexure – V)
e. Man Power Requirement
The man power required for Operation & Maintenance (O&M) and other manpower in
supporting operations is 274 persons. The proposed project will expectedly benefit the
local/regional area through direct and indirect employment generation to more than 1000
people including the fixed and temporary manpower.
2.4.7 Process Facilities and Other Sections
The list of entire process facilities, storage and other utilities has given below:
Sl. No. Description of Units

Process Facilities/Sections
1. Train A NPK Plant – Granulation Section
2. Train A NPK Plant – Drying and Cooling Section
3. Train A NPK Plant – Raw Material Handling
4. Train A NPK Plant – Air dehumidification
5. Train B NPK Plant – Granulation Section
6. Train B NPK Plant – Drying and Cooling Section
7. Train B NPK Plant – Raw Material Handling
8. Train B NPK Plant – Air dehumidification
9. NPK Plant Raw material storage & Handling (common for NPK train A / train
B)
10. NPK plant Bulk silo, Screen house and Product handling (common for NPK
train A / train B)
11. Bagging plant (common for NPK train A / train B)
12. Raw water Pre-treatment & process water unit
13. Cooling Tower Area
14. Plant & Instrument Air system
15. Auxiliary Boiler
16. Emergency Diesel generator
Storage Facility
17. Fuel oil storage
18. Chemical Storage
19. Raw water & Fire Water Storage tanks & DM Water Unit
20. Ammonia storage & refrigeration system
21. Phosphoric acid storage
22. Sulphuric Acid Storage
23. Empty Bag Storage Area
Control Room /Laboratory
23. Central Control Room & Laboratory
Electrical/Power Supply Unit
24. Outdoor switchyard and main 11kV substation
25. O&U Substation cum MCC Room
26. NPK Substation cum MCC Room (common for NPK train A/ train B)
27. Bagging Plant-MCC room
Waste Water Treatment/ Collection Unit

Sl. No. Description of Units

29. Neutralization & Waste Water Pit
28. Effluent Treatment Plant
29. Water Storage Reservoir
Other Facilities
30. Security
31. Administrative Building
32. Car Parking
33. Railway Siding
34. Weigh bridge & Cabin for raw material
35. Fire Station
36. First Aid Room
37. Workshop
38. Warehouse
39. Weigh bridge & Cabin for product
40. Truck Parking for product
2.4.8 Storage Facilities
The details on the storage facilities for the proposed project are given below:
Raw Material Storage Storage at Plant Site

Product Storage  NPK (Bulk) : 16000 MT
Utilities Storage  Fuel oil : 500 m3
2.4.9 Supported Infrastructure
The proposed project will be provided with the following infrastructure:
 Storage Facilities for raw materials, products and other utilities.

 Fire Station equipped with water foam fire tender
 Occupational Health Centre equipped with experience Doctor and medical
staff

 Power House to meet the power demand of the site

 Septic tank followed with soak pit
 Dining /canteen Facility
 Medical facilities
 Administrative Area (Non Processing Area) (for support activities such as P&A, HR,
Finance & account, purchase, store labor canteen medical room etc., and guest house
will be developed)
 Recreation Facility - DTH, TV, Games, Gym etc.
 Communication network (internet and phone service)
 Drinking water facility
 Transportation facility : Railway siding for product dispatch
2.5 Air Pollution Control Systems
2.5.1 Air Scrubbing System
Proposed process will have well designed and powerful scrubbing system. .It consists of three
sections:
i Granulator pre-scrubber
ii Granulator scrubber, Dryer scrubber and cooler & De-dusting Scrubber
iii Tail gas scrubber.
The granulator pre-scrubber is a low-pressure venturi with cyclonic tower scrubber that also
includes a duct scrubber. The granulator scrubber, dryer scrubber and cooler and de-dusting
scrubber is all venturi scrubber with cyclonic separator tower. The tail gas scrubber is a two-
step scrubber with a duct washing scrubber and a packed tower scrubber. Details of air
pollution control devices are given in Table 2.5 & 2.6. The detail of emissions has also given
against respective section.
Table: 2.5 Details of Air Pollution Control Devices, Measures Proposed Stack/Chimney
& Process Emissions
Height of vent/
Name & Location of the process Concentration of
Sl. outlet/ stack from
vessel to which the stack/ vent is pollutants in
No. ground level in
attached. mg./Nm3
meters
1. Preneutralizer Not applicable Not applicable
2. Granulator
3. Dryer (gms /Am3)
4. Cooler (gms /m3)
5. Dust generating equipment NH3 = 50 mg Stack Height =
 Primary elevator /Nm3 Product handling
 Screen drag feeder/Recycle PM = 50 mg /Nm3 system approx 53
conveyor Fluorine = 10mg Mtr.
 Screens /Nm3
 Product conveyer NOX = 50ppm
 Pulverizers SOX = 100ppm

Height of vent/
Name & Location of the process Concentration of
Sl. outlet/ stack from
vessel to which the stack/ vent is pollutants in
No. ground level in
attached. mg./Nm3
meters
6. Product handling system 53 Mtr.
 Transfer tower
 Conveyer belt
 Screen house
 Material feeding points near
 Tail pully of belt No. 1
7. Product handling system PM = 50 mg /Nm3 Stack Height= 27
(Near Bagging plant) Mtr.
 Bunker filling station
 Conveyer belt
 Weighing & bagging m/c
 system
 Material feeding points near
 Tail pulley
Table: 2.6 Details of Air Pollution Control Equipment
Final
Name of Efficiency - concentration of
Attached to
Sl. No. equipment % reduction pollutants being
emitted
1. Fumes scrubber Preneutralizer Not applicable Not applicable
(Pri. scrubber)
2. Tail gas scrubber Granulator 99% NH3 = 50 mg
(Sec. scrubber) /Nm3
3. Dryer cyclone Dryer 98.5% PM = 50 mg/ Nm3
4. Dryer scrubber Dryer Cyclone 99% Fluorine = 10mg
5. Cooler cyclone Cooler 98.5% /Nm3
6. Cooler scrubber Cooler Cyclone Not applicable NOX = 50ppm
SOX = 100ppm
7. Dust cyclone Dust generating 98.5%
equipment
8. Dust scrubber Dust cyclone 99%
9. Dust extraction Product handling 99% PM = 50 mg /Nm3
unit system
10. Dust extraction Product handling
unit system
(near Bagging
plant)
2.5.2 Hazardous Materials Storage and Handling Facility
Hazardous materials have adverse effect on public health and safety as well as environment
due to the release or leakage of hazardous materials. The proposed plant will follows the

norms as laid down by MSIHC Rules 1989& Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, for safe handling and storage of hazardous materials.
Sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid ammonia and potash are the hazardous materials that will be
used for the production of the complex fertilizer. The details of the storage facilities are given
in Table 2.7 below:
Table 2.7 Details of Storage facilities at Plant and Port
Sl. Storage Tank Quantity to be

Chemical
No. Capacity (MT) Stored (MT)
1. Ammonia (Plant Storage) 1 X10,000 10,000
2. Storage Sulphuric Acid (Plant Storage) 1 X10,000 10,000
3. at Plant Phosphoric Acid (Plant Storage) 1 X10,000 10,000
4. MOP (Plant Storage) 1 X 36000 36,000
5. Storage Phosphoric Acid (Port Storage) 4 X 10,000 40,000
6. at Port Ammonia (Port Storage) 2 X 15,000 30,000
Table 2.8 Details of Storage and Pipe Line Conditions
Ammonia Phosphoric Acid

Sl. No. Parameters
Port Site Plant Site Port Site Plant Site
1) Pressure Atmospheric Atmospheric Atmospheric Atmospheric
Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure
2) Temperature -33 0C -33 0C Ambient Ambient
3) Flow rate ~ 45 TPH As per process ~ 80 m3/hr As per
requirement process
requirement
4) Pipeline size i. From port to port storage site i. From port to port storage site
(Unloading Line) : 16‖ * (Unloading Line) : 16‖ *
ii. From port storage site to plant ii. From port storage site to plant
battery limit : 6‖ * battery limit : 6‖*
iii. Ammonia pre cooling line : 4‖ **
5) Composition NH3 (min). : 99.5 +/- 0.5 wt. % P205 : 50 to 54% Wt
Water (max). : 0.5 Wt. % H2S04 (As S04): 4.5% max.
Oil: 10 ppm Max. CaO : 0.6% Wt max.
Al203 : 0.1 to 2.0% Wt,
Fe203 : 0.2 to 1.9% Wt
R203 (Al203 + Fe203) : 3.75%
Maximum
F : 1.8% Wt max.
MgO : 1.6% Wt max.
Cl : 250 ppm
Suspended Solids : 1.5 to 2.5% Wt
Sp. Gr. : 1.63 to 1.73
* Subjected to detailed design, **only from jetty to storage area
The above Table 2.7 & 2.8 shows all the conditions will be set up for the storage and
handling or the given chemicals, apart from that the MSIHC Rules 1989& Hazardous and
Other Wastes(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016,will also be followed
during handling and management practices.
In case of any ammonia leak from the pipeline, it will be isolated by closing the manual
isolation valves and other safety measures. To do this, the person should wear the necessary
safety appliances such as breathing apparatus, PVC suit etc. and approach the isolation valves
by going at right angle to wind direction. Water curtain shall also be used to approach the leak
area and to contain the ammonia leak. In addition to that no unauthorized personnel will be
allowed inside the storage facility. The storage area will be kept free of any high voltage
electric installation or vegetation. PPEs like gas mask, safety helmets, and safety suits will be
made available to cater emergency like gas leaks etc. There will also regular inspection and
maintenance of such an area.
The general arrangement plan for ammonia and Phosphoric acid storage at Krishnapatnam
Port has been provided in the Figure 2.6. The process flow diagram for storage and handling
has been presented in Figure 2.7 to Figure 2.18.
(The MSDS Sheet of the above mentioned Chemical has been annexed in Annexure - IV)
2.5.3 TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
Most of the raw materials will be obtained via sea route and will reach the plant site through
pipelines, in any abnormal or emergency conditions the materials will be transported by road
through tankers. KRIBHCO will follow the below regulations while transporting hazardous
chemicals through tankers:
 All drivers will be trained before joining and every 6 months they undergo training.
 Route for transportation of Chemical will be standardized which will be reviewed
regularly.
 All tankers will be inspected once a year.
 As per Central Motor Vehicles Rules 1988, Transport Emergency Card (TREM), with
all necessary instructions will be provided to every tanker.
 In emergency control room, 24 hours dedicated telephone line will be provided to
attend to any call.

Transportation Facility Shown in the diagram will be utilized during sludge removal and cleaning.
Figure 2.6: General Arrangement Plan for Ammonia and Phosphoric Acid Storage at Krishnapatnam Port

Figure 2.7: Process Flow Diagram: Raw material Storage and Handling for NPK

Figure 2.8: Process Flow Diagram: Liquid Section Train A

Figure 2.9: Process Flow Diagram: Solid Section Train A

Figure 2.10: Process Flow Diagram: Liquid Section Train B

Figure 2.11: Process Flow Diagram: Solid Section Train B

Figure 2.12: Process Flow Diagram: Product Storage and Handling for NPK

Figure 2.13: Process Flow Diagram: NPK Bagging

Figure 2.14: Process Flow Diagram: Phosphoric Acid Tank

Figure 2.15: Process Flow Diagram: Sulphuric Acid Storage

Figure 2.16: Process Flow Diagram: Ammonia Storage and Handling System

Figure 2.17: Ammonia Storage and Handling System at Port

Figure 2.18: Phosphoric Acid Storage at Port

2.5.4 STORM WATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM
Based on the rainfall intensity, storm water drainage will be designed. The storm water
drainage system consists of well-designed network of open surface drains so that all storm
water is efficiently drained off without any water logging.
2.5.5 RAINWATER HARVESTING SYSTEM
KRIBHCO will provide for Rainwater Harvest structures (RWH) to collect rain water around
the plant area. This collected rainwater will help in recharging the underground aquifer. The
excess rainwater may be discharged to the nearest existing surface water streams/drains
through spillway structure/overflow drains. The surface run-off from the main plant area
would lead to a recharging pond for rainwater harvesting. In future, KRIBHCO will plan to
construct the Rain Water Harvesting System to recharge the underground aquifer.
2.5.6 GREEN BELT AREA
In accordance to the MoEF Guidelines, the proposed project will have a green belt area,
covering about 33% of the total area, along the plant premises and following aspects will be
adhered to in the development of this green belt.
 Trees with the height of 5 m or more will be planted along the plant premises and the
roadsides
 Trees would be planted in a row and the planting orientation would be of staggered
type; while open areas inside the plant will be covered with grass lawns
 Spacing between trees slightly less than normal as it will help in vertical growth of
plants, therefore increasing the effective height of the trees
 Since the trunks of the tall trees are generally devoid of foliage,shrubs will be grown
in front row to give coverage
 Short tress with height less than 10 m will be planted in first three rows followed by
tall tress (>10 m) in the outer three rows.
 Special tree types will be planted keeping in mind the need of pollution abatement
through adsorption of dust and gaseous pollutants. Such trees will be fast growing;
will have thick canopy cover and longer foliage duration. These trees will have
bigger leaves with large number of stomata apertures. They will be evergreen,
perennial and have abundance of surfaces on bark and foliage through roughness of
bark, epidermal outgrowth on petioles, abundance of auxiliary hairs, hairs or scales
on laminar surfaces and protected stomata (by wax, arches, rings, hairs, etc.)
The choice of plants will include shrubs that grow 1 to 2 m high and trees of 3 to 5m heights.
It will be ensured that the foliage area density in vertical is almost uniform by intermixing the
trees and shrubs. Since safety during transport is a major consideration, shrubs in traffic
islands and along road dividers will be short enough to be below the eye-level of motorists.

2.6 NOISE, AIR EMISSIONS, EFFLUENTS AND SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND
MANAGEMENT
2.6.1 Gaseous Emissions
The following maximum limits shall be used as a basis for ambient air quality standards,
recorded at measuring points on stack. Following limits are stringent with respect to CPCB
norms, however all measures shall be adopted to meet the local environmental norms.
NPK
Stack air outlet: 400000 m3/hr (expected) from each unit

Particulates: ≤ 50 mg/Nm3
Fluorine: ≤ 10 mg/Nm³
Ammonia: ≤ 50 mg/Nm3
For NPK stack gaseous monitoring Online Analyzers for ammonia, particulate matters &
fluorides shall be provided with connectivity to CPCB server.
Fugitive Air Emission
Fugitive emission is expected from the various sources of the Plant. e.g, In-line/open valves,
Flanges, Pressure relief devices, Pump seals, Compressor seals, Sampling connections, Field
instruments and Open vents of pits etc.
These fugitive emissions will be controlled by suitable application of low emission valves,
pump seals & scrubbers etc. These Plants will be designed, constructed and operated
satisfying the APCB standard regulations & guidelines.
2.6.2 Liquid Effluents
There are no liquid effluents from the NPK plants during normal operation excluding leakages,
cleaning. There is a sump tank in respective units where spillages can be collected and
subsequently reused in respective process units. Part of the effluents will be treated in Effluent
The details of the Effluent Treatment Plant for removal of Phosphates and Fluorides consist of:
 Equalization tank
 Flash mixer chemical house to accommodate the chemical dosing equipment
 Clariflocculator
 Sludge beds
 Effluent pump house
A proper planned sewage system will be implemented for the domestic wastewater generated
inside the battery limit. Only 16 kLD of wastewater (sewage) is expected to be generated
during the operation phase, which will be collected in septic tank and will be subsequently
treated in the proposed sewage treatment facility. The details of effluent and sewage generation
from the proposed plant are provided in Figure 2.19. The treated effluent characteristics will
meet the CPCB/APPCB norms.

Figure 2.19: Process Flow Diagram of ETP and STP
Liquid effluents from other plants are neutralized in common neutralization pit & pumped up
to plant Battery Limit. Online analyzer for pH, BOD, COD, TOC & TSS shall be provided as
per CPCB Norms.
2.6.3 Solid wastes
All solid waste and spillages will be collected and re-introduced in the plant through a proper
conveyer belt system. All other municipal solid waste will be treated and recovered water will
be recycled. The left out solid may be used a manure and balance, if any, will be collected and
dumped at a local municipal authorized dumping site.
2.6.4 Industrial Wastes
Modern plants are designed as zero liquid effluent, all liquids being recovered into the
reaction section.
All industrial waste and spillages will be collected and re-introduced in the plant. As for
process waste water, suitable Effluent treatment plant will be installed so as to comply as per
CPCB/ APPCB guideline. In order to prevent underground water pollution, the process area is
paved with concrete & acid proof brick lining (wherever required) and oil, acid and rain water
falling in the area is collected in a pond for further treatment. This waste water is discharged
to the waste water treatment plant for treatment.
2.6.5 Noise Emission
Noise emission is expected from the various sources like Compressors, Blowers / fans,
Centrifugal pumps & Control valves, etc. Noise emission from these sources will be
controlled as per best industry practice & norms.
Noise Level inside Premises and Noise level of working place will be controlled within the
limit as specified in the standard of CPCB/APCB, Andhra Pradesh. In the case that some

areas might not satisfy the said standard, suitable counter measures, e.g. addition of noise
insulation, etc., shall be applied in order to satisfy the said standard.
Noise level at Boundary Fence will be controlled to satisfy noise criteria in CPCB/APCB,
Andhra Pradesh, which is less than 75 dBA. In the case that the noise level might exceed the
said noise criteria, suitable counter measures as stated above, shall be applied in order to
satisfy the said noise criteria.
2.7 Hazardous Waste Management System
The hazardous waste Management System will be as per three major activities, viz.
Collection, Segregation and disposal. The hazardous waste generated at site will be mainly
spent Catalysts, spent oil, oil soaked cotton waste, oil filters, batteries, chemical or oil drums
& electrical waste. Hazardous wastes generated inside the plant premises will be sent to
authorized recycler. The organization will ensure that such wastes are securely stored and
transferred accordingly.
LEGAL REQUIREMENT: KRIBHCO has identified all the obligations under the legal
requirement of ―Ha zardous Waste (Management Handling and Trans-boundary movement)
Rules-2016‖. These will be evaluated on six monthly basis for compliance. Environmental
department of the KRIBHCO is responsible for the disposal of hazardous waste to authorized
recycler. Disposal period is strictly maintained within 90 days from date of generation.
COLLECTION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE: Segregation of the hazardous waste is done

based on the categories given in the Hazardous Rule 2016. Preprinted labels are then placed
on the container. It is ensured that the compatibility of the materials is maintained between
two hazardous materials.
DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE: Hazardous waste is disposed as per the

documented operational controlled procedure (OCP). For respective categories of hazardous
waste separate procedure is developed and in accordance with the procedure the hazardous
waste is disposed.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):- PPE such as hand gloves, safety goggles and safety
shoes are used while handling the hazardous waste.
2.8 HSE AND CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY, PROCEDURES AND

SYSTEM
The organization will consider Environmental, Health and Safety as its prime objective. The
HSE policy of the plant will be able to cater the health and safety needs of the workers
working therein. Following aspects need to be considered as a part of the HSE activities:
 Deputation of dedicated Safety Engineer / Officer prior to starting of job.

 Preparation of the Safety Procedures / Manuals as suited for various jobs
considering the specific safety requirements
 Motivation of staff / workmen
 Imposing Penalties on violation of safety practices
 Reporting
 Accident Investigation system

 Regular Tool Box meetings

 Safety committees involving senior staff
 Training , as needed
2.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY FOR WORKERS
KRIBHCO continues to follow all statutory regulations related to occupational safety, health
and environment. It adopts necessary Safety, Health and Environment standards to prevent
accidents.
2.9.1 Safety Training
The choice and the implementation of specific measures for preventing workplace injury and
ill health in the workforce of the DAP plant depend on the recognition of the principal
hazards, and the anticipated injuries and diseases, ill health and incidents. Below are the most
common causes of injury and illness:
 Slips, trips and falls on the same level; falls from height; unguarded machinery; falling
objects;
 Engulfment; working in confined spaces; moving machinery, on-site transport, forklifts
and cranes;
 Exposure to controlled and uncontrolled energy sources; exposure to mineral wools and
fibres; inhalable agents (gases, vapours, dusts and fumes);
 Skin contact with chemicals (irritants acids, alkalis), solvents and sensitizers); contact
with hot objects;
 Fire and explosion; extreme temperatures; radiation (non-ionizing, ionizing);
 Noise and vibration; electrical burns and electric shock;
 Manual handling and repetitive work; failures due to automation; ergonomics;
 Lack of OSH training; poor work organization;
 Inadequate accident prevention and inspection; inadequate emergency first-aid and rescue
facilities; lack of medical facilities and social protection
 Dust may enter into the systemic circulation and thereby reach the essentially all the
organs of body and affects the different tissues.
 Working near heavy noise generating equipments may cause hearing and blood pressure
related diseases
 Continuous working and improper working position leading to pain & exhaustion.
Safety during construction will be accorded overriding priority and all steps required to
achieve this goal. Organizing safety meetings with senior level participation from
management level to contractors is one of the major responsibilities. KRIBHCO will ensure
that all site personnel are equipped with PPEs while on-site. In fact, it will be validated that
every equipment has a valid fitness certificate before they are deployed for work.
2.9.2 Health of the workers
It shall remain the endeavour of the organization to provide safe working conditions to its
employees and take utmost care of their health and safety at workplace. This objective can be
accomplished by adopting the following principles:
i Plan of Evaluation of Health of Workers: This can be done by using pre-designed format
during pre-placement and periodical examination. A proper schedule will be devised and
followed, in close association with occupation health experts and doctors. In addition to that,

health hazard plans will be formulated based on monthly correlation of health effects due to
metals used in the plant processes and people affected.
ii Scheduling medical checkup during operational phase: KRIBHCO will devise a
comprehensive pre-employment medical checkup for all its employees along with general
check up facilities for all employees once in a year. The organization will tie-up with local
hospitals and Govt. Health monitoring system to carry out this initiative. The records of all
medical examinations conducted will be recorded for future references. All workers will be
entitled to ESI and dispensary facility, as applicable. Moreover, EMC will take care that the
workers use their PPEs while working on-site and check whether safety norms are followed.
iii Action Plan For regular Monitoring of Flouride: As Action plan for regular monitoring of
worker and population for fluoride in the working area and population within 1 Km, regular
monitoring for fluoride in Ambient air, ground water, surface water and soil shall be done. In
Addition as part of occupational health safety programme workers will be covered through
regular medical check up and surrounding population will be covered through medical camps.
2.10 RISK/DISASTER MANAGMENT PLAN (Onsite and Offsite)
On Site Emergency Plan
KRIBHCO has well defined onsite emergency plan for their complex at Hazira which covers
all plant & storages, unloading & loading facilities. An onsite emergency plan for this
complex will be prepared on similar lines once the detailed designing is done by EPC
contractor. Practices defined under this plan will be regularly followed and monitored.
Offsite Emergency Plan
Offsite disaster (Industries) Management plan for Krishnapatnam port and adjoin area is
available and will be followed by KRIBHCO. KRIBHCO will be active member of district
crisis group and will regularly participate in actions as required.
2.11 PROJECT SCHEDULE AND COST ESTIMATES
2.11.1 Tentative Project Schedule
Scheduling of the project is performed by the Planning Manager of the team. All aspects
under the project scope such as pre Project activities, Engineering, Procurement,
Construction, Pre-commissioning, Commissioning etc. are taken care of in the detailed
schedule.
Overall the pre project activities such as land survey, geotechnical survey, boundary etc. and
other pre-project approval such as Environment Clearance, Right of use/way from the
relevant Authority will take 12- 14 months. After that the tentative time period taken for
construction is 24 months and 6 months for pre-commissioning activities. Detailed tentative
project schedule is annexed in Annexure - II.
2.11.2 Project Cost
Prevalent tax structure has been considered for estimating the project capital cost for various
indigenous & imported items. Various overheads such as insurance, packing, inspection,
project management, contingency etc. has been considered as per industry norms for such

projects. The project cost comprises of all items such as land & land development, NPK
Complex Plant & Associated facilities, Port storage & Facilities, all related civil cost at plat
site & port, license & engineering fee, pre-operative cost & IDC, pre-commissioning &
commissioning charges etc.
The total investment on Project is estimated to be INR 1517 Crore.
2.11.3 Economic Viability of the Project
The concession offered by AP govt. like development of infrastructure, concession on power

and VAT for seven years have been considered in financial analysis of the project.
From a financial perspective as well, the project is found to be economically viable. For base
case, the financial analysis result show the project IRR of 12.53% (pre- tax) and Payback
period of 6.54 years. The average Debt Service Coverage Ratio is ―1. 20 X ‖.

3
DESCRIPTION O F
THE ENV IRONMENT
EIA for Setting up of NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant, Sy. No. Bit-II, Survepalli Village,
Near Krishnapatnam Port, Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh
3 1. DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
3.1 General Setting of Site and Study Area
3.1.1 Study Area
The proposed project is to set up at Bit-II, Survepalli village, of the southernmost district of
Nellore in Andhra Pradesh. Survepalli village, located in Venkatachalam Mandal, is also the
ancestral village of former Indian President Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan. Nellore district is
having borders with Prakasam in North, Chittoor and Chengalpattu District of Tamil Nadu
State in South, West by Veligonda Hills and Bay of Bengal on the East.
The EIA study encompasses an area falling within 10 km radius from the proposed project
site. The existing/ baseline environmental set-up of the study area with respect to the air,
water, soil, noise and biological parameters is discussed in the chapter. The location map
showing the study area is as shown in Figure 3.1.
Figure 3.1: Location Map of Project Site

3.1.2 Site Description and its Environs
The area for proposed new NPK complex fertilizer plant is well connected by road and is
approximately 21 km from Nellore city. The study area, that covers a region of 10 km radius
from the site, mostly consists of Industrial & Commercial land apart from very small
agricultural lands. The area around KRIBHCO is surrounded by few other projects such as
UPI Polymers India Pvt Ltd., water bodies and canals, railway tracks etc. The project site is
surrounded by several villages such as Polamrajugunta, Punjulurupadu, etc as shown in
Figure 3.2. In addition, Table 3.1 briefly shows the description of the site along with the
nearby features.
Figure 3.2: Study Area Map (10 km Radial Distance from the Project Site)

Table 3.1: Brief Description of the Project Site
Items Details
Project Setting of new NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant (12 Lakh
MT) ,
Location Sy No. Bit-II Survepalli Village, Near Krishnapatnam Port,
Tehsil – Venkatachalam, Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh
KRIBHCO Plant Area Proposed NPK Plant – 286 acres
Break-up Krishnapatnam Port – 10.6 acres
Capacity  Daily Capacity (DAP) : 2X1650 MT
 Annual Capacity (total Product Mix): 12.0 Lakh MT
Nearby features Industries- UPI Polymers India Pvt Ltd
Highways- NH-5 (12 km)
Railways- Venkatachalam Railway Station (~ 8.6 km)
Project cost Rs 1517 Crores Approx
3.2 Topography and Geology
3.2.1. Topography
Geomorphologically, the district is divided into 3 distinct parts: western hills, central
pediplains and eastern deltaic & coastal plains. The western boundary of the district is
surrounded by the hills of Eastern Ghats called Veligonda hills, run in a northwesterly
direction with a highest elevation of 1,105 m amsl. The pediplain area i.e., in the central part
of the district extends in a north - south direction. The general altitude of this physiographic
unit varies from 36 to 170 m amsl with isolated hillocks. The master slope of the area is from
west to east towards the Bay of Bengal. The deltaic and coastal plain extends from north to
south along the eastern margin of the district all along the coast. The terrain map of the study
area is shown in Figure 3.3.

Figure 3.3: Terrain Map of the Study Area

3.2.2. Geology
The district comprises older metamorphic of presumably Archaean age, Dharwar Supergroup
of Archaean to lower Proterozoic age post – Dharwar intrusive, sedimentary rocks of
Cuddapah Supergroup and Cuddalore Formation of middle Miocene age and laterite/alluvium
of Quaternary age. The Archean rocks occupy major part of the district and are represented
by older metamorphics comprising magmatised garnetiferous quartz-mica schist with
associated amphibolites, quartz-muscovite mica biotite schist, with kyanite/staurolite and the
Peninsular Gneissic Complex comprising biotite-granite gneiss. The magmatised schist covers
a large area in the central part of the district from west of Kavali in the north to Sulur in the
south. Quartzite exposed as several outliers is scattered over the magmatised schists. (Source:
Geology and Mineral Resources of Nellore District n.d.)
3.3 Hydrology and Hydrogeology
3.3.1 Hydrology
The Pennar is the major river that drains in the middle of the district. The other important
rivers flowing in the district are Swarnamukhi, Manneru and Upputeru. All the rivers are non-
perennial, flowing in the eastern direction to join the Bay of Bengal. The general drainage
pattern is dendritic to sub-dendritic. Pulicat Lake is located in the South Eastern part of the
district. It is the second largest lagoon of India and boasts a rich biodiversity. The lake is
drained by three larger inflows (Swarnamukhi, Arani and Kalangi) and many minor inflows.

3.3.2 Hydrogeology
The district is served with both surface and ground water irrigation sources. In the hard rock
areas, groundwater is mostly found in Gneisses and Schist rocks while laterites, sandstones
and alluvium are the main water bearing formations in the soft rocks. The depth to water level
in the district is 3 to 8 m bgl in post monsoon season (Jan 2016). The groundwater quality in
general is good and suitable for drinking and irrigation, except in coastal zones.
3.4 Soil Quality Monitoring
Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and
productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling, and
providing support for plants and other structures. Soil management has a major impact on soil
quality. Representative soil samples were collected from the study area to assess the quality of
soil. For studying the soil types and the soil characteristics, different sampling locations were
selected to assess the existing soil condition representing various land use condition and
geological features.
3.4.1 Methodology for Soil Monitoring
A number of parameters were determined, which are indicative of physical, chemical and
fertility characteristics. Sampling and analysis was conducted as per established standard
methods and procedures prescribed in IS 2720 and ASTM. Soil samples were collected by
ramming a hand auger into the soil upto a depth of 90 cm. At each of the sampling location,
soil samples were collected from three different depth viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the
surface and homogenized. The homogenized samples were then packed in a polythene plastic
bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to the Laboratory for analysis. The physical,
chemical and heavy metal concentrations were determined for all the samples.
3.4.2 Soil Monitoring Locations
The Soil Monitoring was conducted for studying the various parameters at seven different
locations within the study area. The summary of monitoring locations for the Soil Quality is
given in Table 3.2. The sampling locations were chosen based on their proximity to the
project site. Figure 3.4 shows the soil sampling locations in the impact area map. Photo
Plates 3.1 to 3.4 shows the soil sample collections at different locations.
Table 3.2: Soil Sampling Locations
Distance Direction
S.No. Sampling Locations Code
(In Km)
1 Thikvarapadu SS-1 4.3 NW
2 Iskapalam SS-2 1.38 NE
3 Near Joseph Petta SS-3 2.05 NNE
4 N.G. Palam SS-4 3.57 E
5 Near Krishnapattanam Port SS-5 1.76 SSW
6 Near Mallikarjunapuram SS-6 2.37 SW
7. Near Project Site SS-7 9.17 SE

Figure 3.4: Soil Monitoring Locations in the Study Area

Photo Plate 3.1: Soil Sample collection at Photo Plate 3.2: Soil Sample Collection at
Thikkarapadu Isakapalem
Photo Plate 3.3: Soil Sample Collection at Photo Plate 3.4: Soil Sample collection at
Joseph Petha Nidiguntapalem
3.4.3 Soil Characteristics in the Study Area
The soil samples were analyzed for various parameters and the results are given in Table 3.3.
Table 3.3: Soil Characteristics in the Study Area
S.No. Parameters SS-1 SS-2 SS-3 SS-4 SS-5 SS-6 SS-7

1. pH 9.10 6.98 7.92 8.25 8.25 5.71 6.11
Specific
2. Conductance 50 39 66 105 105 36 34
m.mohs/cm)
Gravelly Gravelly Silty Clayey Clayey Silty Gravelly
3. Texture Silty Silty Gravelly Silty Silty Sandy Silty
Sand Sand Sand Sand Sand Gravel Sand
4. Clay % 3 4 4 10 10 3 6
5. Silt % 14 15 11 21 21 7 12
6. Fine% 41 41 15 31 31 11 40
7. Medium% 14 15 16 28 28 8 16
S.No. Parameters SS-1 SS-2 SS-3 SS-4 SS-5 SS-6 SS-7

8. Coarse% 13 12 28 0 0 23 12
9. Gravel % 15 13 26 0 0 48 14
Water Holding
10. 23.4 21.48 14.28 39.33 39.33 17.76 20.8
Capacity%
Cation
Exchange
11. 11.8 14.8 13.5 15.3 15.3 15.4 12.3
Capacity
(meg/100g)
12. Sodium(ppm) 35 21 20.5 21.5 21.5 22.5 22.5
13. Calcium(ppm) 3.11 7.76 12.44 21.77 21.77 3.8 3.8
Magnesium
14. 2.82 3.88 1.2 7.54 7.54 1.6 1.6
(ppm)
Sodium
15. Adsorption 4.86 4.61 2.13 1.44 1.44 1.97 1.97
Ratio
Permeability
16. 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.001
(cm/sec)
17. Porosity% 20.5 22.6 21.5 25.8 25.8 20.6 20.6
Observations:
The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are summarized
below. The pH of the soil samples was in the range of 5.71 to 9.1, The available Sodium,
Calcium and Magnesium, varied from 20.5 to 35 mg/g, 3.11 to 21.77 mg/g and 1.2 to 7.54
mg/g respectively, The Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) ranges between 1.44 and 4.86 for all
the soil samples.
Interpretation:
The area in particular is covered by gravelly silty & clayey sand. Due to presence of
clay in the soil, the permeability is low to moderate. Due to sandy nature, the soil is
nutrient deficient and fast draining. They have very little or no ability to transport
water from deeper layers through capillary transport also due to gravelly in nature the
water holding capacity is also less, pH in the above given range exhibits that soil is in
acidic as well as in highly alkaline nature. Sodium, Calcium and Magnesium values
are less, shows nutrient deficiency. Thus the soil is of mixed nature, and not much
fertile.
3.5 Land Use and Land Cover
The project area is surrounded by vacate land from all side except small habitation on South
East side. On northeast side of project site small water body lies. The land use land cover
map for the study area was prepared by processing LANDSAT TM satellite imagery with 30
× 30 m resolution, March 2016. The land use land cover map is shown in Figure 3.5. The
land use classification is tabulated in Table 3.4. The land use pattern for the proposed project
site is given in Table 3.5.

The Study Area is covered by 19.8% of built-up in which industries are in majority. Next to
built-up area, agricultural land and shrub land which covers 122.41% and 21.93% of area
respectively. The study area consists of 26.39% water bodies and it includes Survepalli
reservoir. Overall 30.36 % of barren land is present in the study area.
Table 3.4: Classification of Land Use and Land Cover
S.N. Class Name Area (in km2)

1 Built-Up Area 19.08
2 Agricultural Land 122.41
3 Vegetation Cover 21.93
4 Plantation 31.45
5 Fallow Land 30.36
6 Wetland Area 50.91
7 Water body 26.39
8 Reservoir 11.62
Total Area 314.15
Table 3.5: Land Use pattern of the Proposed Plant Area
Area in Sq. mt ( in
Sl. No. Land Use case total land area to
be considered)
1. Total Constructed Process, Storage and
303514
Utilities plant area including expansion
2. Green Belt area 126134
3. Open area(Future Expansion) 623828
4. Railway Siding 112017
Total Plot Area 1165493

EIA for Setting up of NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant, Sy. No. Bit-II, Survepalli Village, Near Krishnapatnam Port, Nellore District, Andhra
Pradesh
Figure 3.5: LULC Map of the Study Area

3.6 Water Environment
The water resources, both surface and groundwater plays an important role in the
development of an area. Likewise, the water resources of the area have been studied to
establish the status of water quality in the area. Figure 3.6 & Figure 3.7 shows the ground
water and surface water monitoring locations.
Assessment of baseline data on water quality includes:
 Identification of surface water sources
 Identification of ground water sources
 Collection of water samples
Analyzing water samples for physic-chemical and biological parameters.
3.6.1 Ground water
Groundwater is an important source of water for the villages in the study area. The villagers
utilize it for cooking, washing and other purposes. However, there are a few villages in the
study area, which consume ground water for drinking purpose. Generally, every village has
tube wells & bore wells to draw water for domestic use. Ground water samples were collected
from five locations. Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were
finalized based on the location of the water bodies, usage of the water and areas that can
represent baseline conditions. Photo Plate 3.7 and 3.8 represents the monitoring at the
sampling location.
Figure 3.6 Ground water monitoring locations

3.6.2 Surface Water
Survepalli Reservoir is present within the study area and it is located approx. 2 kms from the
project site. Several small ponds and canals are present within the study area that are used for
irrigating the agriculture fields. Four surface water samples were collected from different
places within the study area. Photo plate 3.5 and 3.6 represent the surface water sampling
near the project site.
Figure 3.7 Surface water-monitoring locations

Photo Plate 3.5: Surface Water Sample Photo Plate 3.6: Surface Water Sample
Collection from Thikkaravapadu Collection from Joseph Petha
Photo Plate 3.7: Ground Water Sample Photo Plate 3.8: Ground Water Sample
Collection from Project Site Collection from Survepalli Village
3.6.3 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring
To assess the water quality of the study area, two different classes of water was sampled and
assessed, they are: Surface Water and Groundwater.
Water samples were collected from all these locations during a single season. The samples
were analyzed for relevant physico-chemical parameters for drawing up the baseline data.
Sampling locations for water samples are detailed in Table 3.6
All the basic precautions and care was taken during the sampling to avoid contamination.
Analysis of the samples was carried out as per established standard methods and procedures
prescribed by the CPCB, e.g. relevant IS Codes (IS: 2488 (Part-1 to 5) “Methods for
Sampling and Testing of Industrial Effluents”), IS: 10500-2012 drinking water standards and
“Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater” published by APHA.

Table 3.6: Sampling Locations for Surface & Ground water
Station No Name of the sampling Distance Direction

Location
Surface Water Samples
SW-1 Thikvarapadu 4.29 NW
SW-2 Iskapalam 1.59 NE
SW-3 N.G.Palam 3.99 E
SW-4 Epuruvenkammapalam 9.17 SE
Ground Water Samples
GW-1 Thikvarapadu 4.4 NW
GW-2 Iskapalam 1.04 NE
GW-3 Near Krishnapattanam 7.7 E
GW-4 Port railway Cross, to
Near 0.8 NW
survepalli Road
GW-5 Near project site 0.26 SW
3.6.4 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results
The Physico-chemical analysis of the collected surface water conducted and the results for
various parameters are listed in Table 3.7. The pH range varies from 7.14 to 7.66 The TDS
for all the samples ranges between 201 to 15000 mg/l for all the samples, fluoride content for
the SW-1 is below the prescribed standard, and for rest samples it ranges from 0.29- 2.0, The
chloride content is within the limit, but it is higher for SW-3 & SW-4, The Calcium content is
within the limit and much higher for SW-4. The heavy metals are also within the permissible
limit.
Table 3.7: Physico-Chemical Analytical Results of Surface Water
S.NO IS:10500-2012
Parameter Units SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4
. norms
1. Color Hazen 15 11 8 28 5
2. Turbidity NTU 8 12 2 15 1
3. pH ----- 7.54 7.36 7.14 7.66 6.5 – 8.5
4. Total Dissolved
mg/l 201 682 832 15000 500
Solids
5. Total Hardness as
mg/l 65.96 178.48 166.84 5145 200
CaCO3
6. Total Alkalinity as
mg/l 84 193.2 113.4 174.3 200
CaCO3
7. Chloride as Cl mg/l 43.36 210.89 303.53 7376 250
8. Calcium as Ca mg/l 17.10 37.32 26.43 1885 75
9. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 5.65 20.74 24.51 107.16 30
10. Iron as Fe mg/l 1.48 0.95 0.41 3.52 0.3
11. 1135.6
Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 17.62 29.66 72.93 200
6
12. Fluoride as F mg/l <0.1 0.29 0.33 2.04 1.0
13. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 1.23 <1 <1 2.64 45

S.NO IS:10500-2012
Parameter Units SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4
. norms
14. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.3 4.3 6.5 4.4 ---
15. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01
16. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01
17. Total Kjeldahl
mg/l 1.11 1.18 6.56 4.54 --
Nitrogen
18. Free Ammoniacal
mg/l 0.022 0.011 0.065 0.045 ----
Nitrogen
19. Free Ammonia mg/l 0.026 0.014 0.079 0.0546 ----
20. Chromium as Cr mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05
21. Cyanide as CN mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05
22. Vanadium as V mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 ----
23. Hexavalent
mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 ----
Chromium Cr6+
24. Total Suspended
mg/l 10 14 6 18 ---
Solids
25. Biochemical
Oxygen Demand mg/l 7.4 6.1 9.3 3.8 ----
(3 days at 27O C)
26. Chemical Oxygen
mg/l 38 27 32 36 ----
Demand
27. Oil and Grease mg/l <1 <1 <1 <1 ---
28. Coliform MPN/10 <2 <2 <2 <2 Shall not be
0ml detectable in 100
ml sample
29. E coli Present Absent Absent Absent Absent Shall not be
or detectable in 100
Absent/ ml sample
100ml
3.6.5 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Results
The physico-chemical analyses of ground water were conducted and the analytical results for
various parameters are tabulated in Table 3.8. The pH range varies from 6.19 to 7.65 and
Dissolved Solids value varies from 591 to 1880 mg/l. Fluoride content is in the range of 0.11
to 0.88 mg/l. Hardness of the samples are also well below the limit of 300-600 mg/l. All the
other parameters were found to be within the Drinking Water Quality Standard IS: 10500-
1991
Table 3.8: Physico-chemical Analysis of Ground Water Quality
IS:10500-2012
S. No. Parameter Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5
norms
1. Color Hazen 7 5 49 18 4 5
2. Turbidity NTU 1 1 151 10 1 1

IS:10500-2012
S. No. Parameter Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5
norms
3. pH --- 7.09 6.79 6.19 7.65 6.63 6.5 – 8.5

4. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 591 1085 1495 1880 1235 500
5. Total Hardness as
mg/l 170.72 190.12 349.2 659 431.2 200
CaCO3
6. Total Alkalinity as
mg/l 319 117.6 54.6 201 159.6 200 mg/l
CaCO3
7. Chloride as Cl mg/l 72.92 409.97 642.55 684 392.42 250 mg/l
8. Calcium as Ca mg/l 37.32 38.87 71.53 209 139.95 75 mg/l
9. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 18.85 22.62 41.48 32.99 19.92l 30 mg/l
10. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.33 0.24 13.75 1.39 0.21 0.3 mg/l
11. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 63.34 100.59 145.64 171.6 283.16 200 mg/l
12. Fluoride as F mg/l 0.19 0.40 0.11 0.47 0.88 1.0 mg/l
13. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 7.21 23.12 1.36 4.35 10.2 45 mg/l
14. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.6 5.5 5.2 5.8 6.3 ---
15. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 mg/l
16. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 mg/l
17. Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/l BDL BDL 6.61 BDL BDL ----
18. Free Ammoniacal BDL
mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL ----
Nitrogen
19. Free Ammonia mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL ----
20. Chromium as Cr mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 mg/l
21. Cyanide as CN mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 mg/l
22. Vanadium as V mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 ----
23. Hexavalent Chromium mg/l
<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 ----
Cr6+
24. Total Suspended Solids mg/l <1 4 21 14 <1 ----
25. Biochemical Oxygen mg/l
Demand 3.9 8.2 12.6 7.4 4.1 ----
(3 days at 27O C)
26. Chemical Oxygen mg/l
26 30 47 32 20 ----
Demand
27. Oil and Grease mg/l <1 <1 1.3 <1 <1 ----
28. Coliform 30 80 50 <2 <2 Shall not be
----- detectable in
100 ml sample
29. E coli Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Shall not be
----- detectable in
100 ml sample

Interpretation from the Water Monitoring Results obtained
In surface water,
 pH shows that the water is alkaline in nature.
 TDS at only one location (SW-1) shows availability of fresh water and rest of
location shows that water is influenced by seawater because of its brackishness
and high saline nature.
 Fluoride content for location SW-1 is below the prescribed standard, Chloride
content is within the limit, but it is higher for SW-3 & SW-4, Fluoride and
Chloride content is higher some locations, so it will affect the taste of water.
 The Calcium content is good at all locations except for SW-4, which shows high
rate of dissolution from rocks.
In Ground water,
 pH shows that the water is slightly acidic to alkaline in nature.
 TDS at all the locations show high saline nature.
 Fluoride content is within the limit at all locations and Chloride content is within
the limit at GW-1, but at rest of the locations, it is higher, which affects the taste
of water.
 The Calcium content is good at all locations except for GW-4 and GW- 5, which
shows water is hard in nature at these locations
3.7 CLIMATE AND METEOROLOGY
3.7.1 Climate of Nellore
The climate of Nellore district is moderate and characterized by sub-tropical. The period from
December to middle of February is generally the season of fine weather. The summer season
is from March to May. This is followed by monsoon period from June to September, the post
monsoon from October to December and the winter season from January to February. The
annual normal rainfall of the district is 1007 mm. Humidity level in the city is high due to its
proximity to the coast.
The different seasons are described briefly below:
Summer Season: The summer season in Nellore spans from the months of March-May. The
temperatures during this period are high and the maximum temperature in May is around
39.4°C while minimum temperature is 23.1°C. The temperature in the June starts dropping
due to onset of South-West monsoon.
Monsoon Season: The average annual rainfall in the region based on the IMD data is 1042.1
mm. The southwest monsoon generally sets in during the last week of May. About 30.9% of
the rainfall is received during the southwest monsoon. The rainfall gradually increases after
July. The northeast monsoon sets in the month of October and contributes to the rainfall by
about 52.5% of the total rainfall. The maximum number of rainy days occur in the months of
October and then in November.
Winter Season: The winter season in the region prevails from December to February.
January is the coldest month with the mean daily maximum temperature of 29.9°C with the
mean daily minimum temperature of 19.9°C.

3.7.2 Relative Humidity
The relative humidity remains high throughout the year as the area is close to the sea. The air
is humid throughout the year. The maximum relative humidity observed is around 87% and
76% at 08:30 hours and 17:30 hours respectively. In the pre-monsoon period, the maximum
relative humidity is 76% and 65% at 08:30 and 17:30 hours respectively. The lowest relative
humidity observed in the month of June is 49% at 17:30 hours and 62% at 08:30 hours.
3.7.3 Cloud Cover
During the winter and the pre-monsoon seasons, it was observed that the sky was generally
very clear. In the post-monsoon season, generally light clouds were observed in the evening,
with clear mornings. During monsoon, the sky is cloudy, both in the morning and in evening.
3.7.4 Cyclone
Nellore is highly prone to tropical cyclones and belongs to P1 category for proneness. No
recent records of the cyclones could be witnessed in the area. The last major cyclone recorded
was Cyclone Hudhud in 2014. Previously in years 2012 and 2010, two cyclones, namely
Nilam and Jal and Laila had caused serious devastation in terms of life and property.
3.7.5 Micro-Meteorology
Air quality baseline data governs the ambient air quality and influences meteorological study.
Hence, it is a critical factor. The hourly meteorological data of Project Site is used for
interpretation of the baseline information as well as input for air quality simulation models.
The wind rose diagram for the study area is shown in Figure 3.8. The analysis of the average
wind pattern shows predominant winds blowing from South East direction. The calm wind
(wind speed < 0.5 m/s) conditions prevailed for 25.51 % of the total time.

NORTH
35%
28%
21%
14%
7%
WEST EAST
WIND SPEED
(m/s)
>= 4.6
4.2 - 4.6
3.8 - 4.2
Resultant Vector
3.4 - 3.8
120 deg - 46% 3.0 - 3.4
SOUTH
2.6 - 3.0
2.2 - 2.6
1.8 - 2.2
1.4 - 1.8
Calms: 25.51%
Figure 3.8: Windrose for Plant Site (January to April 2016)

3.7.6 Atmospheric Inversion Level
As the distance increases from the Earth’s surface, the temperature of air decreases. At a
certain height above the Earth’s surface, this phenomenon inverts and beyond such a height,
positive correlation is established between temperature and distance from Earth’s surface.
This point is called the Atmospheric Inversion Level or Mixing Height. At the inversion
level, both vertical and horizontal diffusion of air is inhibited and pollutants are trapped in
the atmosphere nearer to the Earth’s surface. The lower the inversion level, higher will be
the pollutant concentration in the ambient air at the Earth’s surface.
3.8 Air Environment
3.8.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
The ambient air quality within the 10 Km radius of study area with the proposed plant as the
epicenter will form the baseline information over which the predicted impacts can be
superimposed to find out the net impacts on the air quality in the project impact area. The
design of the network of ambient air quality monitoring stations in the study area was done
based on the following criteria.
 Meteorological conditions on a synoptic scale

 Topography on the study area
 Representation of the regional background levels
 Representation of the plant site
 Influence of the existing sources
 Major human settlements in the study area
Eight sampling stations were chosen for monitoring of ambient air quality within the study
area. These were within 10 km from proposed site. Two of the locations were located in the
predominant downwind direction (North-West) and two locations are at upwind direction
(North-East) as per the Windrose (Figure 3.8). The remaining two locations are within the
plant, two at the proposed project area. The locations of the monitoring stations were selected
to accord an overall idea of the ambient air quality scenario in the study area. Logistic
considerations such as accessibility, security, and availability of reliable power supply etc.
were also taken into consideration while finalizing the locations of such stations. The
locations of the Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations in the study area are given in Table
3.9 and Figure 3.11. Photo Plates 3.11 to 3.14 shows the air quality monitoring at different
locations.
Table 3.9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Location Distance Direction
S.
Code Name/ from Site from Site Latitude Longitude
No.
Description (km)
SW 79 58
1. AQ-1 Project Site 0.26 14 16 38. 50"N
40.06"E
NNE 79 59
2. AQ-2 Josephpetha 2.06 14 17 54.6 "N
44.6"E
NW 79 58
3. AQ-3 Sarvepalli 0.79 14 17 30.9 "N
32.9"E
W 79 57
4. AQ-4 Lingamgunta 1.13 14 17 07.4 "N
56.2"E
Thikkavarapa NNW
5. AQ-5 4.52 14 18 55.0 "N 79 57 06.2"E
du
6. AQ-6 Port Gate 8.69 SE 14 15 50.1 "N 80 04 13.0"E
7. AQ-7 Nidigunpalem 8.47 E 14 16 22.1 "N 80 04 13.0"E
H.P. Petrol
Pump S
8. AQ-8 (Opposite 0.53 14 16 15.9 “N 79 59 10.4”E
side of
project)

Photo Plate 3.11: Air Monitoring at the Project Photo Plate 3.12: Air Monitoring at
Site Lingamkuntha
Photo Plate 3.13: Air Monitoring at Survepalli Photo Plate 3.14: Air Monitoring at the
Village Thikavarapadu
Photo Plate 3.13: Air Monitoring at H.P. Petrol Photo Plate 3.14: Air Monitoring at
Pump Nidiguntapalem
3.8.2 Parameters, Frequency and Monitoring Methodology

Monitoring was conducted in respect of the following parameters:

 Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5)

 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
 Carbon Monoxide (CO)
 Hydrocarbon (HC)
 VOC
 Urea Dust
 NH3
Ambient air quality monitoring was conducted from February 2016 to April 2016 at a
frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a 24-hours schedule for parameters such as
Particulate matter, SO2 and NO2 and for parameters CO, HC, VOC, NH3 and Urea Dust
monitoring was carried out once at each station. The equipment was placed at open space, free
from trees and vegetation, which otherwise acts as a sink of pollutants resulting in lower
levels in monitoring results. At locations close to highways, the equipment was placed at least
100 m away from such highways/roads to avoid influence of traffic exhaust emissions. The
Air quality monitoring location selected for the study has given in Figure 3.9.
Figure 3.9 Air Monitoring Locations

3.8.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results
The ambient air quality monitoring results is given in Tables 3.11 to 3.15.

a) Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5)
The 24-hourly average PM10 level varied between 38.9 g/m3 to 201 g/m3. The level of PM10
in all the areas was well within the NAAQS standards. Table 3.10 gives details of the mean
values of the 24-hourly average PM10 levels.
Table 3.10: Summary of PM10 Levels Monitored in the Study Area
24-hourly Average PM10 (g/m3)

Code Location Name/ Description
Min. Max. Mean Limit
AQ-1 Project Site 48.6 57.8 53.2 100
AQ-2 Josephpetha 38.9 46.3 42.6 100
AQ-3 Sarvepalli 40.7 46.8 43.75 100
AQ-4 Lingamgunta 46.5 51.6 49.05 100
AQ-5 Thikkavarapadu 43.8 57.4 50.6 100
AQ-6 Port Gate 187 201 194 100
AQ-7 Nidigunpalem 54.3 69.3 61.8 100
H.P. Petrol Pump (Opposite side
AQ-8 100
of project site) 67.6 78.9 73.25
The 24-hourly average PM2.5 level varied between 20.3 g/m3 to 137 g/m3. Similar to that of
PM10, the levels of PM2.5 for all the sampling locations was within the permissible limits.
Table 3.11 gives details of the mean values of the 24-hourly average PM2.5 levels.
Table 3.11: Summary of PM2.5 Levels Monitored in the Study Area
Location Name/ 24-hourly Average PM2.5 (g/m3)

Code
Description Min. Max. Mean Limit
AQ-1 Project Site 26.7 34.9 30.7 60
AQ-2 Joseph petha 20.3 23.7 29.0 60
AQ-3 Sarvepalli 23.4 24.6 27.9 60
AQ-4 Lingamgunta 24.6 29.6 28.6 60
AQ-6 Port Gate 101 137 27.8 60
AQ-7 Nidigunpalem 34.1 41.3 37.7 60
H.P. Petrol Pump (Opposite
AQ-8
side of project site) 39.4 46.3 42.8 60
b) Sulphur dioxide (SO2)
The mean of 24-hourly average values of SO2 over the study area was varying between 5.3
µg/m3 to 36.8 µg/m3. The SO2 levels at all the locations were much below the permissible

limit of 80 g/m3 stipulated for residential, rural & other areas. Table 3.12 below gives the
details of SO2 levels at each location.
Table 3.12: Summary of SO2 Levels Monitored in the Study Area
24-hourly Average SO2 (g/m3)

Code Location Name/ Description Lim
Min. Max. Mean
it
AQ-1 Project Site 6.3 7.6 11.15 80
AQ-2 Josephpetha 5.3 6.3 10.85 80
AQ-3 Sarvepalli 8.1 9.8 8.90 80
AQ-4 Lingamgunta 6.1 7.4 9.20 80
AQ-6 Port Gate 29.8 36.8 7.10 80
AQ-8 9.4 11.6 2.1 80
of project site)
c) Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
The mean of 24-hourly NO2 level over the entire study area was varying between 4.2 g/m3 to
49.6 g/m3. The 24-hourly average values of NO2 at all the locations were within the
prescribed limit of 80 g/m3 stipulated for residential, rural and other areas. The details of the
NO2 levels at each location are given in Table 3.13 below.
Table 3.13: Summary of NO2 Levels Monitored in the Study Area
24-hourly Average NO2 (g/m3)

Min. Max. Mean Limit
AQ-1 Project Site 5.8 6.3 25.85 80
AQ-2 Josephpetha 4.2 5.9 18.10 80
AQ-3 Sarvepalli 6.3 8.1 15.25 80
AQ-4 Lingamgunta 6.1 7.3 16.30 80
AQ-6 Port Gate 32.1 49.6 14.85 80
AQ-8 6.5 9.8 16.3 80
of project site)
d) Hydrocarbon (HC)

Table 3.14: Summary of HC Levels Monitored in the Study Area
24-hourly Average HC (g/m3)

Monitored Value Limit
AQ-1 Project Site <5.0 10
AQ-2 Josephpetha <5.0 10
AQ-3 Sarvepalli <5.0 10
AQ-4 Lingamgunta <5.0 10
AQ-5 Thikkavarapadu <5.0 10
AQ-6 Port Gate <5.0 10
AQ-7 Nidigunpalem <5.0 10
H.P. Petrol Pump (Opposite side 10
AQ-8 <5.0
of project site)
e) VOC, CO, NH3 and Urea Dust
Air samples for Carbon Monoxide, Volatile Organic Carbon, Ammonia and Urea Dust were
collected from eight different sites within the study area. The values of all the four pollutants
were found to be within the NAAQS Limits. The analysis results are shown in Table 3.15
below.
Table 3.15: Summary of VOC, CO, NH3 and Urea Dust Levels Monitored in the Study
Area
Parameters Limits
Location Name/ Urea
Code VOC CO NH3 CO
Description Dust NH3 (µg/m3)
(µg/m3) (mg/m3) (µg/m3) (mg/m3)
AQ-1 Project Site <5.0 <1-1.2 <5.0 <5.0 4 400
AQ-2 Josephpetha <5.0 <1.0 <5.0 <5.0 4 400

AQ-3 Sarvepalli <5.0 <1- 1.3 <5.0 <5.0 4 400
AQ-4 Lingamgunta <5.0 <1.0 <5.0 <5.0 4 400
AQ-5 Thikkavarapadu <5.0 <1- 1.1 <5.0 <5.0 4 400
AQ-6 Port Gate <5.0 <5.0 4.1 - 8.6 <5.0 4 400
AQ-7 Nidigunpalem <5.0 <1- 1.2 <5.0 <5.0 4 400
H.P. Petrol Pump <5.0 <1- 1.2 <5.0 <5.0 400

AQ-8 (Opposite side of 4
project
3.9 Noise Environment
Major sources of noise in the study area:
 Noise made by normal human activities;

 Noise made by vehicles, carts, etc.;
 Noise made by occasional movement of machineries, operation of pumps, etc; and
 Natural noise, consisting of sounds made by birds, animals and insects.
The purpose of noise monitoring at different locations is to obtain baseline noise levels for
future reference.
3.9.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring
Ambient noise monitoring was conducted to assess the background noise levels in the study
area. Eight locations within the study were selected for the measurement of ambient noise
levels. Noise monitoring was carried out on a 24-hour basis to assess the baseline noise-levels
and to evaluate the impact, if any. The monitoring locations selected for the study are given in
Table 3.16 and shown in Figure 3.10. The national ambient air quality standards are given in
Table 3.17. The monitoring results are given in Table 3.18, followed with the graphical
representation in Figure 3.13 and 3.14.
Figure 3.10 Noise Monitoring Locations

Table 3.16: Location of the Noise Monitoring Stations
Location Name/ Location w.r.t Project Site Latitude Longitude

Code
Description Direction Distance (km)
N1 Project Site SW 0.37 14 16 37.54 “N 79 58 41.92”E
N2 Josephpetha NNE 2.06 14 17 53.6”N 079 59 44.9”E
N3 Sarvepalli NW 0.79 14 17 30.8”N 079 58 32.1”E
N4 Lingamgunta W 1.13 14 17 07.3”N 079 57 56.8”E
N5 Thikkavarapadu NNW 4.52 14 18 55.0”N 079 57 06.2”E
N6 Port Gate SE 8.69 14 15 50.1”N 080 04 13.0’E
N7 Nidigunpalem SE 8.47 14 16 19.6”N 080 01 23.7”E
N8 H.P. Petrol Pump S 0.53 14 15 50.1”N 79 59 10.7”E
(Opposite side of
project site)
3.9.2 Methodology
Ambient noise level or sound pressure levels (SPL) were measured by a portable sound level
meter having built in facilities to read noise level directly in dB (A). A-weighted equivalent
continuous sound pressure level (Leq) values were computed from the values of A-weighted
SPL measured with the help of noise meter. Noise Measurement was carried as per IS 4954
standards as given by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). At each location, noise
monitoring was conducted continuously over a period of twenty-four hours to obtain Leq
values at uniform time intervals of one hour.
Day time Leq has been computed from the hourly Leq values between 6.00 a.m. and 10.00 p.m.
and night time Leq from the hourly Leq values between 10.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m. using the
L L
1 16 i
1 8 i
Leq d a y  10 log 
16 i 1
10 10
Leqn ig h t  10 log 
8 i 1
10 10
following formula:
Where, Li = Leq value of the ith hourly time interval

Area category: I-Industrial, C-Commercial, R-Residential, S-Silence zone
Day time: 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. Night time: 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.
Permissible Ambient noise standards in dB (A):
Table 3.17: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise
Area Category of Limits in dB (A) Leq

Code Area/Zone Day Time Night Time
A Industrial 75 70
B Commercial 65 55
C Residential 55 45
D Silence 50 40

Table 3.18: Summary of Ambient Noise Levels Monitored in the Study Area
Location Name/ Area Category Day Night

Code
Description Leq Limit Leq Limit
N1 Industrial 38. 75 35.2 70
Project Site
7
N2 Josephpetha Residential 37.3 55 34.9 45
N3 Sarvepalli Residential 44.5 55 34.9 45
N4 Lingamgunta Residential 40.6 55 35.1 45
N5 Thikkavarapadu Residential 44.3 55 34.8 45
N6 Port Gate Industrial 44.5 75 38.0 70
N7 Nidigunpalem Residential 41.6 55 34.9 45
N8 H.P. Petrol Pump Commercial 41.5 65 34.8 45
(Opposite side of
project site)
Figure 3.11 Ambient Noise Levels monitored in the Study Area (Day time)

Figure 3.12 Ambient Noise Levels Monitored in the Study Area (Night time)
The minimum and maximum sound levels were recorded on a hand held sound level meter for
five minutes during day time. The sound level meter was held 1.2 to 1.5 m above ground level
and at least 3m away from sound reflecting sources like trees in the surrounding environment.
3.9.3 Observations and Regional scenario of Ambient Noise
Assessment of noise level was carried out at various places to evaluate the ambient noise level
in the industrial & residential area as well as possible impact due to project activities. The
values of noise level, which are recorded lies between 37.3-44.5 dB (A) at day time and 34.8-
38.0 (A) at night time. The noise level in the daytime as well as in night time were found to
be within the permissible limit. The day equivalent and night equivalent values observed for
all the locations are within the noise standards specified by CPCB.
The testing and analysis of air, water, soil samples and noise data was carried out by QCI-
NABL accredited laboratory, EKO Pro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. located at Ghaziabad, Uttar
Pradesh.
3.10 Biological Environment
3.10.1 General Setting
The proposed project area is surrounded by vacate land from all sides, except small habitation
on South East side. From southern side project area lies parallel to railway track and Krishna
Patnam Port road. About 90 % of the total area is barren land and around 10 % of the area is
having scattered patches of bushes and eucalyptus trees only. On northeast side of project site
a small water body lies. The pipeline for supply of liquid raw material from Krishnapatnam
port will be laid between the railway track and port road
3.10.2 Flora & Fauna
No wild flora and fauna were observed in the 10 km of the study area. Hence, monitoring for
flora and fauna is not required for the project, some domestic animals like cows, buffalos,
dogs, horses can be seen at the nearby village.

3.11 Socio-Economic Environment
Venkatachalam is a Mandal in Nellore district in the state of Andhra Pradesh in India. It has
become latest development center due to its proximity and connectivity with Krishnapatnam
port. After the recent development in the region, Nellore and Venkatachalam are set to merge
into single city soon. Venkatachalam is at 15 km distance from Nellore city center and
approximately 20 kms from Krishnapatam port. The Villages selected for the
social/stakeholder consultation is given in Table 3.19.
The proposed project site is located in Survepalli village in Venkatachalam. There are 20
villages and 25 Gram Panchayats. Some of the villages are Kasumuru, Punjulurupadu,
Kuricherlapadu, Anikepalle, etc. The total population of the Mandal is 61,275 while the total
literacy rate is 61.06% (Census 2011). The total percentage of cultivators with respect to the
entire population of Venkatachalam is 7.26 while the total agricultural labourers here are
28.51. There are 12 high schools and 3 junior level colleges in Venkatachalam Mandal.
Data Received from the Social Survey/Stakeholder Consultation/ General Public

Consultations:
The Social Survey is done in the Villages of Venkatachalam, during the study period, the
outcome of the same is tabulated as follows:
Table 3.19: Villages selected for Social Survey
District Nellore
Mandal Venkatachalam
Villages Nidiguntapalam
Thikavarapadu
Iskapalam, Survepalli Bit- 3
Joseph Petha
Singumgunta Survepalli Panchayat
Survepalli
Table 3.20: General Profile of the Village
S. Name of Total Area Total Village Source of Availability of

No. Villages of the Populat Connectivity & Drinking Ground water
Village ion other facility water
(Approx.)
1. Singamgunta, 100 Acres 300 Through Concrete One well Good with some
Survepalli road, Telephone & fluctuations in
panchayat Electricity Summer
available
2. Joseph Petha 50 Hectare 750 Pucca Road, 6 Wells & Good with some
Electricity 5 Tube fluctuations in
Available wells Summer
3. Nidigunta 30 Hectare 3,500 Pucca road, Canal Good with some
palam Telephone, post Water fluctuations in
office, Electricity supply Summer
also available
4. Thikavarapadu 30 Hectare 2,300 Pucca road, Two Tube Good with some

S. Name of Total Area Total Village Source of Availability of

No. Villages of the Populat Connectivity & Drinking Ground water
Village ion other facility water
(Approx.)
Telephone, post wells & fluctuations in
office, Electricity Bore wells Summer
also available available
5. Iskapalam, 30 Hectare 4,200 Pucca road, Five open Very Good, No
Survepalli Telephone, post wells, fluctuations
Bit-III office, Electricity Three during Summer
also available ponds, Two
canals
Table 3.21: Condition of other facilities in the Village
S. Name of Occupation Agricultural Medical No. of

No. Villages Crop Grown Facility Schools
1. Singamgunta Agriculture, Paddy No, nearest in One Primary
Labour Survepalli School
Village
2. Joseph Petha Agriculture, Paddy In Survepalli One Private
Labour, Village School
Fish culture
3. Nidiguntapalam Agriculture, Paddy One Private Four Primary
Labour, Hospital Schools, One
Aqua High School
Culture
S. Name of Occupation Agricultural Medical No. of
No. Villages Crop Grown Facility Schools
4. Thikavarapadu Agriculture, Paddy No, nearest in Two Primary,
Labour Venkatchalam One Middle
School
5. Iskapalam, Agriculture, Paddy One Govt One Primary
Survepalli Labour Hospital School
Bit-III
Data Received from Secondary Sources:
The major villages, which fall within 10 km of study area near project site, are tabulated in
Table 3.22 and the habitation map of the study area is shown in Figure 3.13.
Table 3.22: Villages within Study Area
District Nellore
Mandal Venkatachalam
Villages Penubarti
Anikepalli
Pottempadu
Polamrajugunta
Epuru Bit-I-A
N.G.Palem
Punjulurupadu

District Nellore
GVR Pelam
Mittapalem
Pudiparthi
Edagali
Kolanakudur
Palukuri Vari Palem
Gurivindapaudi
Survepalli Bit-II
Mallikarjuna Puram
Venkatachalam
Thikkavarapadu
Kantepalle
Golagamudi
Figure 3.13: Habitation Map of the Study Area
3.11.1 Demographic Profile
The demographic profile of the villages within the study area (as per 2011 census) is shown below in
Table 3.23.

Table 3.23: Demographic profile of the Villages in Study Area
Total Population
Sl. Total no. of
Village Name area (in
No. Total Male Female Households
Hectares)
1. Penubarthi 1240 1957 972 985 588
2. Epuru Bit – I A 2677 5212 2586 2626 1601
3. Epuru Bit – I B 1394 2544 1261 1283 730
4. Survepalli Bit V 1453 1831 906 925 548
5. Survepalli Bit I 1839 3658 1852 1806 1092
6. Survepalli Bit II 3111 5129 2558 2571 1458
7. Survepalli Bit III 1272 3116 1560 1556 925
8. Survepalli Bit IV 1277 2630 1295 1335 799
9. Epuru Bit II 2129 4373 2178 2195 1211
10. Pudiprthi 2064 3811 1911 1900 1134
11. Anikepalle 1123 5219 2624 2595 1492
12. Edagali 1760 2528 1264 1264 720
13. Punjulurupadu 410 1050 521 529 305
14. Kolanukuduru 2162 1227 635 592 342
15. Gurivindapudi 738 1192 587 605 335
16. Kantepalle 463 2053 1010 1043 570
Source: http://www.censusindia.gov.in/Census_Data_2001
There are large numbers of Hindu families in these villages. Compared to the number of
Hindu families, the numbers of Christian and Muslim families are less. These villages have
rich cultural traditions.
3.11.2 Occupation
The study area is geographically conducive for growth and development of industries.
According to the Census 2011, Venkatachalam has around 50 factories, which employs
numerous local people. Some others have their own small businesses (shop owners).
Apart from that, agricultural practices are also done. People are engaged in growing crops and
plantations for commercial purposes. The major cash crops of the area are paddy, oilseeds,
sugarcane and groundnut. Some people also work as laborers in the agricultural fields.
3.11.3 Infrastructural Facilities
3.11.3.1 Connectivity and Communication
Most of the villages have good connectivity and communication facilities. The villages
nearby the APIIC are well connected with each other. There is national highway (NH-5),
which passes nearby the study area thereby providing good road connectivity.
Venkatachalam railway station is the nearest main railway station at approx. 8 km from the
project site, which is well connected to the study area.
Most of the villages in these tehsils have both mobile and landline telecom connections. They
have post offices and many cooperative as well as regional level banks. All the villages have
television/radio sets and are aware of national and international news/events.
3.11.3.2 Hospitals and Schools
The villages of the Venkatachalam Mandal do not have good medical facilities. Primary
health centers exist in few of the villages along with some private doctors. Therefore, medical
facilities need to be developed in these villages. Although primary educational facilities are
there in all the villages there is also a need for the development of higher level of educational
institutes.
3.11.3.3 Places of Religious/Archaeological and other Importance
There are no important religious/archaeological places within the 10 km of study area apart
from few small temples in the villages as observed during the field survey.

4
ANTIC IPATED
ENVIRO NMENTA L
IM PAC TS AND
MITIG ATION
MEASURES
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
4 IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Any developmental activity in its wake will bring about some impacts associated with its origin,
which can be broadly classified as reversible, irreversible, long and short-term impacts. In this
chapter, an endeavor has been made to identify various Environmental Impacts associated with
the plant operation and other activities wherein, there may be a chance of pollution.
Based on the possible worst case emissions and waste generation from the proposed project and
also taking into consideration the baseline Environmental status at the project site, the
environmental factors that are likely to be affected (Impacts) are assessed identified. Both
instrumental (positive) and detrimental (negative) impacts are accounted for this purpose. The
prediction of impacts helps in the preparation of a sound Environmental Management Plan which
has to be executed during the on-going activities for the project to minimize the adverse impacts
on the environmental quality.
The mathematical models were used to quantitatively describe the cause-effect relationships
between the sources of pollution and different components of environment. In case if the
mathematical models are not available or it is not possible to identify/validate a model for
particular situation, predictions would be made through available scientific knowledge.
Methodology:
The potential impacts on the environment from the project are identified based on the nature of
the various activities associated not only with the project implementation and operation, but also
on the current status of the environmental quality at the project site.
Potential Impacts
All the potentially significant environmental impacts from the project are grouped as below.
Air Environment
 Impacts on ambient air quality
 Impacts on ambient odor
 Impacts on ambient noise
Water Environment
 Impacts on surface & ground water quality
 Impacts on aquatic life

Land Environment
 Impact on land use
 Impacts on soil fertility
 Impacts on agriculture
 Impacts on forests and wildlife
Socio Economics
 Impacts on demand-supply
 Impacts on natural resources
 Impacts on industry
 Impacts on infrastructure
 Impacts on employment
Indirect Impacts
 Impacts on public health and safety
 Impacts on cultural resources
 Impacts on ecology and biodiversity
 Impacts on aesthetics
This section presents the likely impacts identified and recommends mitigation measures based on
the analysis of the information collected from the following:
 Project information provided by KRIBHCO (described in Section 2);
 Site visits and Environmental monitoring (Existing environmental condition is depicted in

Section 3);
 ACE’s past experience in similar projects; and
 Standard international environmental protection and management practices in Fertilizer

sector.
Actual and foreseeable events, including operational events and typical events are discussed in
this section. Processes that may create risks to the natural environment are considered first and
are analysed in terms of key potential environmental impacts, which are covered in this chapter.
Information is also provided on proven existing management techniques for minimising the
impact due to project activities.
The anticipated qualitative potential impacts related to the project activities and risk interaction
based on the environmental sensitivities/ resources available in the project area and surroundings
has been provided in interactive matrices in this chapter.

The impact analysis performed is intended to cover the impacts of construction and operational
activities associated with the proposed NPK fertilizer plant.
Based on the project activities and the baseline information provided in Chapter 3, the activities
have potential to impact the following environmental resources in Table: 4.1 below:
Table 4.1: Identification of Potential Impacts: Activities Impacts/Risks Interaction
Environmental Sensitivities
Physical Biological Socio-economic
Local Vegitation and Livestock
Living Conditions of Local
Occupational Exposure &

Surface Water Quality
Impacts/ Risks
Ground Water Quality
General Safety
Air Quality
Economy
People
Noise
Land
Activities
Site preparation and construction       

Installation and operation of process plant and
bagging machines       
Transportation of personnel and material    
Atmospheric emissions   
Noise levels   
Wastewater generation  
Solid/Demolishion waste generation   
Socio-economic  
Note: denotes likely adverse impact, denotes positive impact
 
Based upon the above interaction matrices following potential impacts have been identified:
A. Physical
 Air Quality
 Noise
 Water Quality
 Soil Quality
B. Biological
 Local Vegetation and Livestock
C. Socio-economic
 Living conditions of Local People
 Occupational Exposure & General Safety
 Economy

4.1.1 Prediction of Impacts
Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the environmental impact assessment
studies. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of
developmental activities on physic, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such
predictions are superimposed over the baseline status of environmental quality to derive the
ultimate scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to prepare the
environmental management plan required to be executed during the on-going activities for the
project to minimize the adverse impacts on environmental quality.
The mathematical models are the best tools to quantitiavely describe the cause-effect
relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In case,
mathematical models are not available or it is not possible to identify / validate a model for a
particular situation, predictions could be made through available scientific knowledge and
judgements.
4.2 Impacts on Air Environment
4.2.1 Impacts during Construction Phase
During the construction phase, dust (particulate matter) is expected to be the main pollutant
to be emitted from the site preparation, site filling and flattening, transporation of raw
materials and equipment and construction of infrastructure. In this case, pollution emission
sources shall be distributed throughout the project site and will fall under the category of
area source. The land acquired is fairly flat, so extensive site formati on work is not
expected during this phase.
Vehicular emission of SO2, NO2, CO and CO2 will add onto the air pollution. Movement of
vehicles on unpaved roads, as the plant will be setting up on a barren land, will also add onto the
dust emission. Operation of DG sets will also generate air pollutants like SO2, NO2, CO and CO2.
In order to circumvent this, the road surfaces near the project site will be sprinkled with water to
reduce dust generation. Ambient air levels of SO2 and NOx are likewise expected to increase due
to operation of construction equipment’s such as generators, bulldozers, pay loaders, trucks etc.
However, this will be temporary in nature only during construction period.
4.2.2 Impacts during Operation Phase
Particulate and fugitive emissions might arise from raw material stock piling, process activities
like mixing of phosphoric and sulphuric acid with ammonia, grinding, DG set and vehicular
movement.
• During the operation phase, the major sources of air pollutants are:Emissions from
manufacturing processes
• Fugitive emissions from material handling.
• Emissions (SO2, NO2, CO, CO2 and dust) from vehicular movement.
• Emissions (SO2, NO2, CO and CO2) from Diesel Gen. Set (Emergency power)
• Emissions (Particulate matter, Flourine and Ammonia) from Stack.

Detailed Air Dispersion Modeling has been carried out using AERMOD View model for predicting
the Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of air pollutants namely PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx and NH3
contributed during the operation of proposed NPK fertilizer plant.
4.2.3 The Model
The Air Dispersion Modeling for prediction of maximum increment in Ground Level
Concentration (GLC) of different air pollutants in the surrounding area due to the emission from
stacks present in proposed NPK fertilizer plant during operation stage has been carried out by
using the AERMOD View model developed by the US EPA. This model is used extensively to
assess pollution concentration and deposition from a wide variety of sources and is also
recommended by CPCB. It is a steady-state plume model that incorporates air dispersion based
on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of
both surface and elevated sources, and both simple and complex terrain. Given source
characteristics, emissions, meteorology and averaging time, the model predicts maximum GLCs
of various pollutants.
4.2.4 Model Input
Stack and Emission Characteristics:
The major source of emissions is from the stacks during the operation of the proposed NPK
fertilizer project. As a result, the stack emissions from the proposed NPK fertilizer plant would be
constituted of mainly sulphur dioxide (SO2), oxides of nitrogen (NOx), particulate matters (PM10),
particulate matter (PM2.5) and ammonia (NH3).
The stack and emission characteristics pertaining to the stacks present in the proposed NPK
fertilizer plant will be reported in this section, after receiving the data. The modeling will be
carried out as per the guidelines of the CPCB. The 24-hourly maximum GLCs have been
computed for comparison with the standards.
Table 4.2: Stack & Emission Characteristics
Emission Rate Gas Gas

Release Stack
Stack (g/s) Exit Exit
S.No. Height Diameter
Details Temp. Velocity
(m) (m)
SO2 NOx PM10 PM2.5 NH3 (K) (m/s)
Stack A
1. 65 - - 2.73 0.42 4.9 323 3 15.75
(Train A)
Stack B - -
2. 65 2.73 0.42 4.9 323 3 15.75
(Train B)
Stack C
3. (Bagging 30 - - 1.39 0.46 - Ambient 1.15 16
Plant)
Stack D
4. 30 0.79 1.2 0.24 0.10 - 433 0.75 16
(Boiler)
5. DG Set 30 0.37 1.4 0.20 0.19 - 673 0.50 11

Meteorological Parameters:
On-site hourly meteorological data monitored during the months February to April, 2016 in
respect of temperature, wind speed, wind direction, humidity and cloud cover will be used as
input for air dispersion modeling. Hourly mixing heights used for modeling will be calculated and
taken from the AERMOD View model itself.
4.2.5 Modeling Procedure
The modeling has been carried out as per the guidelines of the CPCB. Five relevant pollutants
namely sulphur dioxide (SO2) oxides of nitrogen (NOx), particulate matter (PM10), particulate
matter (PM2.5) and ammonia (NH3) have been considered for modeling. Square pattern of receptor
locations up to a maximum distance of 10 km with respect to 16 radial directions (N to NNW)
from the centre of the location of the stacks have been considered. The 24-hourly maximum
incremental GLCs have been computed for comparison with the standards.
4.2.6 Modeling Results
The predicted 24-hourly maximum incremental Ground Level Concentration (GLC) along with
isopleths plot of concentration for NOx, SO2, PM10, PM2.5 and NH3 in the study will be reported
below in Table 4.3 - 4.7 and with the help of Figures.
Table 4.3: Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of NOx (µg/m3)
Mean 24- Standard

Predicted 24- Total
hourly (µg/m3)
S.No. Receptor Location hourly Max Projected
Background (for Industrial,
Incremental Level
Level Residential &
GLC (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
(µg/m3) Rural Area)
1 AQ-1 Project Site 25.85 0.89 26.74 80
2 AQ-2 Josephpetha 18.10 0.67 18.70 80
3 AQ-3 Sarvepalli 15.25 1.11 16.36 80
4 AQ-4 Lingamgunta 16.30 0.45 16.75 80
5 AQ-5 Thikkavarapadu 15.10 0.46 15.56 80
6 AQ-6 Port Gate 14.85 0.23 15.08 80
7 AQ-7 Nidigunpalem 6.65 0.23 6.88 80
H.P. Petrol
Pump
8 AQ-8 16.3 0.23 16.53 80
(Opposite side
of project)

Figure 4.1: Isopleths plot of concentration for NOx (µg/m3)
Table 4.4: Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of SO2 (µg/m3)
S.No. Mean 24- Predicted 24- Total Standard

Receptor Location hourly hourly Max Projected (µg/m3)
Background Incremental Level (for
Level GLC (µg/m3) (µg/m3) Industrial,
(µg/m3) Residential &
Rural Area)
1 AQ-1 Project Site 11.15 0.40 11.55 80
2 AQ-2 Josephpetha 10.85 0.32 11.17 80
3 AQ-3 Sarvepalli 8.90 0.40 9.3 80
4 AQ-4 Lingamgunta 9.20 0.16 8.34 80
6 AQ-6 Port Gate 7.10 0.16 7.26 80
7 AQ-7 Nidigunpalem 9.6 0.06 9.66 80
H.P. Petrol Pump
8 AQ-8 (Opposite side of 2.1 0.08 2.18 80
project)

Figure 4.2: Isopleths plot of concentration for SO2 (µg/m3)
Table 4.5: Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of PM10 (µg/m3)
Mean 24- Predicted Standard

Total
hourly 24-hourly (µg/m3)
Projected
S.No. Receptor Location Background Max (for Industrial,
Level
Level Incremental Residential &
(µg/m3)
(µg/m3) GLC (µg/m3) Rural Area)
1 AQ-1 Project Site 53.2 6.57 61.95 100
2 AQ-2 Josephpetha 42.6 4.06 46.66 100
3 AQ-3 Sarvepalli 43.75 2.58 46.33 100
4 AQ-4 Lingamgunta 49.05 1.38 50.43 100
6 AQ-6 Port Gate 19.4 2.58 21.98 100
7 AQ-7 Nidigunpalem 61.8 1.38 63.18 100
H.P. Petrol
Pump
8 AQ-8 73.25 1.38 74.63 100
(Opposite side
of project)

Figure 4.3: Isopleths Plot of Concentration for PM10 (µg/m3)
Table 4.6: Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of PM2.5 (µg/m3)
Mean 24- Standard

Predicted 24- Total
hourly (µg/m3)
S.No. Receptor Location hourly Max Projected
Background (for Industrial,
Incremental Level
Level Residential &
GLC (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
(µg/m3) Rural Area)
1 AQ-1 Project Site 30.7 0.41 31.11 60
2 AQ-2 Josephpetha 29.0 0.35 29.35 60
3 AQ-3 Sarvepalli 27.9 0.26 28.16 60
4 AQ-4 Lingamgunta 28.6 0.28 28.88 60
6 AQ-6 Port Gate 27.8 0.41 28.21 60
7 AQ-7 Nidigunpalem 37.7 0.35 38.05 60
H.P. Petrol
Pump
8 AQ-8 42.8 0.35 43.15 60
(Opposite side
of project)

Figure.4.4: Isopleths plot of concentration for PM2.5 (µg/m3)
Table 4.7: Predicted 24-hourly Maximum GLC of NH3 (µg/m3)
S.No. Mean 24- Predicted Total Standard

Receptor Location hourly 24-hourly Projected (µg/m3) **
Background Max Level (for Industrial,
Level Incremental (µg/m3) Residential &
(µg/m3) GLC Rural Area)
(µg/m3)
1 AQ-1 Project Site <5.0 1.69 1.69 400
2 AQ-2 Josephpetha <5.0 1.34 1.34 400
3 AQ-3 Sarvepalli <5.0 0.59 0.59 400
4 AQ-4 Lingamgunta <5.0 0.59 0.59 400
5 AQ-5 Thikkavarapadu <5.0 0.59 0.59 400
6 AQ-6 Port Gate 4.1 - 8.6 1.41 1.41 400
7 AQ-7 Nidigunpalem <5.0 0.59 0.59 400
H.P. Petrol
Pump
8 AQ-8 <5.0 0.59 0.59 400
(Opposite side
of project)
**24 Hours emission as per NAAQS guidelines.

Figure.4.5: Isopleths plot of concentration for NH3 (µg/m3)
4.2.7 Discussion on Modeling Results

The predicted 24-hourly maximum incremental GLC for SO2 is found to be highest (about 0.40
g/m3), at the receptor location of AQ-1 (Project site) AQ-3 (Survepalli Village), this may be
because the proposed stacks are close to the mentioned receptor location. The increment of GLCs
for SO2 at other receptor location are found to be lower, the possible reason may be because the
other receptor locations are far away from sulphuric acid plant, which is the major source of SO2
emission.
The increment of GLCs for NOx, PM10, PM2.5 and NH3 are found to be maximum at receptor
location of AQ-1 (Project site), this may be because the proposed stacks are close to the
mentioned receptor location. At other receptor locations, the increment in GLCs for NOx, PM10,
PM2.5 and NH3 are found to be practically negligible as compared to their background levels,
and therefore, the resultant post operational NOx, PM10 and PM2.5 levels will remain around the
existing level.
Referring to the background (monitored) ambient air quality, the mean baseline level when added
to the corresponding maximum predicted incremental GLC, the resultant levels of NOx, SO2,
PM10, PM2.5 and NH3 at different receptor locations are found to be well within their
permissible standard limits pertaining to industrial, residential rural and other areas.
4.3 Impact on Noise Quality
4.3.1 Construction Phase
Impact on the noise quality may be attributed to the construction and operational phase activities
at the proposed project site. Impact during construction phase may be due to generation of noise
is due to operation of heavy equipment and increased frequency of vehicular traffic in the area.
Vibration levels will also increase due to these activities. However, these impacts are short term,
intermittent and temporary in nature. The nearest residential area is approximately 1.0 km away
from the project site. Considering the above, it is expected to have minimal noise and vibration
impact from the construction activities.

4.3.2 Operation Phase

Operational phase impacts will mainly result from the operation of compressors, blowers/fans and
transfer pumps.
Noise may also generate due to movement of heavy vehicles, medium vehicles and automobiles
during both construction and operational phase. However, it has been envisaged that increase in
noise impacts due to vehicular movement will be temporary and marginal to be considered for
their impacts on nearby human settlement. In case noise level exceeds the permissible limit (as
prescribed by APPCB) precautionary measures will be taken to reduce the adverse impacts.
4.4 Impact on Water Quality

The water quality is likely to get affected due to the discharge of construction wastewater,
domestic wastewater (sewage water, wastewater from kitchen, laundries, etc) and surface run-off
from construction site. However, it has been envisaged that water quality degradation due to these
sources shall be negligible as wastewater generated from construction activities; kitchen and
toilets shall be directed to appropriate treatment (such as effluent treatment plant etc) to meet the
stipulated standards prior to its final disposal. Precautionary measures shall be adopted to mitigate
the risk of water contamination due to run off.

The potential impact on water quality during operation phase of fertiliser plant may be attributed
to the usage of maintenance, domestic wastewater and wastewater generated in various processes.
As the proposed process will be zero liquid discharge process and all spillages etc. shall be
recirculated, the anticipated extent of water pollution level will be very less. However, the
impacts shall be mitigated by formulation of waste management plan, wherein wastewater
generated from operation and maintenance activities of the project shall be subjected to suitable
treatment (such as ETP) prior to its final disposal. Liquid effluents from other plants will be
neutralized in common neutralization pit & pumped up to plant Battery Limit. To minimize the
occurence of groundwater contamination, the process are will be paved with concrete and acid
proof brick lining (wherever required).
4.5 Impact on Land environment

The proposed plant will be constructed in a barren land. However, temporary and short term
disturbance to soil ecology and top soil loss may occur during, earth works, and other
construction activities. These impacts shall be restricted to limited land area and therefore the
impact shall be local and minimal.

The processing at the proposed plant is basically a granulation with pipe reactor system of
phosphoric acid or a mixture of phosphoric and sulfuric acids which is neutralized in the pipe
reactors with gaseous or liquid ammonia so as to produce wide range of NPK grades. As such, no
solid waste generation due to process activities is envisaged. The operational discharge of liquid
effluents may have the impact on soil quality. However, plant is zero liquid discharge unit and
hence no risk of soil contamination during operation phase.

4.6 Impact on Biological Environment

Impact on local vegitation is insignificant during the construction phase as the proposed site
where the NPK Plant would be set up is a barren land. However, this activity shall be restricted to
the limited land area and therefore, the impact shall be local and minimal. Emission of particulate
matter during construction activities is also likely to impact surrounding vegetation. However,
these impacts have been envisaged to be low as the construction phase is a temporary phase.
Impact on biological environment due to emissions from movement of vehicles (transportation of
construction materials) and operation of generators have been envisaged to be negligible as
suitable mitigation measures (such as routine maintenance etc) shall be adopted to minimize the
impacts from these sources.
Noise generated from construction activities, operation of equipment, machinery, generators and
vehicles have been envisaged to be negligible as the activity is for short duration.Suitable
measures such as barricading the construction site, use of noise attenuation chamber for the
generators, copresures etc. will be taken wherever possible. No significant impacts on terrestrial
local vegetation and livestock may occur due to dumping of demolition /construction wastes and
construction wastewater discharges from construction activities. However, these impacts shall be
minimized by adoption of waste management plan, which has been discussed in the waste
management section.

Impacts on biological environment due to operational phase of the proposed fertilizer plant shall
be mainly due to emission of fertilizer dust and ammonia from ammoniation reactors and drying
drum, which may affect the crop yield and health of the animals in the surrounding area.
However, adoption of suitable measures such as installation of specially designed dust collectors
and scrubbers shall minimize the risk of these impacts.
Emissions from operation of generators and other equipments may also affect the surrounding
greenaries as well as naturally occurring animal species like birds, butterfly, small mammals like
squirrel etc.
4.7 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment
The project is likely to have both negative and positive impacts on the socio-economic
environment. Although the negative impacts of the project (due to emission of particulate matter
during construction activities, process emissions from the stacks and exhaust gases during
vehicular movements, noise during construction and operational phase of the proposed plant) are
likely to affect the socio-economic environment but adoption of suitable mitigation measures
shall minimize the occupational health hazards and impacts on local community, thereby
contributing to the net positive impacts on socio-economic environment, which are as follows:
 The project is not likely have any affect on the ongoing agriculture activity in the region, as
all development is within the premises of the industrial park authorised under APIIC.Thus no
adverse impact on the livelihood of the local people is envisaged. However, this development
will boost the local economy by providing additional source of income for local people
through generation of new employment opportunities for proposed plant construction and
operational activities, supply and transport of raw materials and equipment, auxiliary and
ancillary works, etc.

 It will also facilitate infrastructure development, improvement of transportation and

communication facilities in the area, which will further improve the standard of living.
4.8 IMPACT EVALUATION
Emissions from the construction phase of project shall be marginal and temporary and therefore,
the impacts on air quality during this phase will not be of much significance.
Impact during operation phase of proposed fertilizer plant will result from raw material stock
piling, process activities like mixing of sulphuric acid, grinding and vehicular movement and
operation of generators, compressors and other equipments. However, these impacts shall be
minimized by implementing good engineering practice such as adequate stack height, adopting of
appropriate dust control equipments (such as scrubbers, bag filters etc.). Fugitive emissions from
the production process shall be mitigate by adopting good maintenance practices and proposed
green belt development in the facility. Moreover, the impact of secondary pollutants in the region
is envisaged to be negligible as the terrain is plain and sufficient amount of atmospheric mixing
is available in the region. Thus, the net impacts of point and fugitive emissions shall be
considered to be marginal and shall not affect human health and vegetation.
The impacts of noise on nearby villages due to project has been envisaged to be insignificant as
the noise levels (due to operational activities) at a distance of one kilometer and above from the
proposed terminal have been predicted to be less than 35 dBA and therefore, will not affect the
nearby human settlements, local vegetation and livestock.
Impacts on surface and ground water quality have been envisaged to be insignificant as there is
no waste water or hazardous solid waste generated from the process. It has also been envisaged
that there will be no changes in groundwater quality due to proposed facility as the ground water
is not saline and is fit for drinking purpose.
The project site shall temporarily affect the soil environment due to land clearance and other
construction activities. These impacts shall be restricted to limited land and therefore, impacts
shall be local and minimal. However, development of green belt within and around the plant shall
improve the soil ecology and aesthetic value of the area. There is no impact on soil quality due to
solid wastes as there is no solid waste generation/disposal. Discharge of liquid effluents from the
processing facilities may have the impact on soil quality. However, this impact shall be
minimized by installation of Effluent treatment plant (ETP) and adopting other suitable measures
for treatment and disposal of effluents at CETP as per APPCB stipulated standards.
The project is likely to have overall positive impacts on the socio-economic profile of the area as
the proposed development shall not affect the ongoing agricultural activities in the area, thus
maintaining the livelihood of the local fishermen community and also provide indirect
employment opportunities and improvement in existing infrastructure (such as roads).
4.9 IMPACT SIGNIFICANCE
Evaluation of impacts signifies the potential impacts in terms of its likelihood nature as per the
following criteria:
a. The impacts are further classified based on their spatial distribution, i.e. local, when
impacting an area of approximately 1 km radius from the project area, moderate spread,
when impacting an area of 1 to 2 km radius and regional beyond 2 km;

b. The impacts are classified as short term, moderate term and long term in terms of their
existence in temporal scale. Impacts less than 1 year existence as short term, while those with
1 to 3 years as moderate term and more than 3 years as long term;
c. The negative impacts are termed as adverse impacts while positive impacts as beneficial;
The significance of environmental impacts of various involved activities has been evaluated
based on the criteria outlined in Table 4.8.
Table 4.8: Impact Significance Criteria
Impact Significance Criteria

When the impact is of high intensity with high spread and high
Long term Adverse duration or of high intensity with medium spread and medium
duration
When the impact is of moderate intensity with high spread and high
Moderate term
duration or of high intensity with low/ moderate spread and low
Adverse
duration
When the impact is of low intensity but with moderate spread and
Short term Adverse
moderate duration or of moderate intensity
Insignificant Adverse When the impact is of low intensity, low spread and low duration
Beneficial When the impacts are positive
Based on the above-specified criteria, Matrix method has been used to describe potential
environmental impacts due to proposed project as shown in Table 4.9 and 4.10. It is important to
note that one activity may have varying impacts on different receptors i.e. different components
of the environment. To avoid repetitions, this section describes various activities, which may have
wide impacts on many receptors. For example, waste generation and disposal will have impacts
on land, water bodies, odour nuisance etc, therefore, the impacts of waste generation and disposal
have been considered as one of the key areas of impacts. Similarly, gaseous emissions may be
adverse to air quality; which on exposure may impact upon health of individuals and ecology in
the surroundings.
Table 4.9: Potential Environmental Impacts of Project activity
(Without Mitigation Measures)
Environmental Nature of Likely Impacts Impact
Sensitivities Significance
Short Term
ShortntTerm
Long Term
Term
Insignifica
Beneficial
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Regional
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Adverse
Spread
Local
Term
Term
High
Low
Long
Air Quality     
Noise     
Water Quality     
Land Environment     
Local Vegetation and     
livestock
Local Economy    
Note: for colour coding refer Table 4.8

4.10 IMPACT MITIGATION MEASURES
4.10.1 Air Environment
The impact during construction phase will be reversible, marginal and temporary in nature.
Proper maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment will help in controlling the gaseous
emissions. Water sprinkling on roads and construction site will prevent fugitive dust. Green belt
development along the road side and in the plant premises will be useful in dust suppression.
Over loading of the trucks shall be avoided. Haulage roads, which are used for transportation of
material, should be maintained properly. Utmost care and regular inspection schedule will be
made to prevent any fugitive emission of dust during transportation of material. People working
in and around the dust generating area, will be provided with Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE) like dust mask to prevent inhalation of dust particles, and use of the same will be strictly
enforced during working hours.
During operation phase air pollution control equipments will be used, which are discussed in
detail in Chapter 8 (Environmental Management Plan). Paved roads will be laid to prevent dust
emission during vehicular movement. A thick green belt is also proposed, which will also control
the dust. Regular water sprinkling arrangement shall also be provided at the loading and
unloading areas. Workers working near the dust generating area will be provided with dust
masks, which will be made as mandatory to wear during working hours.
The following mitigation measures are to be followed:
 The stacks will comply with the applicable emission norms.

 Adequate stack height will be provided as per norms.
 Scrubbers will be provided to minimize the emissions and to maintain the emissions within
the prescribed limits.
 Regular monitoring of emissions from all stacks and ambient air quality will be carried out
as per norms.
 Dust collectors will be provided to minimize fugitive emissions and to maintain the
emissions within the limits.
4.10.2 Water Environment
 Wastewater generated from the construction sites shall be treated as per industry norms.
 Sewage generated from facality shall be treated in the Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP). The
treated effluent shall be reused within the plant processes and for the purpose of irrigation
within and around the plant area for green belt.
4.10.3 Impact on Biological Environment
All precautionary measures shall be adopted to minimize the disturbance to local vegetation and
livestock due to construction and operational activities of the proposed NPK Fertilizer Plant.
4.10.4 Occupational Health Hazards from Noise Pollution
Site workers working near high noise equipment will use personal protective devices to minimise
their exposure to high noise levels. Good working practices will be implemented to reduce noise.

4.10.5 Waste Generation and Management
The site would develop and adopt proper system for the management, storage and disposal of the
hazardous and non-hazardous waste, including measures such as:
 Solid waste consisting of recyclable waste and non recyclable generated from construction
activities, shall be segregated in appropriate bins and shall be disposed off.
 Solid waste including domestic waste (from kitchen, gallery, laundries etc), combustible and
recyclable waste generated shall be collected, segregated and stored in specified containers
and shall be transferred for its proper disposal.
 Hazardous waste such as waste lube/system oil from machinery, used oil from D.G set (in
case of operation); lead acid cells and oil filters are likely to be generated. The waste shall be
handled as per Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement)
Rules, 2008. The waste will be carefully stored in drums and transported to MoEF approved
recyclers for its final disposal. All precautions will be taken to avoid spillage from the
storage.
Table 4.10: Potential Environmental Impacts of Project activity

(With Mitigation Measures)
Environmental Impact
Nature of Likely Impacts
Sensitivities Significance
Insignificant
termtermTer
Long Term
Short term
Short term
Beneficial
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Regional
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Adverse
Spread
Local
Term
Term
Term
Term
Long
High
Low
m
Air Quality     
Noise     
Water Quality     
Land Environment     
Local Vegetation     
and Livestock
Local Economy     
Note: For colour coding refer Table 4.8.

5
ENVIRO NMENTA L
MONITORING
PROGRAM
5 ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING PROGRAMME
5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN
An environmental monitoring plan provides a delivery mechanism to address the adverse

environmental impacts of a project during its execution, to enhance project benefits, and to
introduce standards of good practice to be adopted. An environmental monitoring plan is
important as it provides useful information and helps to:
 Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,
provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures.
 Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental
monitors and provides means of effective communication of environmental issues among
them.
 Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters.
 Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the
Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan, if
required.
From the monitoring point of view, the important parameters are water quality, air, noise. No
wild flora and fauna were observed in the 10 km of the study area. Hence, monitoring for
flora and fauna is not required for the project. The suggested monitoring details are outlined
in the following sections.
5.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING
Construction Phase:
 Monitoring of air quality (PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx) will be carried out for three
seasons in a year.
Operation Phase:
 Monitoring of air quality (PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NH3, CO, VOC NOx and Urea Dust) will
be carried out on monthly basis.
5.3 NOISE MONITORING
Construction Phase:
 General noise monitoring should be carried out once in a week.
Operation Phase:
 Monthly noise monitoring during operation of machineries.

5.4 WATER QUALITY MONITORING
Construction Phase:
 Physico-chemical characteristics of the nearby surface water body (Survepalli

reservoir and other water bodies within 1 km of the project site) will be monitored.
 The effluent from effluent treatment plant will be monitored.
 All the analysis will be carried out as per CPCB guidelines.
Operation Phase:
 Physico-chemical characteristics of the nearby surface water body (Survepalli

reservoir and other water bodies within 1 km of the project site, if any) and ground
water will be monitored.
 The effluent from sewage treatment plant and effluent treatment plant will be
monitored once in a month.
 All the analysis will be carried out as per CPCB guidelines.
5.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
The health of the employees who will be working in the unit will be monitored through
general periodical check up and also for respiratory ailments.
A summary of the Environmental Monitoring Plan for construction and operation phase is
given in Table 5.1 and 5.2 below:
Table 5.1: Environmental Monitoring (Construction Phase)

Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2 Thrice a year At major construction sites
and NOx (total 3 stations)
Noise Equivalent noise Once in a week At major construction site and
level near generator set
Water Parameters as per Monthly Storm water drainage system,
untreated waste water
Effluent from pH, BOD, COD, Monthly Inlet and outlet of ETP
ETP TSS, TDS
Table 5.2: Environmental Monitoring (Operation Phase)
Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Monthly Stack, generator set, three
NH3, CO, VOC and locations within 100 – 200 m of
Urea dust. the project site, two locations
within the plant near the
production units, storage area
for the raw material and

fertilizer.
Noise Equivalent noise level Weekly Generator set, three locations

within 100 – 200 m of the
project site, two locations within
the plant near the production
units, storage area for the raw
material and fertilizer,
packaging area for fertilizer.
Water Parameters as per CPCB Thrice a year Storm water drainage system,
standards raw water source, treated and
ETP Parameters as per CPCB Monthly Before and after treatment from
standards ETP
Soil pH, moisture content, Once in a

texture, organic matter, year Three locations around the
chloride, SAR, CEC, project site within 200 m
nitrogen, phosphorous, distance from the unit.
fluoride, sulphur
Occupational General and respiratory Once in a

ailments check up year -
Health
5.6 BUDGET
The monitoring and evaluation process will require additional and at times, extensive surveys
and primary data collection, either to establish a base line or to measure changes. In order to
respond to evolving management needs, a contingency budget will be required-especially
where response will require capital works. Table 5.3 and 5.4 gives the details about the
budget required for environmental monitoring plan during construction and operation phases.
Table 5.3: Budget for Environmental Monitoring during Construction Phase
Monitoring cost Total cost in

Attribute Location & frequency Parameters
per year in Rs. (A) Rs. (A x)
Air At major construction PM10, PM2.5, samples @ Rs Rs. 2 Lakh
sites (Total 3 stations) SO2, NOx and 76,500 / -
NH3.
At major construction site Equivalent samples @ Rs
Noise Rs. 2 Lakh
and near generator set noise level 72,000 / -
Storm water drainage Parameters as samples @ Rs
Water system, raw water from per CPCB 66,000 / - Rs. 1 Lakh
CETP within KRIBHCO, standards

Monitoring cost Total cost in

per year in Rs. (A) Rs. (A x)
treated and untreated
waste water.
pH, BOD, samples @ Rs
ETP Inlet and outlet of ETP COD, TSS, 48,000 / - Rs. 1 Lakh
TDS
Total Cost 6 Lakh
Table 5.4: Budget for Environmental Monitoring during Operation Phase
Monitoring cost Total Cost

per year in Rs. in Rs.
Stack, generator set, three
locations within 100 –
200 m of the project site, PM10, PM2.5,
two locations within the SO2, NOx, HC,
Air plant near the production NH3, CO, 3,06,000=/- 6 Lakh
units, storage area for the VOC & Urea
raw material and dust.
fertilizer, packaging area
for fertilizer.
Generator set, three
locations within 100 –
200 m of the project site,
two locations within the
Equivalent
Noise plant near the production 72,000/- 2 Lakh
noise level
units, storage area for the
raw material and
fertilizer, packaging area
for fertilizer.
Storm water drainage
system, raw water from Parameters as
Water CETP within KRIBHCO, per CPCB 33,000/- 3 Lakh
treated and untreated standards
waste water.
Parameters as
Before and after
ETP per CPCB 96,000/- 2 Lakh
treatment from ETP
standards
pH, moisture
Three locations around content,
the project site within texture,
Soil 10,500/- 3 Lakh
200 m distance from the organic
unit. matter,
chloride, SAR,
Monitoring cost Total Cost

per year in Rs. in Rs.
CEC,
nitrogen,
phosphorous,
fluoride,
sulphur
General and
Occupational respiratory
- -
Health ailments check
up
Total Cost 16 Lakh
A total amount of INR 200 lakhs is allotted for the compliance monitoring of
environmental quality during construction phase and operational phase which will be met
from the revenue budget.

6
ADDITIONAL
STU DIES
EIA for NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant at Survepalli Village, Near to rishnapatnam Port,
6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Krishak Bharati Cooperative Limited (KRIBHCO) is proposing to setup a NPK (12 lakh MT)
Fertlizer plant at Sy. No. Bit-II, Survepalli village, near to Krishnapatnam port,
Venkatachalam Tehsil, Nellore District Andhra Pradesh.
Four raw materials in liquid state, namely Ammonia, Phosphoric Acid, Sulphuric Acid and
MOP have been proposed to be used for the manufacturing of NPK fertilizer.
Storage at Plant Site
• Ammonia storage tank : 1 x 10000 MT.
• Sulphuric acid storage tank : 1 x 10000 MT.
• Phosphoric storage tank : 1 x 10000 MT.
• MOP storage total capacity : 36000 MT.
• Ammonia : 2x15000 MT;
• Phosphoric acid : 4x10000 MT.
Through Pipelines, these raw materials are unloaded from Berth to Port Storage (03-05 km)
and from Port storage to Plant site (16 km)
Hazard identification and risk assessment was carried out for the chemicals, which are being
proposed to be stored & handled. Safety measures for storage and handling of these chemicals
are also proposed in this chapter.
6.1.1 Objectives & Methodology of the Risk Analysis Study
A three „LEVEL‟ risk assessment approach is adopted. The brief outline of the three tier
approach is given below:
 Level 1 – Risk Screening
This is top-down review of worst- case potential hazards/risks, aimed primarily at storage
of chemicals, which pose the highest risk. The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of
the chemicals were reviewed to identify the potential hazards posed by the
chemicals.Various screening factors considered include:
o Inventory of hazardous materials;

o Hazardous properties;
o Storage capacity;

 Level 2 – Risk Scenario Identification
After identification of potential hazards, different risk scenarios were delineated for each
of the chemicals based on the nature of hazard.
 Level 3 – Quantitative Risk Assessment
PHAST 6.7 version software was used for the risk assessment of the liquid raw materials,
which will be stored at the premises. Risk assessment was carried out for each of the risk
scenarios identified for the chemicals in case of leakages from the storage tanks. Worst
possible scenarios were taken into account for the risk analysis.
6.1.2 Hazards Classification
The hazard classification has been carried out based on the data provided in MSDS data
sheets and as per the classification MSHIC Rules, 1986 and its amendments thereof. The
hazard classification is given in Table 6.1.
Table 6.1: Potential Hazard Classification and Analysis of Chemicals to be Used in the
Proposed Unit
Hazard Classification
Quantit
as per Part I, Schedule
Sl. Hazardous y to be
Potential Hazards I, MSHIC Rules, 1986
No. Material Stored
and its amendments
(MT)
thereof
1 Ammonia 10,000 Fire Hazard: Extremely Toxic
MT Forms flammable mixture with air. (Inhalation Toxicity -
(Plant Explosion Hazard: >0.5 mg/l)
Side)
Forms explosive mixture with air and
30,000
MT highly reactive with other substances,
(Port especially metals to form violently
Side) explosive substances.
Health Hazard:
Strongly irritant to skin, eyes and
respiratory system. Inhalation of high
concentration causes suffocation,
burning of the tract and may be fatal.
2 Sulphuric 10,000 Fire Hazard: Extremely Toxic
Acid MT Contact with combustible materials (Inhalation Toxicity -
(Plant may cause fire. Highly reactive.
Side) 0.320 mg/l)
Contact with many organic and
inorganic chemicals may cause fire
or explosion. Contact with metals
liberates flammable hydrogen gas.
Health Hazard:
Highly corrosive and toxic. Strong
sulphuric acid mist is carcinogenic.
Reactivity:

Hazard Classification
Quantit
as per Part I, Schedule
Sl. Hazardous y to be
Potential Hazards I, MSHIC Rules, 1986
No. Material Stored
and its amendments
(MT)
thereof
Highly reactive with water, metals,
excess heat, combustible materials,
organic materials, oxidizers, amines,
bases.
3 Phosphoric 10,000 Fire hazard: Extremely Toxic
Acid MT Reacts with most metals to produce (Inhalation Toxicity -
(Plant flammable/explosive hydrogen gas. 0.026 mg/l)
Side)
Reacts violently with strong caustics,
40,000
MT sodium tetrahydroborate metals,
(Port fluorides, halogenated organics,
Side) cyanides, sulphides, mercaptans,
nitrides, metal phosphides,
acetylides, silicides, carbides.
Potentially dangerous reactions with
strong oxidizing agents, reducing
agents, organic peroxides. Azo
compounds, epoxides, aldehydes and
other polymerizable compounds can
polymerize violently with phosphoric
acid. Forms detonable mixture with
nitromethane.
Explosion Hazard:
Containers may explode when
heated.
Health Hazard:
If heated, releases toxic vapours.
Mists may cause irritation of the
eyes, nose and respiratory tract. May
cause increased pulmonary resistance
and transient cough. Severe
overexposure can cause pulmonary
edema which may be fatal.
Symptoms (shortness of breath,
cyanosis) may appear several hours
after exposure.
Concentrated solutions may cause
pain and severe burns to the skin.
Concentrated solutions cause
immediate pain, severe burns and
permanent corneal damage which
may result in blindness.

6.1.3 Risk Scenarios
Based on the identified potential hazards of the chemicals, different scenarios were delineated
as given in Table 6.2.
Table 6.2: Identified Risk Scenarios
Chemical Scenario No. Identified Potential Risk Scenarios

Ammonia Leaking tank (Port), chemical is not burning and
Scenario-1.
forms evaporating puddle.
Leaking tank (Port),, chemical is burning and
Scenario-2.
forms a pool fire.
Scenario-3. Tank(Port), explodes.
Leaking Pipeline, chemical is not burning and
Scenario-4.
Leaking Pipeline, chemical is burning and forms a
Scenario-5.
pool fire.
Scenario-6. Pipeline explodes.
Leaking tank (Plant), chemical is not burning and
Scenario-7.
Leaking tank (Plant),, chemical is burning and
Scenario-8.
forms a pool fire.
Scenario-9. Tank(Plant), explodes.
Sulphuric Acid Leaking tank, chemical is not burning and forms an
Scenario-1
evaporating puddle.
Phosphoric Acid Leaking tank(Port), chemical is not burning and
Scenario-1
forms an evaporating puddle.
Leaking Pipeline, chemical is not burning and
Scenario-2
Leaking tank(Plant), chemical is not burning and
Scenario-3
6.1.4 Risk Assessment
After the identification of hazards and likely scenarios, risk assessment was carried out for
each of the scenario using the PHAST software. The dimension of the tank taken into account
for modelling is tabulated in Table 6.3. The Details of Ammonia pipelines is given in Table
6.4.The modelling was carried out for the study period only, i.e. the climatological data taken
into account were for the study period. PHAST models key hazards- toxicity, flammability,
thermal radiation (heat), and overpressure (explosion blast force) - related to chemical
releases that result in toxic gas dispersions, fires, and/ or explosions.
Table 6.3: Details about the Storage Tank Capacity and Dimension
Sl. Storage Tank Quantity to be Stored

Chemical
No. Capacity (MT) (MT)
1. Ammonia (Plant 1 X10,000 10,000
Storage)
2. Ammonia (Port 2 X 15,000 30,000

Sl. Storage Tank Quantity to be Stored

Chemical
No. Capacity (MT) (MT)
Storage)
3. Phosphoric Acid 1 X10,000 10,000
(Plant Site)
4. Phosphoric Acid 4 X 10,000 40,000
(Port Site)
5. Sulphuric Acid (Plant 1 X10,000 10,000
Site)
Table 6.4: Details of Ammonia Pipeline
Above
Pipeline Length of Operating Operating
Sl. Scenario Flow rate ground / Material
dia in pipeline in Pressure in Temperature
No. Description in Kg/sec Undergro Handled
mm meters barg in deg C
und
Ammonia
60 m3/hr or Above
1. Pipeline (Port 6"* 16 kms 14 Kg/cm2 -33 deg C Ammonia
40-45 TPH Ground
to Plant Site)
*Subjected to detail design
6.1.5 Modelling Output
The modelling output for the identified potential risk scenarios for each of the chemical is
given below.
Ammonia Storage Tank (Port):
Scenario 1: Leaking tank (Port), chemical is not burning and forms evaporating puddle
ERPG 1 – 25 PPM, ERPG 2- 150 PPM, ERPG 3 - 750
Scenario 2: Leaking tank (Port),, chemical is burning and forms a pool fire

Scenario 3: Tank(Port), explodes. .
Scenario 4: Leaking Pipeline, chemical is not burning and forms evaporating puddle.
ERPG 1 – 25 PPM, ERPG 2- 150 PPM, ERPG 3 – 750 PPM
Scenario 5: Leaking Pipeline, chemical is burning and forms a pool fire.

Scenario 6: Pipeline explodes.
Scenario 7: Leaking tank (Plant), chemical is not burning and forms evaporating puddle.
ERPG 1 – 25 PPM, ERPG 2- 150 PPM, ERPG 3 - 750
Scenario 8: Leaking tank (Plant),, chemical is burning and forms a pool fire.

Scenario 9: Tank(Plant), explodes.
6.1.6 Interpretation of the Modelling Output
Around three threat zones have been plotted in the modelling output i.e. Yello, Green and
Blue, representing areas of hazard. The range for these threat zones is based on the AEGLs
(Acute Exposure Guideline Levels) and ERPGs (Emergency Response Planning Guidelines),
which are used default by the software. The threat zone values and the distance of the threat
zone from the storage tank (in the downwind direction) is tabulated in Table 6.5.
It can be inferred from the table, that in case of formation of evaporating puddle, Pool Fires of
Ammonia storage tanks (Port), Ammonia Pipelines, Ammonia Sorage Tanks (Plant site)
impacts will fall outside the project area, on the nearby areas. Whereas in case of Sulphuric
acid & Phosphoric acid cases the evaporating puddle in case of leakage will be within the
project area. These chemicals are hence not included in the ALOHA & PHAST Software
databases.

Table 6.5: Threat Zone Levels and its Distance from the Storage Tank
Distance from the Remarks

Storage Tank
Chemical Scenario No. Threat Zone Level
(Downwind
direction) in m
Yellow: > 750 ppm Outside the project
>10,000
Ammonia (15,000 (60 min) area. i.e effects can
MT Capacity Green: > 150 ppm (60 felt outside the
Scenario-1 >10,000
Storage Tank, min) project area
KCPL Port) Blue: > 25 ppm (60
>10,000
min)
Yellow: > 37.5 Outside the project
kW/m2 (potentially 820 area. i.e effects can
lethal within 60 sec) felt outside the
Green: > 12.5 kW/m2 project area
Scenario-2
(2nd degree burn 1020
within 60 sec)
Blue: > 4 kW/m2
1340
(pain within 60 sec)
Yellow: > 0.3 bar Within the project
(50% Fatality 270 area..
Probability)
Scenario-3 Green: > 0.1 bar (10%
405
Fatality Probability)
Blue: > 0.03 bar (Mild
775
Impact, <1% Fatality)
Yellow: > 750 ppm
Negligible
Ammonia (60 min)
Pipelines Green: > 150 ppm (60 Outside the project
Scenario-4 1596
min) area. i.e effects can
Blue: > 25 ppm (60 felt outside the
>10,000 project area
min)
Yellow: > 37.5 Outside the project
Scenario-5
within 60 sec)
Blue: > 4 kW/m2
317
Yellow: > 0.3 bar Outside the project
(50% Fatality 28 area i.e effects can
Probability) felt outside the
Scenario-6 Green: > 0.1 bar (10% project area
46
93
Ammonia (10,000 Scenario-7 Yellow: > 750 ppm Outside the project
>10,000
MT Capacity (60 min) area. i.e effects can
Storage Tank, Green: > 150 ppm (60 felt outside the
>10,000
Plant Site) min) project area
Blue: > 25 ppm (60 >10,000

Distance from the Remarks

Storage Tank
Chemical Scenario No. Threat Zone Level
(Downwind
direction) in m
min)
Scenario-8 Yellow: > 37.5 Outside the project
within 60 sec)
Blue: > 4 kW/m2
1150
Scenario-9 Yellow: > 0.3 bar Within the project
(50% Fatality 240 area..
Probability)
Green: > 0.1 bar (10%
360
690
Sulphuric Acid
Scenario-10 Low <100 mtrs Within project area.
Phosphoric Acid
(10,000 MT
Scenario-11 Low <100 mtrs Within project area
Capacity Storage
Tank, Plant Site)
Phosphoric Acid Outside project area.
Pipeline i.e effects can felt
Scenario-12 Low <100 mtrs
outside the project
area
Phosphoric Acid
(10,000 MT
Scenario-13 Low <100 mtrs Within project area
Capacity Storage
Tank, Plant Site)
Note: Sulfuric acid & Phosphoric acid are not volatile enough to be considered an outdoor air
dispersion hazard, even though it is hazardous when inhaled. That is, under normal
conditions, it cannot enter the atmosphere fast enough to reach concentrations hazardous to
people within a large area. These chemicals are hence not included in the ALOHA & PHAST
Software databases.
6.1.7 Safety Measures for Storage of Hazardous Chemicals
The existing unit has well developed emergency management plan, which will be also
extended to the proposed project as well. Regular mock drills are being conducted to create
awareness among the employees about possible hazards and to train them on the way to react
during an emergency situation. The safety measures with respect to the identified hazard and
assessed risk are given in the following sections.

6.1.8 Fire and Explosion Hazard
Ammonia poses fire and explosion hazard. It must be stored in the designated
explosive/inflammable storage area.
The following measures should be adopted, while the storage of the above mentioned
chemicals:
 Fire alarm system must be installed and regulation inspection of the same should be
carried out.
 The storage tank must have safety valve to release any kind of pressure built up
within the tank.
 The tank must be jacketed.
 Periodical checking of the containers must be carried out to identify any leakage.
 The storage tank must be closed to avoid evaporation of the ammonia and ignition of
the same.
 The area must be cordoned off as No Smoking Area and absolutely no source of
iginition must be present in and around the storage area.
 Small spills must be cleaned immediately.
 Good housekeeping practices must be followed.
 No combustible materials must be kept in the storage area.
 Ammonia pipelines to be periodically inspected and Pneumatic pressute testing to be

done
 Ammonia leak detectors to be installed along the ammonia pipeline with automatic
shut off provision in order to have a early detection & control
 Ammonia Pipeine to be provided route markers & caution boards all along the
pipeline (Right of Way) at regular intervals
 Patrolling of Ammonia pipeline path to be done to avoid damages caused by third

parties
6.1.9 Toxic and Reactive Hazard
Phosphoric acid and Sulphuric acid are highly toxic and corrosive in nature. Hence, additional
precautionary measures as given below must be taken to avoid any adverse impact on the
health of the employee:
 All employees handling the chemicals must wear rubber gloves, safety google, safety
shoes, and adequately covered dress (to avoid dermal toxicity).
 The nature of toxicity must be labelled on the tanks.

 Supervior must conduct regular inspection to check the usage of PPEs by the
employees handling the toxic chemicals.
 First aid training to employees.
The storage tanks must have the following:
 Rubber lining to avoid corrosivity of the storage tanks.
 Safety valve to avoid accumulation of gas (especially hydrogen gas) in the storage
tanks.
6.2 TRAFFIC SURVEY
The Traffic survey held at the KRIBHCO project site, during the survey following outcome is
obtained. Traffic survey was conducted at three sites. The locations are mentioned in the Table
6.6.
Table 6.6 Location selected for Traffic Survey
Distnace
Sr.
Station from site Direction Justification
No.
(in Km)
Sarvepalli Road Sarvepalli road will be used by
1 0.79 NW KRIBHCO for transportation
purposes
Krishnapatnam Port road is main route of
port road transportation for port area.
2 8.69 SE
KRIBHCO will have entry and exit
on Port road
Chennai –
GT Road connecting Guntur
3 Ghuntur 8.00 S
Chennai Highway
Highway
The study of frequency of heavy motor vehicle, light motor vehicle, cars, two-wheeler, three-
wheeler, near the project site is done during the study period, at three locations, is given in
Table 6.7. It is observed from the survey outcome that the transportation of heavy motor
vehicle is much higher as compare to two-wheelers, three-wheelers and cars.Details of
transportation from KRIBHCO is given in Table 6.8.
Table 6.7 Frequency of Movement of Vehicles
Location: Survepalli Road

Time /
HMV LMV Cars 3-Wheelers 2-Wheelers
Categories
10:00 – 11:00 40 55 45 40 40
11:00 – 12:00 50 40 45 40 40
12:00- 1:00 45 18 40 8 35
1:00-2:00 45 4 5 8 10
2:00-3:00 50 4 5 9 10
3:00-4:00 5 12 7 7 10
4:00-5:00 10 13 5 18 15
6:00-7:00 8 8 10 5 28

7:00-8:00 20 6 2 5 13
8:00-9:00 13 7 7 22 28
TOTAL 286 167 171 162 229
Location: T-Point connecting port road
10:00 – 11:00 168 28 21 17 22
11:00 – 12:00 85 23 17 13 18
12:00- 1:00 120 16 11 12 28
1:00-2:00 140 9 22 8 31
2:00-3:00 18 3 8 6 7
3:00-4:00 105 13 9 9 11
TOTAL 636 92 88 65 117
Location: GT Road connecting Guntur- Chennai Highway
10:00 – 11:00 45 40 83 100 39
11:00 – 12:00 55 35 45 35 18
12:00- 1:00 115 50 71 63 23
1:00-2:00 118 49 58 67 23
2:00-3:00 92 19 58 30 12
3:00-4:00 92 22 53 30 12
TOTAL 517 215 368 325 127
Outcome of Traffic Survey: The above details exhibit that the movement of heavy motor
vehicle tends to be more within all the locations. The movement of Light motor vehicles, cars
and 3- wheelers are lesser in Sarvepalli & Port road, but is more at GT road connecting Guntur
– Chennai Highway. The more important aspect of this survey is to figure out the peak time of
congestion on road, So that it can be avoided during transportation of material, for safety
purpose.
Table 6.8 Frequency of Movement of Vehicles from KRIBHCO
Maximum
Max.
Quantity Truck
Raw Monthly Per Day Trucks Mode of
Sr. No. to be Size
Materials (MT) (MTPD) movement Transport
handled (MT)
per day
( MTPA)
Sulphuric
1 Acid 2,50,000 20833 758 20 38 By trucks
2 MOP 4,80,000 40000 1455 20 73 By trucks
By trucks
to
27 domestic
Product market/
3 Dispatch 12,00,000 100000 3636 135 railways
246
The transportation of material as mentioned in Table 6.7 & 6.8 would impact in increase of
CO2, CO, NOx, SO2, PM, and HC concentration, So, propoer control measures will take
place to reduce/minimise the pollution. KRIBHCO will transport partial raw material and
final product via road and railway siding and would take following measures: (ref: chapter-2,
Table 2.2)

 Pollution Control Technology: For petrol vehicles „Three way‟ catalysts, precise engine,
fuel controls and evaporative emission control and For diesel vehicles „Two way‟
catalysts and engine controls vehicles will be used so that it can be able to reduce
hydrocarbons and CO emissions.
 Cleaner fuel quality: Cleaner fuel will be used, as far as possible.
 Inspection and Maintenance (I & M): The most important step towords emission is the
formulation of an inspection and maintenance system. By this way, it is possible to reduce
30-40% pollution load generated by vehicles through proper periodical inspection and
maintenance of vehicles.
 Other measures and personal contribution:
 Emission testing for all vehicles at regular intervals will be done.
 Avoid congested road and rush hours to the extent possible.
 Cleaning of fuel filters, air filters and oil filters, maintenance of recommended type
pressure will be done.
The handling and transportation of Sulphuric acid & MOP will be done according to the Code
of Safety IS 4262: 2002 for Sulphuric acid & IS 2779: 1980 for MOP (Muriate of Potash).
6.3 Public Hearing
As per the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEFs) approved Terms of Reference (ToR)
for the proposed “NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant at Survepalli Village, Near to
Krishnapatnam Port, Venkatachalam Mandal, Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh”, Public
Hearing was conducted as per the provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment
Notification, 2006.
The Public Hearing was held on 27th September 2016 at Project Site, Survepalli Village,
Venkatachalam Mandal, SPSR Nellore District, Andhra Pradesh. Public Notice informing the
conducting of the Public Hearing was published on 26th August 2016 in two newspapers
namely “The Eenadu” – Telugu daily and “The Hindu” – English daily edition.
The Joint Collector of SPSR Nellore District had chaired the Public Hearing Proceedings and
assisted by District Magistrate and Environmental Engineer, Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control
Board (APPCB), Regional Office, SPSR Nellore District. A detailed presentation of the
proposed project was made in the vernacular language „Telugu‟ by The Project Proponent
(KRIBHCO).
It was informed that the project consists of following facilities:
 NPK Plant at Nellore– comprising of two trains of NPK production unit with annual
production of 1.2 million MT along with all associated offsite facilities mentioned in
EIA report and storage facilities for ammonia, phosphoric acid, sulphuric acid, MOP
etc.

 Port Storage- for Ammonia & Phosphoric acid at Krishnapatnam Port, comprising of
storage tanks for Ammonia (2 X 15,000 MT tanks) & Phosphoric Acid (4 X 10,000
MT) as mentioned in form-1 and EIA report.
 Raw material transfer pipeline- from unloading Berth to Port Storage (03-05 km) and
from Port storage to Plant site (16 km).
Tentative route for transfer of this liquid raw material from port storage to plant site within the
port and outside the port has been considered as depicted in figure 2.3 in EIA report. The final
selection shall be based on techno-commercial and other considerations during detailed
engineering. The pipeline route within the port shall be alongside the present road including
overpass/bridge structure over creeks and also have rail and road crossings within port area.
The port operator/ concessionaire M/s KPCL, has obtained environment clearance(EC) and
CRZ clearance for construction activities and operation within Krishnapatnam port area.After
the project description, many people came forward and registered their views. The issues
raised during the Public Hearing are given in Table 6.9 along with the replies from Project
Proponent for the same. Photographs of the Public Hearing are given in the Photo Plate 6.1.
The minutes of the public hearing is enclosed as Annexure - VI.
Photo plate 6.1: Public Hearing

6.3.1 Issues Raised During the Public Hearing
The list of issues raised during the Public Hearing is given in the Table 6.9.
Table 6.9: Issues Raised During the Public Hearing

Area of
Sr. Name of the Issue Raised during Public Reply on Issue Raised/
Residence or
No. Person Hearing Comment
Village
1. PelluruSudhakar Isakapalem  Kakaralapalem irrigation tank  The Project Proponent
Reddy is located in Ayacut area will comply with the
which falls under the proposed recommendation of the
project premises. Due to the report of the committee
proposed project, Ayacut area constituted by the Joint
tank may lose natural available Collector in the meeting,
water supply from the comprising members
Kakaralapalem irrigation from Irrigation dept,
tank.He requested adequate RDO,The Project
steps to be taken for protection Proponentand farmer‟s
of irrigation tank from any representatives.
damage and ensure that its
accessibility to farmers and
other natural drains.
2. CSR Koti Reddy Nellore  Requested for No violation of  The Project Proponent
green belt in the port area as will maintain green belt
previously done by Edible oil development area as per

Area of
Residence or
Village
units. the provisions of EPA
 Demanded for supply of urea and other applicable acts
in place of DAP Complex and notifications.
fertilizer to the farmers.  The Project Proponent
 Take all adequate pollution will supply required
control measures. fertilizers as per the
 Asked to give locals a top policy and allocation by
priority for employment Dept of Fertilizer, GOI.
opportunity and conduct skill  The Project Proponent
development program for will take all adequate
youths in the area. pollution control
 Request to undertake all measuresand best
required village development industrial practice.
activities under Corporate  The Project Proponent
Social Responsibility (CSR). will give priority to local
 Asked for protection of communities in
Kakaralapalem irrigation tank employment as per their
and its accessibility to farmers eligibility and education.
and other natural drains. Skill development
programs shall be
organized under CSR.
 The Project Proponent
will adhereto the
obligations under CSR.
The Project
Proponentwill support
local administration in
building toilets (20 Nos)
planned under PMSBYat
the start of project
construction.
will comply with the
recommendation of the
report of the committee
constituted by the Joint
Collector in the meeting,
comprising members
from Irrigation dept,
RDO, The Project
Proponent and farmer‟s
representatives.

Area of
Residence or
Village
3. P.ShobanBabu Survepalli  Compensation given for land  The land for the Project
acquisition was not adequate. has been allocated by
Andhra Pradesh
Industrial Infrastructure
Corporation (APIIC). In
regard to the land
compensation, Joint
Collector clarified
thatthe suitable
compensation to the
eligible affected persons
has been paid after due
verification of their
eligibility.
The Joint Collector
directed to meet RDO
with all records, by the
aggrieved person,if any,
for redressalof their
grievances by district
administration in this
regard.
 Expressed concern over  The Project Proponent
Pollution caused by Edible will take adequate
Oilunit near port affecting pollution control
public health. measures and best
industrial practice.
 Demanded for supply of  The Project Proponent

chemical fertilizers to farmers, will supply required
free electricity and basic fertilizers as per the
amenities. policy and allocation by
Dept of Fertilizer, GOI.
4. VenkataSeshaiah Survepalli  Land losers shall be  The said land was
adequately compensated. allocated to The Project
Proponent by Andhra
Pradesh Industrial
Infrastructure
regards to the land
compensation, Joint
collector stated thatthe
suitable compensation to
the eligible affected

Area of
Residence or
Village
persons has been paid
after due verification of
their eligibility.The Joint
Collector directed to
meet RDO with all
records, by the aggrieved
person, if any, for
redressalof their
regard.
 Adequate skill
 Conducting skill development
development program
programs in the village.
shall be arranged under
CSR.
 Compensation of green belt in  APIIC has allocatedland
lieu of deforested Survepalli in notified industrial
reserve forest zone for the project.
 Integrated drinking water  The development &

supply to surrounding infrastructure
villages.Develop village improvement program in
infrastructure in surrounding surroundings villages
villages shall be taken up under
CSR.
 Supply of fertilizers to the  The Project Proponent
farmers at the subsidized rates. will supply required
fertilizers as per the
policy and allocation by
5. T.Chandersekhar Survepalli  Complained for failure of  Joint collector
Reddy document verification by informedthatthe suitable
District administration for compensation to the
claims to some eligible eligible affected persons
beneficiaries.Alleged that has been paid after due
actual affected people are nor verification of their
paid properly and demanded eligibility. The Joint
for enquiry. Collector also directed to
meet RDO with all
person, if any, for
redressalof their

Area of
Residence or
Village
 Opposed the way of regard.
conducting Environmental  Collector being
public hearing under police responsible for PH,
protection. security measures was
taken as per directions of
the district
administration.
All the participants from
public were encouraged
to express their views
freely in the meeting
which were duly
exercised by public.
6. A.Murali NGO of  Proposed ProjectManagement  The Project Proponent
SPSR Nellore would take all hi-tech will take adequate
District pollution control systems to pollution control
protect surrounding measures to protect the
environment. surrounding
environment. The
proposed plant will be
facilitated with hi-tech
systems to ensure
pollution control. The
proposed plant is based
on the Zero Discharge
philosophy; no liquid
effluent will be
generated during
normalplant operation.
 Requested for availability of  The Project Proponent
basic amenities i.e. drinking will provide their
water supply, education, contribution as part of
medical facilities and CSR for infrastructure
sanitation measures to and social development
surrounding villages. Project including education,
management to bear health, environment,
responsibility to fulfill basic sanitation and skill
requirements of the public. development etc.
 Project management to ensure  The Project Proponent

that land loser would get will give priority to local
proper employment communities in
opportunities. employment as per their
primary eligibility and

Area of
Residence or
Village
education.
 Requested a written document  KRIBCHO
on proposed green belt willtransparently
development details. document record
ofgreenbelt development
within the project area
complying directions of
MOEFand will submit
records to the concerned
authority.
7 S. Narahari Survepalli  Complained for not enough  The land for the Project
compensation given for land has been allocated by
accusation and stated that Andhra Pradesh
authorities have not paid any Industrial Infrastructure
attention to enquire the Corporation (APIIC). In
complaints.Expressed regard to the land
suspicion for justice to SC, ST compensation, Joint
and other backward classes for Collector clarified
compensation. thatthe suitable
compensation to the
eligibility.The Joint
Collector directed to
meet RDO with all
person, if any, for
addressing of their
 Requested management to be administration in this
transparent about CSR fund regard.
and is utilization.  The Project Proponent
will share the details on
CSR funds and their
 Sought details regarding allocation with the
employment to be offered district administration.
section wise skilled, semi  The Project
skilled and un-skilled to locals. Proponentensure local
participation and publish
all employment avenue
as and when emerged
 Supply of fertilizers to the (During construction,
farmers at subsidized rates. operation etc.)

Area of
Residence or
Village
will supply required
fertilizers as per the
8 Prabhakar Reddy Survepalli  Complained for not enough  The land for the Project
compensation given for land has been allocated by
accusation. Inadequate Andhra Pradesh
compensation to backward Industrial Infrastructure
class whose allotted land by Corporation (APIIC). In
government was taken back. regard to the land
compensation, Joint
Collector clarified
thatthe suitable
compensation to the
eligibility.
The Joint Collector
aggrieved person, if any,
 Asked for protection of for redressalof their
Kakaralapalem irrigation tank grievances by district
and its accessibility to farmers administration in this
and Desiltation of the same. regard.
will comply with the
recommendation of the
report of the committee
constituted by the Joint
Collector in the meeting,
 Demanded allocation of 10 comprising members
acre of land for community from Irrigation dept,
requirement of RDO, The Project
Muthayalagunta village. Proponent and farmer‟s
representatives.
will provide their
contribution towards
infrastructure and
community development
under CSR.

Area of
Residence or
Village
9 S. Survepalli  No objection over the
ChinnaAnkaiah proposed project.
 Requested to take measures for  The land for the Project

adequate compensation for has been allocated by
actual pattadars belonging to Andhra Pradesh
Yanadi and Yerukala Industrial Infrastructure
communities. Corporation (APIIC). In
regard to the land
compensation, Joint
Collector clarified
thatthe suitable
compensation to the
eligibility.
The Joint Collector
regard.
10 S.AdapalaYeduk Survepalli  Expressed his gratitude for all
ondalu the compensations made and
requested for early payments
of remaining persons.
 Conserve naturally existing  The Project Proponent

water resources such as will take adequate
Muthayalagunta chervu. measures for the
protection of existing
water bodies within the
project area.
 Requested for formation of  KRIBCHO will share the
committee of stakeholder by details of CSR and
District Administration for employment avenues
regular monitoring of transparently to the
fulfillment of promises made district administration
by organization such as with public disclosure
employment to locals, CSR wherever required.
compliance, conducting skill

Area of
Residence or
Village
development program etc.
 Welcomed the proposed
project proposal.
11 Moshe Survepalli  Expressed pleasure and
support on the
project.Expressed gratitude for
all the compensations made
and praised the project
management.
 Requested the management to  The Project Proponent
adopt Survepalli village for will provide their
development. contribution towards
infrastructure and
community development
under CSR including
Survepalli village.
 Requested to supply fertilizers  he Project Proponent
to the farmers at subsidized will supply required
rates. fertilizers as per the
12 T.Mohan Muthayalagu  Project management would  The Project Proponent
nta Village provide required pollution will take all adequate
control measures and adequate pollution control
land for housing facility. measures to protect the
surrounding
environment.
 Adequate employment  The Project Proponent
opportunities to youth. will give priority to local
communities in
employment as per their
 Expressed support for the
project.
education.
13. Y. Chennakesava NGO,Nalgon  Inadequate compensation to  The land for the Project
Reddy da farmers. has been allocated by
Andhra Pradesh
Industrial Infrastructure
regard to the land
compensation, Joint
Collector clarified
thatthe suitable
compensation to the

Area of
Residence or
Village
eligibility.
 The Joint Collector
regard.
 Welcomed the proposed  KRIBCHO will ensure

project proposal and Made that environmental
note on employment monitoring will carried
opportunities to surrounding out as per the conditions
villages and financial profit to stipulated in
state treasury (due to project). Environmental
 Requested for formation of Clearance (EC) given by
committee of stakeholder for the MoEF&CC. As per
regular monitoring of the stipulated provisions,
environmental pollution environmental
control measures management cell will be
formed and compliance
report of the EC
conditions will be
 Requested to install display submitted to MoEF&CC
board furnished with details regional office.
viz. raw material quantities,  The Project Proponent
product details, employment will install the display
etc. board at the gate of
 Recommended for the issue of proposed plant to display
environmental clearance to the required information
project. of the project operation
to public.
14 H.MadhuBabu(E NGO  Made note on no new fertilizer  The Project Proponent
nvironmental industries recently sanctioned expressed gratitude and
activist) by Government of India. The thanks for supporting the
country has been importing 20 project by the public.
lakhs tons/annum of Urea from
overseas, which cost huge
foreign exchange. To save
foreign exchange, the
proposed project is welcome in

Area of
Residence or
Village
national interest.
 Recommended for the issue of
environmental clearance to
project.
15 D.Sudheer Survepalli  Requested a medical camp in  The Project
the village regularly.Requested Proponentwill take up
education facilities in the social and community
village to disadvantaged obligationsincluding
sections. medical camp, education
facilities to
underprivileged under
CSR.
16 M. Rajaiah Survepalli  Welcomed and Support the  The Project Proponent
proposed project proposal. will provide their
 Requested for one acre land contribution towards
for temple construction in their infrastructure and
village. community development
under CSR.
17 V. Nellore  Welcomed and supported the  The Project Proponent
ChinniKrishnaiah proposed project proposal. will comply all the
 Requested following: obligations under CSR in
− Water storage tank consultation with
− Panchayat building District administration
− CC roads to be laid for contribution
− Adopt the village for towardssocial
wholesome development development programs
− Multi development in the field of education,
activities in villages by health, infrastructure
forming charitable development, sanitation,
foundation skill development etc.
− Conduct an awareness and special projects for
tour programme with women, children and
some stake holder youth.
members  The Project Proponent
− Formation of mandal will give priority to local
headquarters at communities in
Suurvepalli employment as per their
− Construction of toilets primary eligibility and
− Portable drinking water education.
to villages
− Effective utilization of
funds by CSR for
development
− Eligible local educated

Area of
Residence or
Village
youth to be take in
executive posts.
18 Ramaniah Survepalli  Asked to give locals  The Project Proponent
preference for employment will give priority to local
opportunities, communities in
employment as per their
 Requested to supply fertilizers education.
to the farmers at subsidized  The Project Proponent
rates. will supply required
 Expressed support for the fertilizers as per the
proposed project policy and allocation by
6.3.2 Budget Provision
Table 6.10: Financial commitment by project proponent:-
S.No Heading Budget
1. During operation phase Total Budget of CSR will be 2% of the average

net profits of the Company.
i. Village development:
 Drinking Water (Projected to be about Rs 20 cores for ten years
 Road of operation).
ii. Skill development: The corporate policy& practice of KRIBHCO
being followed presently at existing plant sites,
 Education shall be extended to social & community
 Training development in nearby villages.
iii. Social/Community Development:

 Healthcare
 Women empowerment
 Employment generation
2. During construction phase Budget provision of Rs 3 cr is envisaged.

7
PROJECT BENEFITS
7 PROJECT BENEFITS
7.1 PROJECT BENEFITS
The Project NPK site is coming in the approved industrial estate by Government of Andhra
Pradesh (GoAP) and hence, the Resettlement & Rehabilitation Action Plan is not required for
the project.
As a socially responsible corporate, KRIBHCO will aim to undertake various programs for
the betterment of the socially underprivileged, through:
 Providing Educational Assistance to community & society at large
 Supporting efforts for community health in nearby areas
 Supporting the programmes and efforts for environment protection and enhancement
 Promoting, encouraging and supporting the social and cultural heritage and traditions
of our society
 Taking proactive measures for the well being of society, as per needs.
Area of intervention:
 Education
 Health
 Environment & Sanitation
 Infrastructure Development
 Social Development Activities
 Need based Contribution to NGOs/Institutions
 Special Projects
The Project will lead to the following benefits:

a) Contribution in Fertilizer Production
Products from the Project shall reduce demand-supply gap in overall fertiliser scenario in the
country. Project shall be designed to give different combination of nutrient to crops.
b) Accruals to the Exchequer
This project will contribute revenue to the Central Exchequer in the form of excise duty. It
will also bring other direct and indirect taxes, such as VAT, Customs and other local taxes.
c) Green Belt Development
Development of a greenbelt in 33% of the Project mitigates to a certain extent the potential
negative impact on the environment due to dust, air emissions, fugitive emission and noise.
d) Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
KRIBHCO always took an active role and participation in the socio-economic development
of community and in rendering assistance for the development of the surrounding people.
CSR activities for project will be focused on:
 Improving social capital through health
 Education, entrepreneurship
 Women empowerment
 Infrastructure support initiatives / schemes
 On local needs
 Sustainable Livelihood,
 Social Mobilization,
 Water Harvesting,
 Agriculture and Environment Conservation.
 Improvement in water and sanitation in nearby villages as part of “ Swacha Bharat

Mission”
e) Employment Generation
The Project will result in the direct and indirect employment opportunities to the
f) Industrialized Growth
The development of project may lead to the development of small scale supplier and traders
along with Hospitality units including small restaurants and residential complex.

Other Benefits
Following benefits to Local community are envisaged from project:
 Will cater to the demand of fertilizers in Andhra Pradesh and nearby states
 Project proponent’s long experience in operating fertilizer plants shall bring value
addition to maintain DAP/NPK quality available to farmer.
 Will manufacture multi nutrient fertilizers containing Nitrogen, phosphorous,

Potassium as primary nutrient and Sulphur and Calcium as secondary nutrients
 Will create direct employment opportunities in this area
 During construction phase, the contractors will be encouraged to mobilize local

manpower and provide clean potable water and hygienic sanitation facilities.
 Apart from this, there will be generation of indirect employment as well in terms of
transportation of raw materials to the site and related ancillary units.
 ·The development of the green belt/open spaces will improve the environmental
status of then area.
 It will provide direct as well as indirect revenue to State and Central Government.
 Benefits to local population through CSR activities
Some other benefits by the Project
 Indirect employment opportunities to local people in contractual works like housing

construction, transportation, sanitation, for supply of goods and services to the project
and other community services
 ·Additional housing demand for rental accommodation will increase
 Market and business establishments will also increase
 Cultural, recreation and aesthetic facilities will improve
 Improvement in communication, transport, education, community development and

medical facilities
 Its CSR initiatives will be prioritized on local needs, which focus on Health,
Education, Sustainable Livelihood, Social Mobilization, Infrastructure Development,
Water Harvesting, Agriculture and Environment Conservation.

Improving
social capital
through health
Women
Education
Empowerment
Infrastructure
support Entrepreneurship
initiatives /
schemes
Agriculture and
Sustainable Environment
Livelihood Conservation
Social Water
Mobilization Harvesting
Previously various programmes for the socially under-privileged undertaken by KRIBHCO,

since located within the vicinity of urban community; various social activities for urban sector
were undertaken.
KRIBHCO contributed positively to the social and economical development of community in

which it operated. It provided useful services to farmers by carrying out a number of
promotional, elementary education, cooperative and rural development activities, village
adoption, health check up, drinking water facilities to uplift the socio-economic status of
community. The developmental activities which had been carried out by KRIBHCO are as
under:
 KRIBHCO regularly organized field programme like crop seminars kisan mela, field
demonstrations, field days, technical wall painting, farmer study visits, plant protection
campaign etc. More than 30 lakh crop folders in regional languages had been distributed to
farmers, KRIBHCO had provided soil testing facilities at farmers door step through mobile
vans which tested more than 4.25 lakh samples in the past. Also Krishi Pramarsh Kendra
Noida provided high tech complete soil testing.
 Strengthening of cooperatives and rural development always remained a top priority. In this
direction 126 storage community centers KRIBHCO had constructed, 1967 cooperative
societies adopted, 5000 cooperative conferences and 150 visits organized. Krishak Parivar
Sangam programme aimed at national integration was being successfully organized, every

year involving farmers from different states since 1989. Kisan Apda Nivaran Yojana had
been introduced which ensures protection of farmers on purchase of KRIBHCO urea in case
of accidental injury/death.
 The seed multiplication programme initiated by KRIBHCO in the year 1990-1991 to provide
quality seeds of main crops to the farmers of Uttar Pradesh and Haryana had been extended
to 6 states. The seeds were being made available to the farmers through KRISHAK BHATRI
SEWA KENDRAS, Cooperative Societies and State Cooperative Marketing Federation in
different states. The main crops under seed multiplication were paddy wheat, gram, barley,
pea, urad, moong, lentil, mustard, soyabean, castor, cotton and groundnut. In order to provide
quality seeds, KRIBHCO has set up ten most modern seed processing plants located at
Abohar (Punjab), Aligarh, Jangipur, Moth, Shahjahanpur and Gajraula (Uttar Pradesh), Kota
(Rajasthan), Dewas (Madhya Pradesh), Himmatnagar (Gujrat) and Hisar (Haryana). During
the financial year 2007-2008, the Society had produced 1.67 lakh quintals of seeds for
farmers.
 Drinking water was being supplied from last 15 years to neighbouring village free of cost.
The cost of water supplied to villages at that time was on price more than Rs. 50 lakhs per
annum. Other rural/community development activities were also carried out by organization.
 A project of re-commissioning of Jetty had provided indirect employment to 150 people

during the development phase. Its operational phase had provided Indirect employment to 25
persons, and out sourced 50 persons( both Skilled and unskilled).

8
ENVIRO NMENTA L
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
8 ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.1 STRUCTURE OF EMP
The purpose of the Environmental Management Plant (EMP) is to minimize the potential
environmental impacts from the project and to mitigate the consequences. EMP reflects the
commitment of the project management to protect the environment as well as the
neighbouring populations. The potential environmental impact envisaged from the project is
studied on for the different environmental components.
The management action plan also aims at controlling pollution at the source level to the
possible extent with the available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures
before they are discharged. Therefore, the additional mitigation measures are recommended
in order to synchronize the economic development of the study area with the environmental
protection of the region.
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean environment.
The desired results from the environmental mitigation measures proposed in the project may
not be obtained without a management plan to assure its proper implementation and function.
The EMP envisages the plans for the proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce
the adverse impacts arising out of the project activities. EMP has been prepared addressing
the issues like:
 Pollution control/mitigation measures for abatement for the undesirable impacts caused
during the construction and operation stages.
 Details of management plans (Landscape plan, storm water management plan, sewage
management plan, effluent management plan, hazardous waste management plan etc.).
 Institutional set up identified/recommended for implementation of the EMP.
 Post project environmental monitoring programme to be undertaken (Chapter 5).
 Expenditures for environmental protection measures and budget for EMP.
8.2 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES
Preparation of Environmental Management Plan is required for formulation and monitoring of

environmental protection measures during construction and operation of proposed plant. The
plan should indicate the details as to how various measures proposed to be taken for mitigation
of adverse impacts if any from the Project.
The following sections describe the Environmental Management Plan for proposed NPK Plant
during construction and post construction phases.
Construction Phase
The construction activity includes the handling of the construction material and equipment,
vehicular movement etc.
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 8-10 8-1

The major culprit during any construction activity is the fugitive emission that is released from
the construction activity and the vehicular movement during the construction. Dust control is a
major issue during the construction phase along with the waste water generated from the
construction and the domestic sewage generated by the construction camp, oil and material
spillages during the handling and the transportation of the construction material and the solid
waste generated during the construction.
Dust suppression is achieved by spraying water on the unpaved roads and covering the trucks
transporting the construction material with tarpaulin or other covers and taking steps to
minimize spillages during the transport and the handling of the material.
Noise effect on the nearby habitation during construction activities will be negligible as the
nearest habitat is more than 1 km from the plant. However, construction labour would be
provided with noise protection devises like ear muffs, and occupational safety ware. It is
recommended that all noise generating equipment to be stopped during night timings.
The waste oil generated by construction equipment would be disposed through authorized
recyclers and unauthorized dumping of waste oil is prohibited.
Adequate security arrangement should be made to ensure that the local inhabitants and the stray
cattle are not exposed to the potential hazards of construction activities.
The details of the impacts resulting due to different activities during construction are tabulated
below phases are given in Chapter 5. Based on these mitigation measures, Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) is drafted. The environmental mitigation measures for construction
phases are briefly listed in Table 8.1.
Table 8.1: Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures
S. No. Component Impact Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase:
1. Air Generation of Dust, CO2,  Covering of construction
SOX, NOx material with sheets while
transportation and storage.
(Temporary and Local)  Use of water sprinklers.
 Personal Protective equipment
for labours.
 Use of Cleaner Fuel.
2. Noise and  Increase in the noise  Proper service and maintenance
Vibration levels due to of machines and vehicles to
movement of vehicles control noise.
and construction  Personal protective equipments
activities. for labours.
 Vibration due to  The impact due to vibration will
movement of vehicles be insignificant.
and construction  Use of acoustic enclosures,
activities. noise attenuation device.
(Temporary and Local)
3. Water  Water pollution due to  Proper sanitation facilities in
sewage generation. the construction site.
(Short term,  Availability of soak pits and

Minor, Local) septic tanks.
4. Land  Removal of top soil  Use of removed soil for
and change in soil landscaping purposes,
quality. improving aesthetics.
 Soil pollution due to  Sanitation facilities in the
discharge of sewage construction site as well as
and solid waste. labour camps.
(Minor and Local)  Treatment and disposal of
sewage and solid waste as per
guidelines.
 Asbestos sheets and bricks will
be reused for the Project.
 Steel and rubble will be sold to
vendor.
Livestock (Short term, Minor and
Local)
6. Socio-  Employment of  People from the study area to be
Economic construction workers employed as far as possible.
(Direct, Positive)
7. Occupational  Auditory ailment due  The use of personal protective
Health and to noise will be equipments will be made
Safety prevented. stringent.
 Dust emission  Water sprinkling system for
(Short term, Minor and dust generating area.
Local
Operation Phase:
KRIBHCO will implement several measures to curtail pollution to the maximum extent.
Environment management at design stage includes all the steps undertaken at the design stage
by the project proponent to meet the statutory requirements and towards minimizing
environmental impacts.
The design basis for all process units will lay special emphasis on measures to minimize
effluent generation and emission control at source. The specific control measures related to
gaseous emissions, liquid effluent discharges, noise generation, solid waste disposal etc. are
described below :
1. Air  Increase in the air  Use of granulator pre-scrubber,

pollutant concentration a low pressure venturi with
will be addressed cyclonic tower scrubber that
using cyclonic includes also a duct scrubber to
Separators and Venturi control dust and fugitive
scrubbers emissions within the limits of
 Dust generation regulations.
possibility is minimum  Personal protective equipments
as raw materials for labours.
handled are liquids.  Emissions minimized with the
nitrogen blanketing for storage
(Direct,Local,sustainab tanks, pumps selection as per
le) OSHA standard, gaskets, etc.

 Strict implementation of
Hazardous Waste Rules Act
1989, while
storage/handling/transportation
of hazardous substances.
 Online analyzers for ammonia,
particulate matters & fluorides
shall be provided with
connectivity to CPCB server.
 Provide high efficiency
scrubbers.
2. Noise and  Increase in the noise  Equipments with noise level
Vibration levels will be below 80db only will be used.
minimised by using  Proper service and maintenance
Equipments with noise of machines to control noise.
level below 80db  Personal protective equipments
 Vibration during for employees like anti
operation of vibration gloves and ear plugs.
manufacturing unit.  By selecting low noise prone
(Direct, Minor, Local, equipment
sustainable)  By isolating the noise prone
unit from the working
personnel’s continuous
exposure
 By administrative control
The administrative control
would have a major role to
monitor noise, take remedial
measures and ensure that no
plant personnel are over
exposed to noise.
 The use of damping material
such as thin rubber/lead sheet
for wrapping the work places
like turbine halls, compressor
rooms etc;
 Shock absorbing techniques
should be adopted to reduce
vibration impact;
 Efficient flow techniques for
noise associated with high fluid
velocities and turbulence should
be used (like reduction in noise
generated by control levels in
both gas and liquid systems
achieved by reducing system
pressure to as low as possible);
 All the openings like covers,
partitions should be acoustically
sealed;
 Inlet and outlet mufflers should
be provided which are easy to

design and construct;
 Ear plugs will be provided to
workmen working near high
noise generating sources;
 Noise levels should be reduced
by the use of absorbing material
on roof walls and floors;
 Provision of separate cabins for
workers/operators.
3. Water  Insignificant on  Proper planned sewage system
groundwater. will be implemented for the
 Degradation of quality domestic wastewater generated
due to discharge of inside the battery limit.
sewage and untreated  Ground water contamination
water will be prevention by paved process
prevented. area with concrete & acid proof
 No liquid effluents brick lining.
from the NPK plants  Collection of oil, acid will be
during normal done in a collection tank for
operation excluding further treatment.
leakages, cleaning.  For the rain water there will be
(Indirect, Negative, proper drainage arrangement.
Minor, Local,  Plant designed for zero liquid
sustainable) effluent, all liquids being
recovered back into the process.
 Part of the effluent will be
treated in the Effluent
 Spillages to be collected in
Sump tanks and reused in
respective process units.
 Other Liquid effluents from
plants to be neutralized in
common neutralization pit &
pumped back to plant Battery
Limit for reuse.
4. Land  Pollution due to  Treatment and disposal of
discharge of sewage sewage and solid waste as per
waste will be APPPCB guidelines.
prevented.  Proper sanitation facilities will
 Dust generation be provided in the plant area.
possibility is minimum  Solid waste from various
as raw materials sources will be collected and
handled are liquids . will be reused to the maximum
extent. Rest will be sold to
(Direct, Negative, Minor authorized recycler.
,Local,sustainable)
Livestock (Short term, Minor and
Local)
6. Socio- Employment to local  Direct and indirect employment

Economic people opportunities will be preferable
(Positive, Local) given to the unskilled/skilled
regional/local people.
 Proposed will also increase in
business opportunities.
7. Occupational  Auditory ailment due  Equipments with noise level
Health and to noise generated from below 80db only will be used.
Safety the production unit will  Wearing of personal protective
be minimised by using equipments like gas masks, ear
Equipments with noise muffs etc., will be strictly
level below 80db enforced.
 Accidents due to  Training/awareness programme
handling/storage/ about the handling / storage /
transportation of transportation of hazardous
hazardous materials. materials.
(Local and  Signage’s showing the
sustainable) hazardous nature and the
method of handling near storage
/ handling area of all the
hazardous materials.
 First aid training for chemical
/fire hazard related accidents.
8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS
8.3.1 Rainwater Harvesting System
Rain water harvesting is the scientific methods to collect the rain water in engineering pits,
which will lead to recharging of ground water. Artificial recharge to ground water is the
process of augmenting the ground water resources at a rate exceeding that under natural
conditions of replenishment. Rainwater Harvesting System will be planned after setting up of
entire Project.
8.3.2 Air Pollution Management Plan
In the manufacturing process, dust is emanated from the cooler and dryer compartments. The
dust laden air originating from cooler and dryer compartments are treated separately.
A series of gas scrubber connected to the different equipments for a double purpose will be
used: to retain as much as possible all recoverable products, and to minimize emissions
(especially ammonia, fertilizer dust and fluorine) to the atmosphere. The scrubbing liquid
will be diluted phosphoric / sulphuric acids or water, depending on the scrubber. The
scrubbing system has a first scrubbing step composed of a Venturi-Type fume prescrubbing
for the granulator. The prescrubbing liquid is the result of mixing fresh phosphoric acid and
sulphuric acid with scrubbing liquid coming from scrubber tank. From the granulator
prescrubber, the liquid is sent to the pipe reactor tank, where the concentration of P2O5
required for feeding the Pipe Reactor is adjusted with additional fresh concentrated
phosphoric acid. The prescrubbing step objective is to retain most of the ammonia and dust
leaving from the granulator.

Occasional additions of sulphuric acid can be done to the scrubber tank. The gases coming out
of the prescrubber will be sent to the ventury type scrubber, where they are using as scrubbing
liquid fresh phosacid diluted with the slightly polluted water coming from tail gas scrubber.
The objective of this scrubber is to complete the recovery of ammonia and dust. From the
same common tank the scrubbing liquid is also recirculated to the venture dryer scrubber,
where the dust which has been not retained by the dryer cyclones is recovered; and the
venture cooler and dedusting scrubber where a part of the gases coming out from the cooler
cyclones are jointly washed with the dedusting gases coming from cyclones.
It is recommended to install final scrubber (packed column) for final scrubbing. All exhaust
gases from the above scrubber shall be sent to the final washing step: the Tail Gas Scrubber,
which shall include a multi-spraying system in the horizontal feeding arm and a packed
section in the vertical tower. Gases are washed with water, to avoid the fluorine emissions
created during phosphoric acid washing, as well as to recover dust and NH3. The first washing
consists of a duct multi-spraying system and uses the water advanced from the second one. A
pH controlling system, using sulphuric acid as acidic media, assures the best pH to achieve
both ammonia and fluorine recovery. The second step includes a packed section, to efficiently
complete the dust, ammonia and fluorine removal. Scrubbing liquid is basically composed of
water, which is sprayed on top of the packing. Scrubbed liquor shall be re-circulated to the
process.
Gases, after washing, are finally released to the atmosphere through a common stack. The last
section of TGS is equipped with a demister to avoid droplet entrainment. The liquid from the
tail gas will contain water, a small quantity of ammonia, fertilizer dust and fluorine retained
during the scrubbing. This liquid will be recovered into the scrubber tank; where with the
addition of phosphoric acid will constitute the scrubbing liquid.
8.3.3 Storm Water Management Plan
The plant water management system will be designed to minimise the potential for storm
water contamination occurring at the site. This will be achieved by incorporating the
following features into the storm water management system:
- Run-off from upstream areas will be diverted around the plant site;
- The quantity of contaminated run-off generated will be minimized by diverting run-off
from areas external to the plant to storm water discharge points;
- Hazardous material and fuel storage areas will be bounded and drains will be provided to
around these facilities to prevent entering the run-off water;
- The initial rainwater will be treated and then used in process; and
- Run-off from area external to process areas of the plant will be contained within a storage
system.
8.3.4 Sewage Management Plan
Around 16 KLD of sewage is expected to be generated during the operation phases. The
generated sewage will be collected in septic tanks followed by soak pits
Sewage Treatment Process: The sewage is generally treated in the oxidation pond to stabilize
the decomposable matter. The velocity of the effluent through the pond will be very low
which will lead to the settlement o the suspended materials. After stabilization in the primary
pond which is divided into the two zones, the effluent overflows to the secondary pond and
from there it gets discharged into the drains.
The overflow of the primary pond is harmless so the levels should be regularly monitored.
When the primary pond is filled with sludge, the flow should be stopped and left for drying.
When it gets dry, the residue can be removed and be utilized as the fertilizers. The process
flow diagram of STP is shown in Figure 8.1.
8.3.5 Effluent Management Plan
The wastewater generated during the maintenance of the unit like cleaning/ servicing, will be
treated in the proposed Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP). The proposed unit shall be designed
for zero liquid effluent discharge. However, domestic effluent will be generated from the
unit. However as a responsible corporate citizen, part of effluent of the complex will be
treated through ETP. Part of the effluent will be recycled to NPK unit. Treated effluent from
shall be used in the cooling tower make up. Thus Project will result in conservation of natural
resources and green environment.
Figure 8.1 shows the Process Flow Diagram of Effluent Management System (ETP and STP)
proposed in the plant.
Figure 8.1: Process Flow Diagram of ETP and STP
8.3.6 Solid Waste Management Plan
Empty, drums, containers etc. will be washed thoroughly with before selling them to
Government authorized recyclers. The wash water will be recirculated to the process.
8.3.7 Hazardous Waste Management Plan
No hazardous waste will be generated from the manufacturing process. The possible
hazardous waste which will be generated from the proposed unit is the used/spent oil from
generator sets which has been classified as hazardous under Hazardous Waste Category 5.1 as
per Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Amendment Rules, 2003. The used oil

will be collected in a shock proof, puncture proof, tear and wear proof as well as air tight
barrels. Every year it will be disposed off through Government authorized used/spent oil
recyclers.
8.3.8 Green Belt Development
KRIBHCO proposed to cover the 33% of the plant area under the green belt. The purpose of a
greenbelt around the plant site is to capture fugitive emissions, attenuate the noise generated
and improve the aesthetics. The greenbelt at the plant site would form an effective barrier
between the plant and the surroundings. Open spaces, where tree plantation may not be
possible, will be covered with shrubs and grass to prevent erosion of topsoil. Adequate
attention will be paid to plantation of trees, their maintenance and protection. During
commissioning of the project management is proposing to develop a greenbelt all along the
boundary wall of plant, along the roads, and surroundings of the production block, boiler,
ETP etc.
A Green belt with 2500 plants is developed in the plant area consisting of species like
Gulmohar, Bamboo, Karanj, Jambhool, Astumbul, and Neem. Annually and proposed to add
around 200 plants per year.
Plant Species of Greenbelt
While selecting the plant species for the proposed green belt, the following guidelines will be
considered.
 Fast growing type
 Should have a thick canopy cover
 Should be perennial green
 Native origin
 Should have a large leaf area index.
Design of Green Belt
As far possible the following guidelines will be considered in green belt development.
 The spacing between the trees will be maintained slightly less than the normal spaces,
so that the trees may grow vertically and slightly increase the effective height of the
green belt.
 Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation.
 In the front row shrubs consisting of Callistemon, Prosopis etc. Will be grown
 Since the trunks of the tall trees are generally devoid of foliage, it will be useful to
have shrubs and trees in front of the trees so as to give coverage to this portion.
 Shrubs and trees will be planted in encircling rows around the project site

 The short trees (<10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows (towards plant
side) of the green belt. The tall trees (> 10 m height) will be planted in the outer three
rows (away from plant side).
Tall trees one line and short trees one line will be planted around the boiler house, DG set
room and around the production blocks to control the fugitive emissions and to reduce the
noise.
The lists of plants proposed to be planted in future for developing greenbelt are given in
Table 8.2 to Table 8.4.
Table 8.2 Plant Species Recommended for Reduction of Noise Level
S.No. Scientific Name of Plant Species Common Name

1. Manilkara hexandra Khirni
2. Maba buxifolia Alli
3. Memicylon edule Kaayam
4. Buchanania angustifolia Chironji
5. Zizyphus xylopyrus Katber
6. Ficus religiosa Pipal
7. Terminalia chebula Harra
8. Ficus benghalensis Bargad
9. Sapindus marginatus Tropical Soapberry
10. Kydia calcina Bharanga
11. Albizia lebbeck Siris
12. Acacia instsia Biswal
13. Albizia odorattissima Black Siris
14. Sterculia villosa Elephant Rope Tree
15. Acacia leucophloe Safed Babul,
16. Azadirachta indica Neem
17. Gardenia gummifera Kikemali
18. Feronia limonia Pushpaphal
19. Aegle marmelos Bel
20. Givotia rottleriformis White Catamaran Tree
21. Seerigenia virora Patala
22. Sterculia urens Gular
23. Terminalia arjuna Arjun
24. Bombax ceiba Semal
25. Zizyphus jujube Red Date
26. Bauhinia purpuria Kaniar
27. Acacia ferruginea Safed Khair
28. Albizia amara Krishna Siris
29. Cordia myxa Lasoda
30. Strychnos nuxvomica Kuchila
31. Anogeissus latifolia Dhaura
32. Boswellia serrrata Salai Guggul

S.No. Scientific Name of Plant Species Common Name

33. Plumeria acutifolia Firangipani
34. Dischrostachys cineraria Goya
35. Zizyphus oenophila Makkay
36. Ixora parviflora Kota Gandal
37. Ficus mysorensis Mysore Fig
38. Garuga pinnata Kharpat
39. Bridelia retusa Kuhir
40. Abrus precatorius Gunchi
41. Wrightia tingctoria Pala Indigo
42. Pongamia pinnata Karanj
43. Tamarindus indica Imli
44. Shorea talura Lac tree
45. Diospyros montana Manjakara
46. Mallotus philippines Kamala tree
47. Acacia arabica Babool
48. Euphorbia tricauli Pencil tree
49. Cassia fistula Amaltas
50. Semecarpus anacardium Bhallatak
51. Dalbargia latifolia Indian rosewood
52. Butea monosperma Palash
53. Chloroxylon sweitenia Ceylon satinwood
54. Eugenia jumbolina Jamun
55. Emblica officinalis Amla
56. Canthium didynum Kanthi
57. Tectona grandis Teak
58. Delonix elata Yellow gulmohur
59. Casia auriculata Tarwar
Table 8.3: Plant Species Recommended For Protection against Gases and Particulates
S. No. Scientific name Common Name

1 Butea monosperma Dhak
2 Cassia fistula Amaltas
3 Cassia siamia Kassod
4 Cedrela toona Mahanim
5 Plumeria rubra Frangipani
6 Dilenia indica Chalta
7 Ficus religosa Pipal
8 Hardwick binata Anjan
10 Millingtonia hortensis Akash nim

Table 8.4: Suggested Plant Species for Green Belt Development
S.No. Scientific name Common Name

Large Plants
1. Cedrela toona Mahanim
2. Eucalyptus globulus Eucalyptus
3. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham
4. Azadirachta indica Neem
5. Delonix regia Gul mohr
6. Millingtonia hortensis Aksh nim
7. Mimusops elengi Maulsari
8. Peltophorum inerme Perungondrai
9. Samanea saman Debdari
10. Thespesia populnea Paras papal
Medium Plants
1. Cassia siamia Kassod
2. Dillenia indica Chalta
3. Casuarina equisetifolia Jungali Suru
4. Pongamia pinnata Beng
5. Tabulia speciosa Jarul
6. Tecoma stans Yellow trumpet
7. Terminalia catappa Jangli badam
8. Thevetia peruviana Pile kamer
9. Leucaena leucocephala Subabul
Small Plants
1. Averrhoa carambola Carabola
2. Mallotus philippensis Sundur
3. Artabotrys odoratissimus Madanmast
4. Caesalpinia pulcherrima Gulotora
5. Caryota urens Mari
6. Cestrum dirunum Din-ka Raja
8.3.9 Health and Safety
The Health and Safety of the employees shall be given first priority during the plant
operation.
 Extensive publicity and propaganda related to safety.

 Provision of rest shelters for workers with amenities like drinking water, fans etc.
 First aid facility shall be provided at project site.
 Training programme organize for First aid.
 Periodical medical checkup camps shall be organized for worker and staff.
 Pre-placement Liver Test for the workers shall be organized.

8.3.10 Environment Management Cell
An Environment Management Cell (EMC) will be formed which will be responsible for
implementation of the aforesaid post project monitoring/management plan. The composition
of the Environment Management Cell and responsibilities of its various members are given in
Table 8.5.
Table 8.5: Environment Management Cell
Proposed Responsibility
Senior Executive Environmental policy and directions.
Director
Advisor (Environment) Overall responsibility for environment management and decision
making for all environmental issues.
Executive Director In-charge of operation of environment management facilities.
Ensuring legal compliance and interaction with regulatory agencies
General Manager Secondary responsibility for environment management and decision

making for all environmental issues.
Site Engineers Ensure environmental monitoring as per appropriate procedures.
8.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN
Detailed Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Project is given in Chapter 5. A

comprehensive list of parameters to be monitored during the construction and operation phase
has also given. (Ref: Chapter -5 - Table 5.1 & 5.2)
8.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN BUDGET
A total capital and recurring cost provision of about INR 27.18 Crores has been kept in the
project cost towards the environmental protection, control and mitigation measures and
implementation of the EMP. The budgetary cost estimate for the EMP is given in Table 8.8.
Table 8.8: Environmental Budget

Approx. Recurring Cost
S.
Items Capital Cost per yr.
No.
( Rs. Cr) ( Rs. Lakh)
1. Water pollution control (Capital cost of ETP and STP) 5 -
2. Air pollution control (Capital cost of stacks) 10 -
3. Noise pollution control (Capital cost of DG room
2 10
enclosure & acoustic treatment)
4. Solid wastes management (Capital cost of bins for solid
wastes, storage space for hazardous wastes and recurring 1.5 20
cost of handling & disposal.)
5. Rainwater harvesting system. 2.5 50
6. Storm water drainage system. 2 50
7. Landscaping. 2 50
8. Environmental management (recurring cost of annual
monitoring, hiring of consultants and payment of various 2 5
statutory fees).
Total 27 185

9
SUMMARY AND
CONCLUSION
9 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
9.1 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
The NPK fertiliser plant and associated infrastructure proposed in the Nellore District (near to
Krishnapatnam port) of the Andhra Pradesh state will bring in dynamic socio-economic
changes. It shall mainly support agricultural sector by meeting the demand-supply gap of
fertilisers. This site is ideal for proposed project as it’s located in the demand area of
fertilisers and has easy access to port, connectivity to national highway and rail network, good
infrastructure, ancillary industry in vicinity and Power / water supply resource availability.
The status of the environment at the project site and within the study area of 10 km radius is
delineated with respect to air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic environment.
The different project activities in the construction and operation phase are identified and
evaluated on the basis of primary and secondary data collection through field investigation,
environment monitoring and from secondary sources viz. maps, reports, scientific literatures
etc. A summary of the identified impacts are given in the following paragraphs.
In the construction phase the vehicular movement, site clearance / excavation and operating of
generators will have maximum impact, especially on air, noise, vibration and ecological
environment. Water quality and geology/soil will be affected due to the discharge of
wastewater (construction and domestic) and leakage of oil etc; from generators and other
equipments. On the other hand, during the operation phase; Transportation of raw material (via
road), storage and handling of hazardous material and the production process will affect the
water, air, noise and biological environment. With respect to occupational health, impacts are
anticipated on the health of the employees during operation phase. Personnel working near the
noise generating machines, DG sets and handling of chemicals and lubricants are more
susceptible of getting health hazards.
However, all these impacts can be overcome with the proposed mitigation measures proposed
in Chapter 4 and Chapter 8 and a brief summary mentioned in below paragraph.
The D.G sets will be installed in compliance to the norms notified by MoEF during the
construction and operation phase. Water sprinkler system will be used during construction
activities. During operation phase, scrubbers will be provided to minimize the emissions and
to maintain the emissions within the prescribed limits. Regular monitoring of emissions from
all stacks and ambient air quality will be carried out as per norms. The proposed plant process
is based on “Zero Liquid Discharge” and all spillages etc. shall be recirculated, the anticipated
extent of water pollution level will be very less. Sewage will be sent to ETP / STP for
treatment and treated water will be use for green belt development. Solid waste including
domestic waste (from kitchen, gallery, laundries etc), combustible and recyclable waste
generated shall be collected, segregated and stored in specified containers and shall be
transferred for its proper disposal. Hazardous wastes will be carefully stored in drums and
transported to MoEF approved recyclers for its final disposal.The Personal Protective

Equipments (PPEs), Accoustic enclosures and Rubber Pads will be provided. Environment
Awareness Training will be provided to all project personnel as per HSE policy.
Overall, this project will help in enhancement of agricultural productivity in the region as well
as generate direct and indirect employment as well as business opportunities in the area.

10
DISCLO SURE O F
CONSULTANTS
ENGAGED
10 DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
10.1 INTRODUCTION
Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. (ACE) is an independent consulting company in the
field of water and environment engineering with its headquarters located in New Delhi, India.
ACE provides consulting services and sustainable solutions for infrastructure projects (roads,
railways, ports, hydropower, water resources and other urban infrastructural plan outs),
industrial projects (refineries, petrochemicals, gas pipelines, offshore and onshore oil & gas
exploration, fertilizers, steel plants, power plants, textiles, hotels, distilleries and tanneries)
and social development projects.
ACE is committed to provide consultancy services of international quality at local costs to

suit its client’s requirements. ACE believes that the key to success is the ability to work
effectively with clients to understand, define, and resolve their environmental concerns. ACE
offers technical talent, specialized expertise, physical resources, and requisite facilities that
are important in responding to water and environmental issues, the world faces today. The
quality of work and timely completion of project are of paramount importance in each
assignment that ACE undertakes.
We, at ACE, know what makes for a successful project. Clients turn to ACE because
 We understand the issue at hand

 Have the required experience and expertise to develop unique solutions
 Complete work on time and within budget
 Work towards client satisfaction as our ultimate goal
ACE offers this combination of quality and performance through its professionals, managers
and support personnel. Our people are equipped with state-of-the-art technologies and they
are motivated to implement the project to the satisfaction of the client.
10.2 QUALITY OF SERVICES
ACE is committed to providing a high quality consultancy service. As a recognition of same,

ACE has been awarded ISO 9001: 2008 certified (Certificate no: 22340/10/S) by RINA, to
provide consultancy services for water supply, waste water treatment, municipal solid waste
management, environment and social impact assessment, environment impact and audit,
remote sensing and geographical information systems. In addition to this, ACE is also
accredited with Quality Council of India for preparation of EIA of Chemical Fertilizer sector
(Category A).
10.3 AREA OF SPECIALIZATION
 Water Resources Engineering

 Water Supply

 Wastewater Management
 Urban Environment Improvement
 Environmental Management
 Social Development
 GIS and Remote Sensing
10.4 RESOURCES
Panel of Experts
ACE has experts in the following specialized areas:
 Water supply engineering

 Water resources engineering
 Wastewater engineering
 Solid waste management
 Public Health and Sanitation
 Environmental Management
 Forestry and Wildlife
 Environmental modeling
 Fisheries
 Aquaculture
 Social development
Infrastructural Resources
Following facilities are available with ACE:
 Air quality models

 Noise quality models
 Water quality models
 Water distribution analysis software
 Sewer network analysis software
Software Availability
 AERMOD
 CALINE4
 Erdas Imagine
 Arc GIS
 AutoCAD
 Map Info

ANNEXURE - I
COPY OF FORM-1
AND PRE
FEASIBILITY
REPORT (PFR)
12/9/2015 Report Part 1
APPENDIX I
(See Paragraph6)
FORM 1
Note : If space provided against any parameter is inadequate,Kindly upload supporting document
under 'Additional Attachments if any' at the last part of the Form1. Please note that all such
Annexures must be part of single pdf document.
(I)Basic Informations
S.No. Item Details
1. Name of the Project NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant
2. Project Sector Industrial Projects 2
Village Survepalli near to Krishnapatnam Port, District
3. Location of the project
Nellore, State Andhra Pradesh
4. Shape of the project land Block (Polygon)
Uploaded GPS file AnnexureGPS file
Uploaded copy of survey of India
AnnexureSurvey of india toposheet
Toposheet
5. Brief summary of project AnnexureBrief summary of project
6. State of the project Andhra Pradesh
Details of State of the project
S.no State Name District Name Tehsil Name
(1.) Andhra Pradesh Nellore Venkatachalam
7. Town / Village Survepalli village
8. Plot/Survey/Khasra No. BitII
9. S. No. in the schedule 5(a) Chemical fertilizers
Proposed capacity/area/length/tonnage to
10. be handled/command area/lease 1.20 Million MT (Annual) ha.
area/number or wells to be drilled
11. New/Expansion/Modernization New
12. Category of project i.e. 'A' or 'B' A
Does it attract the general condition? If
13. No
yes, please specify
15. Does it attract the specific condition? No
Is there any litigation pending against the
16. No
project?
Nearest railway station along with distance
17. Venkatchalam Mandal, 8 km
in kms.
http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/AP/IND2/31451/2015&pid=New 1/10
18. Nearest airport along with distance in kms Tirupati (Domestic)>, 120 km
Nearest Town/City/District Headquarters
19. Nellore , 21 km
along with distance in kms
20. Details of alternative sites examined
No
shown on a toposheet
21. Whether part of interlinked projects? No
22. Whether the proposal involves
approval/clearance under the Forest No
(Conservation)Act,1980?
23. Whether the proposal involves
approval/clearance under the wildlife No
(Protection)Act,1972?
Whether the proposal involves
24. approval/clearance under the C.R.Z No
notification,2011?
25. Whether there is any Government
No
Order/Policy relevent/relating to the site?
26. Whether there is any litigation pending
against the project and/or land in which No
the project is proposed to be set up?
27. Project Cost(in lacs) 151700
Activity
Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which will cause
1
physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc.)
S.No Details there of (with
approximate quantities/rates,
Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No
wherever possible) with
source of information data
KRIBHCO has acquired land

Permanent or temporary change in land use, land cover or through Andhra Pradesh Industrial
1.1 topography including increase in intensity of land use (with Yes Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC).
respect to local land use plan) The land is barred. There is no
building or structures.
Removal of scattered vegetation

1.2 Clearance of existing land, vegetation and buildings? Yes
and ground leveling is required.
Development of New NPK Fertilizer
1.3 Creation of new land uses? Yes
Complex.
Not yet started but it will be

Preconstruction investigations e.g. bore houses, soil
1.4 Yes conducted as per the project
testing?
implementation schedule.
Construction of NPK Fertilizer

1.5 Construction works? Yes Complex and associated utilities.
Will start after environmental
clearance
No existing infrastructure is

1.6 Demolition works? No
present.
Temporary camps will be provided

Temporary sites used for construction works or housing of to construction labors. Temporary
1.7 Yes
construction workers? sheds for storage and working site
office will also be present.
Above ground buildings, structures or earthworks including There will be earthwork and

1.8 linear structures,cut and fill or excavations and fill or Yes construction of building, involving
excavations cut, filling and excavation.
1.9 Underground works including mining or tunneling? No
1.10 Reclamation works? No
1.11 Dredging? No
1.12 Offshore structures? No
Manufacturing of NPK Fertilizers.

1.13 Production and manufacturing processes? Yes Detailed manufacturing process
provided in PFR.
At Plant Raw Materials Ammonia

storage tank :1x10000 MT
Sulphuric acid storage tank
:1x10000 MT Phosphoric storage
tank :1x10000 MT MOP storage
area of total capacity:36000 MT
Product Storage NPK (Bulk)
:16000 MT (with equal partition
1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or materials? Yes
for 4 products) NPK (Bagged)
:10000 MT Utilities Storage Fuel
oil :500 m3 Raw water tank
:5000 m3 Treated water tank
:5000 m3 DM water :300 m3 Raw
water reservoir:30000 m3 At
Krishnapatna Ammonia : 2x15000
MT Phosphoric acid : 4x10000 MT
No liquid effluents during normal

operation excluding leakages,
cleaning. There will be sump tank
in respective units where spillages
can be collected and subsequently
reused in respective process units.
Facilities for treatment or disposal of solid waste or liquid Liquid effluents from other
1.15 Yes
effluents? operations will be treated in
effluent treatment plant (ETP). All
industrial solid waste and spillages
will be collected and reintroduced
in the plant. Municipal waste will
be disposed at local municipal
authorized disposal site
1.16 Facilities for long term housing of operational workers? No
1.17 New road, rail or sea traffic during construction or No
operation?
New road, rail, air water borne or other transport
1.18 infrastructure including new or altered routes and stations, No
ports, airports etc?
Closure or diversion of existing transport routes or
1.19 No
infrastructure leading to changes in traffic movements?
Laying of pipeline from port to port
storage area and port to plant site
1.20 New or diverted transmission lines or pipelines? Yes
for the transportation of raw
materials.
Impoundment, damming, culverting, realignment or other
1.21 No
changes to the hydrology of watercourses or aquifers?
1.22 Stream crossings? No
Abstraction or transfers of water from ground or surface From Sarvepally reservoir to site

1.23 Yes
waters? via pipeline/open channel.
Changes in water bodies or the land surface affecting
1.24 No
drainage or runoff?
By proper vehicles and

Transport of personnel or materials for construction, standardized procedure. The site is
1.25 Yes
operation or decommissioning? well connected to public transport
system.
Longterm dismantling or decommissioning or restoration
1.26 No
works?
Ongoing activity during decommissioning which could have
1.27 No
an impact on the environment?
Temporary. Marginal increase of

Influx of people to an area in either temporarily or
1.28 Yes workers during the Construction
permanently?
work.
1.29 Introduction of alien species? No
1.30 Loss of native species or genetic diversity? No
1.31 Any other actions? No
Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land, water,
2
materials or energy, especially any resources which are nonrenewable or in short supply):
S.No Details thereof (with
Proposed plant is coming in the

approved industrial estate by
2.1 Land especially undeveloped or agricultural land (ha) Yes Government of Andhra Pradesh
(GoAP). KRIBHCO has acquired
land through APIIC.
Annual raw water requirement:

Process Water: 1180 KLD Drinking
2.2 Water (expected source & competing users) unit: KLD Yes Water: 20 KLD Source: Sarvepally
Reservoir which is about 2 kms
from the project site.
2.3 Minerals (MT) No
Commonly used construction

Construction material – stone, aggregates, sand / soil
2.4 Yes material is required which shall be
(expected source – MT)
procured from local vendors.
2.5 Forests and timber (source – MT) No
9.5 MW To be made available at

Energy including electricity and fuels (source, competing site by APDiscom/AP Transco.
2.6 Yes
users) Unit: fuel (MT),energy (MW) HSD will be used. Total Quantity is
about 16615 MT/annum.
Any other natural resources (use appropriate standard
2.7 No
units)
Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could be
3 harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived
risks to human health
Ammonia, Sulphuric acid and

Use of substances or materials, which are hazardous (as
Phosphoric will be stored, handled,
3.1 per MSIHC rules) to human health or the environment Yes
transported and use for
(flora, fauna, and water supplies
production.
Changes in occurrence of disease or affect disease vectors
3.2 No
(e.g. insect or water borne diseases)
It will have a positive impact as

Affect the welfare of people e.g. by changing living
3.3 Yes primary and secondary local
conditions?
employment will be generated
Vulnerable groups of people who could be affected by the
3.4 No
project e.g. hospital patients, children, the elderly etc.
3.5 Any other causes No
4 Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning (MT/month)
4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine wastes No
All solid waste will be collected,

separated and sent to the local
dumping site. Domestic effluent
will be treated in STP and will be
4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and or commercial wastes) Yes
reused in irrigation/as manure.
Arrangement like soak pits etc.
shall be made during construction
phase as per requirement.
Used oil and lubricants will be
generated during the operation of
Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous Waste Management
4.3 Yes DG sets and other machineries
Rules)
and equipments and sent to the
authorized recyclers.
Waste generated by industrial

4.4 Other industrial process wastes Yes process will be collected and
reintroduced to the plant.
4.5 Surplus product No
Domestic Sludge used as organic

4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from effluent treatment Yes
food in ETP.
Commonly occurring construction

4.7 Construction or demolition wastes Yes debris will be generated during
construction phase.
4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment No
4.9 Contaminated soils or other materials No
4.10 Agricultural wastes No
4.11 Other solid wastes No
5 Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air(Kg/hr)
Emissions from a boiler of capacity
Emissions from combustion of fossil fuels from stationary or
5.1 Yes 10 TPH and DG set have been
mobile sources
envisaged
Monitoring of ambient air quality

standards will be measured as per
applicable CPCB/APPCB standards.
For NPK Stack air outlet : 400000
m3/hr (expected) from each unit
Particulates : = 50 mg/Nm3
Fluorine : = 10 mg/Am³ Ammonia
5.2 Emissions from production processes Yes
: = 50 mg/Nm3 For NPK stack
gaseous monitoring, appropriate
online analysis for ammonia,

particulate matters & fluorides
shall be provided with connectivity
to CPCB/APPCB server.
Required provisions shall be made

Emissions from materials handling including storage or
5.3 Yes to meet emission norms under Air
transport
Act 1981 at all stages.
Emissions from construction activities including plant and
5.4 Yes Will be within specified norms.
equipment
Materials will be handled with due

Dust or odours from handling of materials including
5.5 Yes care and safety as per relevant
construction materials, sewage and waste
industrial practice and norms.
5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste No
Emissions from burning of waste in open air (e.g. slash
5.7 No
materials, construction debris)
5.8 Emissions from any other sources No
6 Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:
Various plant operations, activities,
From operation of equipment e.g. engines, ventilation movement of machineries etc will
6.1 Yes
plant, crushers generate noise. However it will be
within the permissible limits
The noise levels near the sources

such as operating machinery and
diesel generator set during
operation than their vicinity.
6.2 From industrial or similar processes Yes However, they shall be within the
stipulated regulatory limits. As per
applicable norms < 75 dB (A)
levels at 1.0 meter distance shall
be maintained.
6.3 From construction or demolition No
6.4 From blasting or piling No
6.5 From construction or operational traffic No
6.6 From lighting or cooling systems No
6.7 From any other sources No
Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or into
7
sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:
From handling, storage, use or spillage of hazardous No spillage of hazardous materials

7.1 No
materials is expected.
• There are no liquid effluents

from the NPK plants during normal
operation excluding leakages,
cleaning. There is a sump tank in
From discharge of sewage or other effluents to water or the respective units where spillages
7.2 No
land (expected mode and place of discharge) can be collected and subsequently
reused in respective process units.
• Liquid effluents from other
operations will be treated in
effluent treatment plant (ETP).
By deposition of pollutants emitted to air into the land or
7.3 No
into water
7.4 From any other sources No
Is there a risk of long term build up of pollutants in the
7.5 No
environment from these sources?
Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect human
8
health or the environment
A detailed Risk Assessment for

From explosions, spillages, fires etc from storage, handling,
8.1 Yes proposed facilities will be provided
use or production of hazardous substances
in EIA report.
8.2 From any other causes No
The project site falls under Zone

III i.e. Moderate Seismic Zone. The
Could the project be affected by natural disasters causing site is also falls under
8.3 environmental damage (e.g. floods, earthquakes, Yes cyclone/Flood vulnerable zone.
landslides, cloudburst etc)? Onsite and Offsite DMP will be
made available in case of any
emergency.
Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead
9 to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or
planned activities in the locality
Details thereof (with
S.No Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No
Lead to development of supporting.lities, ancillary
development or development stimulated by the project
which could have impact on the environment e.g.: The development of project may
lead to the development of small
Supporting infrastructure (roads, power supply,waste
scale supplier and traders along
9.1 or waste water treatment, etc.) Yes
with Hospitality units including
housing development
small restaurants and residential
extractive industries
complex.
supply industries
Other
Lead to afteruse of the site, which could have an impact
9.2 No
on the environment
9.3 Set a precedent for later developments No
Have cumulative effects due to proximity to other existing
9.4 No
or planned projects with similar effects
(III) Environmental Sensitivity
Aerial distance (within
S.No Areas Name/Identity 15km.) Proposed project
location boundary
Areas protected under international conventions, national
1 or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural No
or other related value
Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological
2 reasons Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, No
coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests
Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of
3 flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over No
wintering, migration
Sarvepalli inland water reservoir

4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters Yes
– 2 km
5 State, National boundaries No
Routes or facilities used by the public for access to
6 No
recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas
7 Defence installations No
Sarvepalli village – 01 km approx.
8 Densely populated or builtup area Yes
Nellore City – 21 km approx.
Schools: • Z P High School &

College Inamadugu ~ 4.9 km •
Areas occupied by sensitive manmade land uses Srmh School ~ 5.8 km • High
9 Yes School ~ 6.3 km • Elementary
(hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities)
School ~ 6.4 km • Elementary

School Complex ~ 6.6 km
Areas containing important, high quality or scarce
10 resources.(ground water resources,surface No
resources,forestry,agriculture,fisheries,tourism,minerals)
Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental
11 damage.(those where existing legal environmental No
standards are exceeded)
The project site falls under Zone

Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the III i.e. Moderate Seismic Zone.
project to present environmental problems (earthquakes, The site is also falls under
12 Yes
subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or cyclone/Flood vulnerable zone.
adverse climatic conditions) similar effects Onsite and Offsite DMP will be
made available.
(IV) PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES
1 Uploaded Proposed TOR File AnnexureTOR file
Annexurescanned copy of covering
2 Uploaded scanned copy of covering letter
letter
3 Uploaded PreFeasibility report(PFR) AnnexurePFR
(V) Undertaking
The aforesaid application and documents furnished here with are true to my knowledge
V. Name of Applicant Chandra Shekhar
(i)
Designation Deputy General Manager
Name of Company(Applicant Name
KRISHAK BHARATI COOPERATIVE LIMITED
should not be given here)
KRIBHCO Bhawan A10, Sector 1, Noida Gautam Buddha
Address
Nagar U.P., India 201301
Print
PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERNCE FOR EIA/EMP STUDIES
1. Executive summary of the project – giving a prima facie idea of the objectives of the proposal,
use of resources, justification, etc. In addition, it should provide a compilation of EIA report
including EMP and the post-project monitoring plan in brief.
Project description
2. Justification for selecting the proposed unit size.
3. Land requirement for the project including its break up for various purposes, its availability and
optimization.
4. Details of proposed layout clearly demarcating various units of the plant.
5. Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes and operations, along with
material and energy inputs & outputs (material and energy balance).
6. Details on requirement of raw materials, its source and storage at the plant.
7. Details on requirement of energy and water along with its source and authorization from the
concerned department.
8. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Efforts to
minimize effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.
9. Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of
each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all concerned/regulated environmental parameters.
10. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Efforts to
minimize effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.
11. Details of the proposed methods of water conservation and recharging.
12. Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipments to meet the
national standards.
13. Sources of secondary emissions, its control and monitoring as per the CPCB guidelines.
14. Management plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization and disposal.
15. Adoption of measures taken to achieve zero discharge during dry season in case of complex
fertilizer plant (NPK excluding acid plants). Adoption of cleaner and energy efficient
technologies.
16. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel storage, restroom, etc. to the
workers during construction and operation phase.
17. Any litigation pending against the project and /or any direction /order passed by any Court of
Law related to the environmental pollution and impacts in the last two years, if so, details
thereof.
Description of the environment:-
18. The study area shall be up to a distance of 10 km from the boundary of the proposed project site.
19. Location of the project site and nearest habitats with distances from the project site to be
demarcated on a toposheet (1: 50000 scale).
20. Landuse based on satellite imagery including location specific sensitivities such as national
parks / wildlife sanctuary, villages, industries, etc. for the study area.
21. Demography details of all the villages falling within the study area.
22. The baseline data to be collected from the study area w.r.t. different components of environment
viz. air, noise, water, land, and biology and socio-economic.
23. Geological features and geo-hydrological status of the study area.
24. Surface water quality of nearby water sources such as dam/river, etc. and other nearby surface
drains.
25. Details on ground water quality.
26. AQM studies for the proposed fertilizer plant.
27. Details on noise levels at sensitive/commercial receptors.
28. Site-specific micro-meteorological data including mixing height.
29. One season site-specific data excluding monsoon season.
30. Ecological status (terrestrial and aquatic) of the study area such as habitat type and quality,
species, diversity, rarity, fragmentation, ecological linkage, age, abundance, etc.
Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures:-
31. Anticipated generic environmental impacts due to this project, which may be evaluated for
significance and based on corresponding likely impacts VECs (valued environmental
components) may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted for all the concerned VECs
and likely impacts will have to be assessed for their magnitude in order to identify mitigation
measures.
32. Tools used for the assessment of environmental impacts
33. While identifying the likely impacts, also include the following for analysis of significance and
required mitigation measures:
 impacts due to transportation of raw materials and end products on the surrounding
environment
 impacts on surface water, soil and groundwater
 impacts due to air pollution on orchards, prime agricultural land, etc.
 impacts due to odor pollution
 impacts due to noise
 impacts due to fugitive emissions
 impact on health of workers due to proposed project activities
34. Proposed odor control measures.
35. Hazard identification taking resources to hazardous indices, inventory analysis, natural
hazardous probability, etc., Consequent analysis of failure and accidents resulting in release of
hazardous substances.
36. Details on surface as well as roof top rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge.
37. Action plan for the greenbelt development – species, width of plantations, planning schedule
etc., in accordance to CPCB published guidelines.
38. Identifying the mitigation measures, source control and treatment.
Analysis of alternative resources and technologies:-
39. Comparison of alternate sites considered and the reasons for selecting the proposed site.
Conformity of the site with the prescribed guidelines in terms of CRZ, river, highways, railways,
etc.
40. Details on improved technologies.
41. Details on proposed recovery options.
Environmental monitoring program:-
42. Monitoring programme for pollution control at source.
43. Monitoring pollutants at receiving environment for the appropriate notified parameters – air
quality, groundwater, surface water, etc. during operational phase of the project
44. Specific programme to monitor safety and health protection of workers.
45. Appropriate monitoring network has to be designed and proposed, to assess the possible residual
impacts on VECs.
46. Details of in-house monitoring capabilities and the recognized agencies if proposed for
conducting monitoring.
Additional Studies
47. Details on risk assessment and damage control during different phases of the project and
proposed safeguard measures.
48. Details on socio-economic development activities such as commercial property values,
generation of jobs, education, social conflicts, cultural status, accidents, etc
49. Proposed plan to handle the socio-economic influence on the local community. The plan should
include quantitative dimension as far as possible.
50. Points identified in the public hearing and commitment of the project proponent to the same.
Detailed action plan addressing the issues raised, and the details of necessary allocation of
funds.
Environmental management plan :-
51. Administrative and technical organizational structure to ensure proposed post-project
monitoring programme for approved mitigation measures.
52. EMP devised to mitigate the adverse impacts of the project should be provided along with
itemwise cost of its implementation (capital and recurring costs).
53. Allocation of resources and responsibilities for plan implementation.
54. Details of the emergency preparedness plan and on-site and off-site disaster management plan.
PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT
FOR OBTAINING
PRIOR ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

FOR
NPK COMPLEX FERTILIZER PLANT

OF
M/s. KRISHAK BHARTI COOPERATIVE LIMITED
PROPOSED AT
Bit-II
Survepalli village
Venkatachalam Mandal
SPSR Nellore
Andhra Pradesh
1
INDEX
Chapter No. TITLE PAGE NO.
1 Executive Summary 3
2 Introduction of Project / Background 5

Information
3 Project Description 10
4 Site Analysis 25
5 Planning Brief 37
6 Proposed Infrastructure 32
7 Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R & R) 35

Plan
8 Project Schedule & Cost Estimates 36
9 Analysis of Proposal 37
Annexure 1: Location map of plant site on toposheet

Annexure 2: Detailed Plant Layout Map
Annexure 3: Tentative Project Schedule
2
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

fertilizer, proposes to set up a Green field NPK Complex Fertilizer Manufacturing Plant
near to Krishnapatnam port in Nellore District of Andhra Pradesh. The proposed project
falls under Category ―A‖ of project listed in schedule 5 (a) as per EIA notification, 2006
of MOEF.
The main components of the proposed project comprises of (1) Establishment of
complex fertilizer plant (2) Storage facilities at Krishnapatnam port with unloading &
handling of raw material , and (3) Laying of pipeline for the transportation of liquid raw
material from the port to proposed plant site. KRIBHCO has acquired land for the
proposed plant in Industrial Park-Nellore, allotted by Andhra Pradesh Industrial
Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC), Government of Andhra Pradesh. The plant site is
alongside Krishnapatnam port road & rail corridor adjacent to M/s UPI polymer India
Private Limited and is situated at a distance of about 15 kilometers from Krishnapatnam
port gate.
By entering into the business of Phosphatic fertilizers, Kribhco shall become one of the
largest fertilizer organizations in India to have both Nitrogenous and Phosphatic
fertilizers under single entity. Also by installing this NPK complex fertilizer plant, Kribhco
intends to become complete plant nutrition provider to farmers in India and to meet
India’s ever-growing need of NPK fertilizers to some extent, which is mostly import
dependent.
Project at a Glance
S.No. Parameters Description
1 Project Location  Survepalli village, Venkatachalam Mandal, Nellore

District, Andhra Pradesh State
2 Total Area  Proposed Plant: 286 acres

 Krishnapatnam Port: 10.6 acres
3 Product Mix  Following NPK grades:

a. 10:26:26
b. 12:32:16
c. 20:20:0:13
d. 15:15:15
3
Project at a Glance
S.No. Parameters Description
4 Plant Capacity  Daily Capacity (DAP equivalent) : 2 x 1650 MT

5 Raw Material  Phosphoric acid (100%): 400,000 MT/year

6 Raw Material Storage at Plant Site

Storage
7 Product Storage  NPK (Bulk) : 16000 MT

8 Utilities Storage  Fuel oil : 500 m3

9 Power  9.5 MW
Requirement
10 Water  Process water requirement : 1180KLD

Requirement  Drinking water: 20 KLD
11 Man Power  Total: 274

Requirement
12 Project Cost  Approx: Rs 1517 crores
4
2. INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT/BACKGROUND INFORMATION
2.1 Identification of Project and Project Proponent

Krishak Bharati Cooperative Limited (KRIBHCO) proposes to set up a Green field NPK
Fertilizer Manufacturing Plant along with necessary offsite facilities, bagging plant, bulk
silo, raw material storages & utilities etc. in Industrial park Nellore, near to
Krishnapatnam port at Nellore District, of Andhra Pradesh. Two main liquid raw material
ammonia & phosphoric acid shall be imported & stored at main storage tanks at
Krishnapattanam port and will be transported to plant site through dedicated pipelines.
2.1.1 Identification of Project

KRIBHCO proposes to set up the NPK Fertilizer plant to produce different grades of
NPK complex fertilizers to meet the farmer’s demand. Two manufacturing streams of
NPK plant each having capacity of 1650 TPD (DAP equivalent - based on 22 hours
operation per day) have been selected. KRIBHCO has acquired land of 286 acres in IP-
Nellore at Survepalli village, in Nellore District near Krishnapattanam port, Andhra
Pradesh allocated by Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC). The
land survey has been carried out by KRIBHCO and Geo- Technical study is under
progress.
NPK complex fertilizers are very important fertilizer segment. India is the third largest
producer and second largest user of these fertilizers and has one of the largest areas
under Irrigation. Complex fertilizers include DAP (Di Ammonium Phosphate) and NPK
Fertilizers, comprising of all three major plant nutrients namely nitrogen, phosphorus
and potash along with other product specific minor nutrients.
India is almost fully depending on imports for Phosphatic/potash fertilizers or the

intermediataries required for production of NPK products like Phosphoric acid, Rock
Phosphate, Murate of Potash etc. In order to fulfill the demand of NPK fertilizers,
presently KRIBHCO has entered into long-term agreement for supply of DAP with
Ma’aden, a leading quality DAP Producer in Saudi Arabia.
KRIBHCO as a business development strategy has been exploring opportunities for

development of fertilizer projects to enhance its production capacity and to contribute in
agricultural growth of India. There has been special focus on NPK fertilizer to complete
product basket of KRIBHCO. In this regard, NPK complex Plant at Sarvopalli, Nellore
has been identified as the prospective fertilizer project to fulfill the long term goals of
KRIBHCO. By entering into NPK complex manufacturing business, KRIBHCO shall
become one of the leading fertilizer organizations to have both Nitrogenous and
5
Phosphatic fertilizers under single entity and also complete plant nutrition provider in
India.
2.2.1 PROJECT PROPONENT
Krishak Bharati Cooperative Ltd. (KRIBHCO) is a Multi-state Cooperative Society

deemed to be registered under the Multi-State Cooperative Societies (MSCS) Act, 2002
and is a leading fertilizer player in the Cooperative Sector. KRIBHCO is recognized as
one of the most successful integrated agricultural input brands in India. Along with
owning & operating one of the largest urea-ammonia manufacturing complex since last
30 years at Hazira (Surat) Gujarat, KRIBHCO also have urea manufacturing base in JV
format with Oman India Fertilizer Complex (OMIFCO) in Sultanate of Oman and KSFL,
Shahjahnpur in Uttar Pradesh. KRIBHCO is the largest urea marketer in India.
KRIBHCO is also manufacturing & marketing Bio-fertiliser, seeds, imported DAP and
other allied farm inputs. The extensive farm extension services by KRIBHCO have
resulted in tremendous trust and goodwill with a very strong brand image among
farmers. It also has diversified stake in Power Sector and has entered into Logistics
Business through its subsidiary KRIL. Gramin Vikas Trust, run by KRIBHCO, has been
implementing various Rural Development Projects in India.
2.2 Brief Description of Nature of the Project

The proposed NPK Complex fertilizer Plant can produce various grades of NPK
complex fertilizers. Presently following NPK grades are proposed to be manufactured
from the plant, with 22 hours per day operation and 320 of on-stream days/year.
Products Design hourly Capacity

10:26:26 95 TPH
12:32:16 95 TPH
20:20:0:13 65 TPH
15:15:15 80 TPH
The above complex fertilizer plant is located at about 15 km from the Krishnapatnam
Port. The land for the complex fertilizer plant is allotted by APIIC, Government of
Andhra Pradesh. The project is based on imported raw materials to be received at
KPCL port. KRIBHCO also proposes to set up raw material unloading and storage
facilities at Krishnapatnam Port and also installation of raw material transfer pipe line
from berthing to storage within port area (approx: 3.5 km) and from port storage to plant
site ( approx. 15 km). The port is equipped with all facilities to support the KRIBHCO
proposed project.
6
2.3 Need for The Project and Its Importance to the Country and/ or Region
Chemical fertilizer has a crucial role in India’s green revolution and consequent self
reliance in food grain production. The Indian Fertilizer companies produced around 32.4
million tonnes of fertilizer in the year 2012-13. However, the total availability was short
of demand and was met through imports. Of total fertilizer production, urea output
increased to 22.6 million tonnes in FY12-13 from 22.0 million tonnes in FY11-12 due to
better capacity utilization. While production of di-ammonium phosphate (DAP) output
has gone down to 3.6 million tonne in FY12-13 from 4.0 million tons last year, output of
NPK (nitrogen, phosphate and potassium) decreased to 6.2 million tonnes in FY12-13
from 7.8 million tonnes in FY11-12.
The demand forecast of fertilizer products in India from 2013-14 to 2017-18 are shown
in below table:
Year Urea DAP Complex Fertilizer
In Lakh MT
2013-14 311.92 117.84 196.02
2014-15 320.29 120.02 204.44
2015-16 328.58 122.12 212.98
2016-17 336.77 124.13 221.61
2017-18 337.54 127.64 232.51
Production of the urea, DAP and complex fertilizers for the last five years shown in the
below table:
In Lakh MT
Year 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14
Urea 199.2 211.12 218.81 219.84 225.75 227.15
DAP 29.93 42.46 35.37 39.63 36.47 36.11
Complex 68.48 80.38 87.27 77.70 61.80 69.13

Fertilizers
Source: Indian Fertiliser Scenario 2013, Department of Fertiliser, Government of India.
As shown above, India is having a very huge demand supply gap of the different grades
of fertilizer. To overcome this gap many industries have come up with the proposal of
revamping or increase in the capacity by introducing the new unit. In vision to the above
7
KRIBHCO had already revamped its existing unit at Hazira for Urea production from 18
LMTPA to 22 LMTPA. To bridging the demand gap and opportunity of diversifying its
product portfolio, KRIBHCO as a business development strategy is proposing to setup a
NPK complex fertilizer plant in A.P. to cater the fertilizer demand.
The proposed project will contribute to partially meet the demand-supply gap of NPK
fertilizers with proposed annual production capacity of 12 LMTPA in the major
consumption region. The project will directly enhance the availability of these fertilizer
grades at the door step of the farmers. Being a mega project, it will also enhance the
industrial development of the region and provide direct or indirect employment
opportunities to skilled/unskilled manpower. Thus the proposed project of KRIBHCO will
certainly contribute towards the economical development of the country.
2.4 Demand-Supply Gap
As has been described above, there is huge demand-supply gap projected in fertilizer in
general and NPK complex fertilizers in particular. The rate of consumption of NPK
fertilizers have been increasing at CAGR of 10.7%. This huge gap may be fulfilled
through a combination of new capacity additions and imports.
8
2.5 Employment Generation (Direct and Indirect) due to the project
The project is likely to generate huge direct & indirect employment potential. Being a
mega project it is certain to boost the industrial growth all along the region. The
proposed plant will also give rise to the many supporting & ancillary units e.g. packing
bag industry, transportation industries, hospitality, trading etc.
The proposed project will expectedly benefit the local/regional area through direct and
indirect employment generation to more than 1000 people including the fixed and
temporary manpower.
9
3. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
3.1 Type of the Project

The proposed project is green field project. As per EIA notification, 2006, proposed
project is Category ―A‖ project of Chemical Fertilizer, which is listed as schedule 5 (a).

 Port Storage for Ammonia & Phosphoric acid at Krishanpatanm Port of KPCL.
 Pipe lines for these raw materials from unloading Jetty to Port Storage (03-05
km) and from Port storage to site (16 km).
KRIBHCO has also considered options of transporting liquid raw material from port to
site by road as alternate/additional mode of transportation, along with MOP which will
be transported through road from port to Plant site.
3.2 Location with Co-ordinates
The coordinates of the proposed plant is given below:
 Latitude : 14 16 52.616 N
 Longitude: 79 58 51.813 E
The location map of the plant site is shown in Figure 1. The layout map of the proposed
infrastructure from port to plant marked on the google map shown in Figure 2. The plant
location on toposheet is enclosed as Annexure 1.
10
Figure 1: Location map of the proposed plant site
Figure 2: Layout Map of proposed infrastructure from port to proposed plant
11
3.3 Details of Alternative Sites Considered
NPK complex fertilizers are based on imported raw material & intermediaries as the
same is not available indigenously. Accordingly such project needs to be located near
ports. The selected site is near Krishnapatan port land has been allotted by APIIC in
Industrial Park in Nellore district. The site has been selected based on various project
requirements and vicinity to market.
The selected land is free from any issues of acquisition, forest land, heritage building
etc. without any existing structure and is a completely barren land. The ownership of the
complete land is transferred to the KRIBHCO accordingly, no alternative site for the
project has been considered.
3.4 Size Or Magnitude Of Operation
The annual production capacity of the plant will be about 12.0 lakh MT, based on the
two plant stream of NPK fertilizers of design capacity of 75 TPH (1650 MTPD of DAP as
basis) to produce the following proposed grades with their production capacity with On-
Stream time of 22 hours/day and 320 days of operation in a year.
Products** Design hourly Annual Capacity (25 %

Capacity production of each (MT)
10:26:26 95 TPH 334400
12:32:16 95 TPH 334400
20:20:0:13 65 TPH 228800
15:15:15 80 TPH 281600
Total 117200
3.5 Process/Project Description
3.5.1 Process Technology:

The NPK complex manufacturing plant uses ammonia, MOP, phosphoric acid, and
sulphuric acid as main raw materials along with urea & some other additives as filler
material. There are many Process technology having proven track records. Following
major Process technologies are available worldwide:
I. Pre neutralizer (PN) Process:

This was the conventional process employed in 70’s. It produces a more
spherical product, but a very high recycle ration 6.8:1 for DAP and 3.5-5:1 for
NPKs.
12
II. Pipe Reactor (PR) Process:
A single PR is installed inside the granular. Its main advantage is the low recycle
ratio (3.6-4:1 for DAP and 2.3:1 for NPKs, the low product moisture, the high
product hardness and the system simplicity. For NPKs and small DAP plants (up
to 50 TPH) is the preferred process, whereas for large DAP plants mixed process
is preferred due to heat balance imitation.
III. Dual Pipe Reactor System:
In this system one PR is installed in granulator and another one is dryer, to split
part of the heat. It operates at low recycle 3.5 – 4:1, but main problem is dryer
poor performance, dust production, final product contamination and excessive
duty for cyclones and scrubbing system.
IV. Mixed Process PR+PN:
This technology from INCRO is one of the best process for large DAP/NPK
plants, since it splits the heat between PN and PR, operates at low recycle 4:1
and produces a more spherical product than any PR only process. It also
provides flexibility to produce any NPK grade, with PR or PR+PN.
Out the technologies mentioned above, KRIBHCO is considering Mixed Process
PR+PN technology in view of its advantages over the other technologies for
intended level of production. This technology can provide flexibility of producing
various grades of NPK from the proposed plant as per the marketing scenario.
3.5.2 Project description

There are following major sections of the production process:
c) Pre-neutralizer
d) Pipe Reactor
e) Granulation
f) Drying
g) Screening & Drying
j) Scrubbing
The simplified layout map is shown in Figure 3. Detailed Layout is enclosed as
Annexure 2. Different sections of the project are described in detail as below.
13
Figure 3: Simplified Plant Layout Map
Phosphoric acid at 50-54% p2o5 strength is pumped from its storage day tank to the
various destinations in the plant, namely the pipe reactor tank, the granulator pre-
scrubber tank, the scrubber tank and occasionally to the preneutralizer reactor.
Liquid ammonia is pumped from storage to the liquid ammonia heater and from here to
the pipe reactors, to the granulator ammonization system and to the ammonia separator
vessel. Eventually liquid ammonia can also be sent to the preneutralizer. These
systems are described in detail at a later stage.
Sulphuric acid is used for ph and n/p control and it can be fed to preneutralizer, to
granulator, to granulator pre-scrubber tank, to the scrubber tank and to the tail gas
scrubber.
MOP, urea, filler and spillages (or off-spec product) is fed from their storage building to
the plant building by common conveyors. Once in the plant there is a common raw
material rotary diverter, to feed the different solid raw material to their correspondent
bin. The quantity of raw materials added to the granulation loop is controlled by the
variable speed electronic feeders for urea, potash, filler and off-spec product
respectively.
14
NPK without urea are produced by pipe reactor(s), where 100% of the total ammonium
phosphate / sulphate slurries will be generated. For NPK production one or two PRS will
be used depending on the grade.
A molar ratio n/p = 1.4-1.5 is reached at 135-145°c in pipe reactor for dap production,
as results of neutralizing a phosphoric acid of about 42-44% P2O5 (including some
sulphuric acid) with liquid ammonia.
A molar ratio n/p = 1.4-1.5 is reached at 130-140°c in pipe reactor for NPK production,
as results of neutralizing a phosphoric acid of about 40-42% P2O5 (including some
sulphuric acid) and liquid ammonia.
NPK with high content in urea is produced using pre-neutralizer reactor, where 100% of
the total ammonium phosphate / sulphate slurries will be prepared. in case of using
mixed process, the slurry will be produced by pre-neutralizer and pipe reactors.
A molar ratio of n/p = 1.4-1.5 is reached at 115-125°c in pre-neutralizer, as results of

neutralizing a phosphoric acid of about 33-40% p2o5 plus small quantities of sulphuric
acid and vapor ammonia (some exceptional occasions liquid ammonia).
c) Pre-neutralizer
The reaction between gas ammonia and phosphoric acid begins in the pre-neutralizer.
The pre-neutralizer is equipped with an agitator to improve ammonia absorption, to
provide temperature and reaction uniformity, to reduce foaming and to maintain solids in
suspension during short shutdowns.
The pre-neutralizer is specially designed to provide high freeboard, good reactants

mixing, low ammonia losses and low retention time, by making the lower section of a
smaller diameter. This ensures maximum P2O5 solubility in the product.
Two pumps with independent piping systems are provided to constantly deliver the
required quantity of ammonium phosphate slurry from the pre-neutralizer to the
granulator. This arrangement permits washing or maintenance of one complete line
while the other is in service, an important feature assuring a high on-stream operating
factor. The slurry pumps are variable speed pumps controlled by variable frequency
drives, thus eliminating the need for control valves in this difficult application.
Acid fed to pre-neutralizer is essentially constituted by the phosphoric and sulphuric

acids used in the scrubbing system.
Gases generated into the pre-neutralizer are sucked up towards the Fumes Pre-
Scrubber, to recover most of the evolved ammonia losses.
15
d) Pipe Reactor
The reaction between liquid ammonia and phosphoric acid takes place in the pipe
reactors, which are composed of a mixing head and a distribution pipe, last one directly
installed inside the granulator drum.
For NPK grades production, both installed PRS will work simultaneously. In some NPK
grades only one pr will be enough to produce the necessary slurry. Acid fed to pipe
reactor is constituted by the mixture of the fresh phosphoric acid fed to P.R. tank plus
the mixture of phosphoric and sulphuric acids used in the scrubbing system. Pipe
reactor is equipped with acid and ammonia flow controllers, acid being fed by the
variable speed pipe reactor pumps. The use of liquid ammonia in the pipe reactor
improves the control of temperature in the granulator, which is very important especially
in dap production.
Pipe reactor residence time is only of few seconds, thus avoiding creation of insoluble
P2O5, or formation or reaction compounds with a lot of bonded water in their
composition.
An automatic and interlocked cleaning system has been also provided to flush the pipe
reactor with medium pressure steam in case of unexpected shutdown or scheduled
flushing. In last case flushing will take less than one minute and will be performed
without stopping the rest of the plant.
e) Granulation
The function of the granulation system is to transform the slurry and solid raw materials
into a granular fertilizer product with the required composition and size. Granulation
occurs in the drum granulator, where phosphate slurries are sprayed onto a bed of dry
material, composed by the added solid raw materials (urea, potash, and filler) plus the
fines, crushed oversize and part of the commercial product returned to granulator.
Slurries are directly sprayed from the pipe reactor distribution pipe, or by pumping from
pre-neutralizer pumps, in this last case sprayed using a distribution pipe with spray
nozzles.
The rolling action within the granulator distributes the slurry evenly on the surface of the
granules, and produces a very uniform, hard, well-rounded, layered granule. The
resultant thin film of slurry is easily dried after rolling and reaction with liquid ammonia.
The granulator is inclined towards the discharge end to facilitate transfer of the large
recycle load. There are several emptying doors (4), at the granulator's exit ring, to adjust
bed depth to the optimum value, as well as to allow emptying granulator for
maintenance / cleaning purposes.
16
To complete the acid neutralization of the slurries to the required NPK/NP grades, an
ammonia system is installed, to inject liquid ammonia deep into the solids bed,
promoting granules water evaporation.
The ammonization system consists on rubber hoses supported from the granulator's
main beam. This system avoids the formation of lumps, provides a homogeneous
distribution of ammonia and reduces granulator power consumption, thanks to the
almost absence of frictions caused by product solid bed while turning. Two independent
distribution pipes with sprays are provided for eventually feeding sulphuric acid and
water inside granulator (over solids bed).
The granulator is a carbon steel drum lined with rubber panels and equipped with an
apex scrapper, to minimize product build-up on the supporting beam and the rubber
panels. It will be also equipped with a lumps kicker to prevent any lump from remaining
inside the drum, disturbing the flow of solids and promoting other lumps formation.
Lumps kicker will make the lumps to jump to an attached grizzly, which will disintegrate
them by the rotating action.
Rest of product will leave the granulator by passing through the grizzly bar. Solids
leaving granulator, normally with moisture content around 2-3% will be gravity fed to
dryer, in order to achieve the final requested moisture of 1.0-1.5%. Gases developed
into the granulator are sucked up towards the fumes pre-scrubber 3, to recover most of
the evolved dust and ammonia losses.
f) Drying
In the rotary drum type dryer, the solids are lifted and cascaded through a co-current
flow of hot air from the combustion chamber. The dryer is designed for maximum
efficiency and minimization of material build-up. The combustion chamber is FO fired.
Air for combustion is supplied by the combustion air fan. The quench air propelled by
fan is used to reduce the temperature of the combustion gases up to a temperature
adequate for the combustion chamber. The temperature of the hot gases after dilution
entering dryer is about 120-180 °C (for NPKS with urea) and 130 -250°C (for NPKS
without urea). Control of the firing rate can be done based on the dryer outlet gas
temperature which is controlled at about 90-105°C, depending on the grade, product
moisture content and the granulation temperature. In some cases firing rate on the dryer
inlet gas temperature (specially recommended in NP products with high urea contents)
is controlled with dryer inlet gas temperature.
The product at dryer discharge flows through the grizzly, consisting on a bar grizzly
equipped with lumps lifter located on it. Broken lumps and small product will flow
through the grizzly bar, whereas harder lumps will be elevated and eventually fed by the
elevator to the lump crusher, feeding chute. Oversize crushed lumps will then join the
17
rest of product in dryer exit belt conveyor, which feeds screen feed elevator. Dryer exit
gas contains some dust that is removed in the dryer cyclones, collected in the cyclones
hoppers and returned to the recycle. Dryer exit conveyor is equipped with a throughput
weigher and a magnetic separator, installed to remove any metallic part that may
damage oversize mills. From that belt conveyor, solids fall by gravity to the exit dryer
elevator.
g) Screening and Crushing
The plant utilizes vibrating oversize Process Screens. The dryer elevator feeds the
screens. Directly installed at the outlet branches of the screens splitter there are two
screen diverters, also with electrical motor actuator, that will be used for by-passing the
correspondent screen and process crusher for maintenance and cleaning or when a
partial (or total) emptying of the unit is required in a relatively short period of time.
To improve screen efficiency each screen has a dedicated vibrating feeder to evenly
distribute the feed across its entire width.
The oversize screens will separate from the on-size and fine product, the oversize
fraction above 4 mm, which is crushed in four oversize mills. Feeding is accomplished
by independent chutes from each screen. The suggested mill type is a double rotor
chain mill, which provides and efficient crushing with small size dispersion on ground
product.
These mills directly discharge onto the recycle conveyor, through oversized chutes. The
product less than 4 mm flows to the four single decks undersize process screens, which
separate the fines below 1 mm, sending them back to recycle.
The on-size product from all four screens is collected in the recycle regulator conveyors.
These belt conveyors will adjust the required amount of product desired for production.
The extraction rate, controlled by the recycle regulator belt weightier, will be fixed from
DCS in control room and it will regulate belts speed and the amount of on size product
going to final product treatment section. The operator should fix a rate on the weightier
to extract from the granulation loop only the required quantity of product to match the
production rate after passing through cooler and polishing screen. Any excess of on-
size product will not be extracted at that belt speed and will automatically overflow from
the recycle regulating hoppers the recycle conveyor.
 The recycle conveyor will receive:
 Dust from all cyclones
 Fines from all undersize screens
 Crushed oversize from mills
 Overflow from recycle regulator conveyors
18
 Fines from polishing screen
Special care should be devoted to the design of the recycle conveyor. It should operate
at rather low speed, to avoid mechanical problems, and its cover should be dust tighten,
for avoiding dust emission. The recycle conveyor discharges onto the Recycle Elevator
that feeds all the recycle and solid raw materials to the granulator drum.
Product on size material from the Recycle Regulator Conveyors is fed by gravity to the
Cooler Drum. Cooler is counter current rotary type and the cooling air comes from Air
Cooler Impulsion Fan. This air is previously chilled in the following way:
 If PN is not used, the air is slightly chilled in the E.G. Air Chiller using the cold 50
% Ethylene Glycol (EG) solution after heating the cold liquid ammonia.
 If PN is used, the air is initially chilled in the same E.G. Air Chiller using the cold
50 % EG solution after heating the liquid ammonia and then is additionally chilled
in the Cooler Ammonia Air Chiller which uses the cooling generated by ammonia
vaporization (ammonia vapor to be used in the PN).
Rotary cooler fines screw conveyor is a small screw conveyor installed at the product
feed end of rotary cooler for conveying towards the screen feed elevator the fines
granules and gross particulates of dust entrained by the counter-current air leaving the
cooler that are collected in the cooler feed end hopper. To prevent absorption of
moisture by final product during the cooling process air have to be conditioned (chilled
and dehumidified), mainly when ambient air is too wet, thus down-stream cooler air
chiller is installed the air heater for reducing the air relative humidity above the product
CRH. This is especially important when producing NPK/NP with high urea content since
they are very hygroscopic compounds. DAP has a critical relative humidity CRH of
about 75-85% at 30°c (lower at higher temperature) but urea based NPK/NP has lower
CRH, of around 45-50% , and they could retain moisture if the air feed to cooler has
higher relative moisture. The cooler air chiller (and also the quench air chiller) reduces
the ambient air temperature by vaporizing the incoming liquid ammonia that is then fed
pre-neutralizer from ammonia separator. The chillers are followed by a demisters to
prevent any condensed water may reach the cooler (or combustion chamber in case of
quench air chiller).
Dust coming out with the air leaving the cooler is recovered in a battery of cyclones and
collected in their respective hoppers, from where it is fed back to the recycle conveyor.
About 55-65 % of the air leaving cooler cyclones will be sent to the cooler & de-dusting
scrubber for its washing, through the cooler & de-dusting exhaust fan, whereas the rest
of this semi-clean warm air (35 - 45%) will be recycled to the dryer as dilution air,
19
through air cooler recirculation fan, improving energy efficiency and reducing at the
same time the size of scrubbing equipment.
Rotary cooler discharges cooled product directly to final product elevator which lift it to
the single desk polishing screen. Fines under 1 mm are separated and returned back to
recycle, whereas commercial size product between 1-4 mm falls by gravity to the coater
drum. Coating oil is added to the coater drum for caking control. Polishing screen is
equipped with a vibrating feeder to improve the screening efficiency to evenly distribute
the feed across its whole width. Coating is particularly necessary when bulk storage
during long periods of time or ship exportation is envisaged, because the hygroscopic
features of npk grades can promote caking, mostly when variations of air temperature
and moisture occur. Coating agent is normally an amine containing high viscosity oil or
wax (paraffin), normally solid at ambient temperature and with a pour point of around
50°c. The coating oil is kept at around 70-80 °c in the coating oil tank (using its steam
coil heater) and is fed to the coater drum by using the coating oil dosing pumps, through
lp steam traced pipes and spray nozzles. After coating, product falls by gravity to the
final product belt conveyor, which will send product to the final storage, outside B.L, via
several conveyors on series.
All process equipment in the plant operates under a small negative pressure in order to
prevent the escape of unreacted ammonia, other gases and dust from the process. Air
containing ammonia, water vapor and dust from the pre-neutralizer and pipe reactor /
granulator is vented to the granulator fumes pre-scrubber, where ammonia and a major
portion of the dust are removed by reacting with the phosphoric acid contained in the
circulating scrubber solution. From the pre-scrubber the gas flows to the granulator
scrubber, where most of the remaining ammonia and dust are removed. Air leaving this
scrubber is sucked by the granulator exhaust fan and feeds the double step tail gas
scrubber, to recover fluorine evolved during phosacid washing and to complete
ammonia and dust recovery.
Gas containing ammonia and dust from the dryer, flows to the dryer cyclones, to
remove major portion of the dust, which is returned to the recycle conveyor. Gases from
the cyclones flow to the dryer scrubber, sucked by the dryer exhaust fan located
downstream the scrubber, and from there to the final tail gas scrubber for further
ammonia and dust removal and to recover fluorine evolved. Air containing dust from
solids handling equipment (conveyors, elevators, screens, etc.) is vented into the
dedusting cyclones, where most of the dust is removed, air from the cyclones flows to
the cooler & dedusting scrubber, to be jointly washed with the gases coming from cooler
cyclones. Air from rotary cooler, containing some lower quantity of dust, is cycloned to
remove most of the dust. Approximately 35-45% of that gas stream is recycled to the
20
dryer, whereas the other 55-65 % is sent by the above mentioned cooler & dedusting
scrubber to be jointly washed with the gases coming from dedusting cyclones.
j) Scrubbing
A powerful scrubbing system has been designed not only to remove effluents from gas
streams, but also to recover the nutrients, thus increasing plant efficiency. The
scrubbing system for this plant consists of three washing steps:
1st step: granulator pre-scrubber, a low pressure venturi with cyclonic tower scrubber
that includes also a duct scrubber.
2nd step: granulator scrubber, dryer scrubber and cooler & dedusting scrubber, all of
them venturi scrubber with cyclonic separator tower.
3rd step: tail gas scrubber — two step scrubber with a duct washing scrubber and a
packed tower scrubber.
3.6 Raw Material required

This Fertilizer Complex requires the following annual raw material consumption which
needs to be met by imports through placement of long term contracts with suppliers, as
summarized in Table below. These requirements shall vary depending on the NPK
grade to be selected for the production, quality of raw material from time to time and
plant capacity utilization. Individual consumptions are considering maximum specific
consumption of raw material for different NPK grades at 100% plant load case.
Raw materials Quantity (MT)
Phosphoric Acid (100%) 400000
Ammonia 220000
MOP 480000
Sulphuric Acid 250000
Other raw materials that will be sourced indigenously required in small quantities mainly
comprises of FO Fuel, Filler / Urea, Defoamer, Coating Oil, Ethylene Glycol, Raw water
/ Fire water, Nitrogen etc.
3.7 Resource Optimization/ Recycling and Reuse Envisaged in The Project

There is no wastage of raw material from the NPK plants during normal operation.
There is a sump tank in respective units where spillages can be collected and
subsequently reused in respective process units. All wastage material in solid form also
will be collected and will be re-introduced in the plant. The process technology has in-
21
built system to recover all nutrients from emission/wastages and recycled back in the
production system.
Aligning KRIBHCO’s approach to public concern over environmental pollution with

awareness of the health hazard, required measures to eliminate discharge of
contaminants into the air and public waterways has been considered. Environmental
monitoring plans will be prepared for the project to ensure all activities of the project are
operated in an environmentally safe manner. A brief note on the various environment
impacts of the project and the remedial measures are enumerated hereinafter:
During construction, the activities that might cause adverse effects to the area are
- Site preparation
- Site filling, flattening and reinforcement of the foundation
- Transportation of materials and equipment to the site
- Construction of infrastructure
- Installation of equipment and support facilities for the plant
These activities will be controlled primarily by the construction contractor(s) under

agreement(s) with LSTK contractor / KRIBHCO to follow the requirements to be
satisfied at site.
During operations, the activities that have an adverse impact on the environment are :
- Transport and storage of feedstock and product
- Operation of the production process
- Gaseous waste and liquid waste.
Environmental impacts of these activities will be controlled to a very low level satisfying
the requirements of Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APCB).
3.8 Availability of water & its source, Energy and Power requirement and source
a) Water Requirement and its Source:

 Raw water requirement: 1200 KLD
The requirement of water as above is to be provided from Sarvepally reservoir which is
about 2 kms from source & ground water. The feasibility of the same has been
confirmed by AP Govt.
b) Power Requirement and Source:

 Maximum Power consumption: 9.5 MW
The power shall be provided at plant battery limit by APTRANSCO from grid at 132kV
in outdoor switchyard. This will be stepped down to 11kV and same shall be used
through distribution board in main substation to distribute power to various plant
substations.
22
3.9 Waste generated (liquid, solid & gaseous) and schemes for their management
Gaseous Emissions
The following maximum limits shall be used as a basis for ambient air quality standards,
recorded at measuring points on stack. Following limits are stringent with respect to
CPCB norms, however all measures shall be adopted to meet the local environmental
norms.
 NPK
Stack air outlet: 400000 m3/hr (expected) from each unit
Particulates : ≤ 50 mg/Nm3
Fluorine : ≤ 10 mg/Am³
Ammonia : ≤ 50 mg/Nm3
For NPK stack gaseous monitoring following online Analysers for ammonia, particulate
matters & fluorides shall be provided with connectivity to CPCB server.
 Fugitive Air Emission
Fugitive emission is expected from the various sources of the Plant. e.g, In-line/open
valves, Flanges, Pressure relief devices, Pump seals , Compressor seals, Sampling
connections, Field instruments and Open vents of pits etc.
These fugitive emissions will be controlled by suitable application of low emission
valves, pump seals & scrubbers etc. These Plants will be designed, constructed and
operated satisfying the APCB standard regulations & guidelines.
 Liquid Effluents:
There are no liquid effluents from the NPK plants during normal operation excluding
leakages, cleaning. There is a sump tank in respective units where spillages can be
collected and subsequently reused in respective process units.
Liquid effluents from other plants are neutralized in common neutralization pit & pumped
up to plant Battery Limit. Online analyser for pH, BOD, COD, TOC & TSS shall be
provided as per CPCB Norms.
 Solid wastes
All solid waste and spillages will be collected and re-introduced in the plant.
 Noise Emission
Noise emission is expected from the various sources like Compressors, Blowers / fans,
Centrifugal pumps & Control valves, etc. Noise emission from these sources will be
controlled as per best industry practice & norms.
23
Noise Level inside Premises and Noise level of working place will be controlled within
the limit as specified in the standard of APCB, Andhra Pradesh. In the case that some
areas might not satisfy the said standard, suitable counter measures, e.g. addition of
noise insulation, etc., shall be applied in order to satisfy the said standard.
Noise level at Boundary Fence will be controlled to satisfy noise criteria in APCB,
Andhra Pradesh, which is less than 75 dBA. In the case that the noise level might
exceed the said noise criteria, suitable counter measures as stated above, shall be
applied in order to satisfy the said noise criteria.
24
4. SITE ANALYSIS
4.1 Connectivity
The proposed project site is well connected with road, railways, airway & waterway. The
project site is adjacent to the well developed four lane port road which is connected to
NH 5 at distance of 12 km from the project site. The nearest railway station is
Venkatachalam railway station which is approx. 8.6 kms from project site. The nearest
local airport is Tirupati which is approx.120 km from project site. The nearest port to
project site is Krishnapattnam port which is approx.15 km from the project site.
4.2 Land Form, Land use and Land ownership
The proposed project site is barren land with having scattered vegetation. The land for
the proposed project comes under approved industrial estate which is allotted to
KRIBHCO by Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC). The land
ownership is transferred to KRIBHCO and KRIBHCO has already taken the possession
and initiated preliminary activities like land survey, geotechnical survey etc.
4.3 Topography
The proposed project site is barren land with having scattered vegetation. Max level of
this site is 13.0 m and min level is 5.0 m. District headquarters town Nellore is located at
a distance of nearly 21 Km from the project site. The area does not have any
ecologically, religious, historical sensitive area or places.
4.4 Existing Land use pattern

The existing land is within the notified industrial allotted by government of Andhra
through APIIC. A copy of the notification is attached with the report.
4.5 Existing Infrastructure

The proposed land allotted to KRIBHCO is a barren land with scattered vegetation.
There is no existing structure on the allotted land. The site is well connected and being
in the declared industrial estate, various industrial infrastructures is being
upgraded/created by AP Govt. industrial development authorities in regard to water,
power, roads etc.
4.6 Soil Classification

The predominant soils in the project region are red loam, black cotton, lateritic sandy
and alluvial soils.
25
4.7 Climatic conditions
The climate of the region is generally dry and salubrious. May and June are the hottest
months with the highest maximum Temperatures recorded. November, December and
January months record low Temperatures.
The annual normal rainfall of the district is 1084 mm. The peculiarity of this district is
that contribution of SW monsoon is far less than the contribution of NE monsoon
rainfall. About 70% of the annual rainfall is contributed by the NE monsoon.
4.8 Social Infrastructure
The selected site is very near to well inhabited area with good deal of existing social
infrastructure. The sarvepalli village, the birth place of one of the greatest presidents of
India is a well developed village, migrating towards a town. The Nellore city, the district
headquarter is just 15 km from site and is a well developed city. All amenities of any
urban state is available including recreational centers, hospitals, education institutes
and others.
5. PLANNING BRIEF
26
5.1 Planning concept (type of industries, facilities, transportation etc.) Town and
Country Planning/ Development Authority Classification
5.1.1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN / SITE MANAGEMENT
All site activities connected with the project will be handled by the Construction Group of
LSTK contractor. LSTK contractor construction team of engineers will be headed by a
Resident Construction Manager (RCM).
 Temporary works
Upon receipt of confirmed order from KRIBHCO and after the kick-off meeting
the RCM or his authorized representative shall be mobilized at site to attend to
the following:
Detailed site survey.
Power utilities and temporary facilities requirement / location survey.
KRIBHCO, in the names of various sub-contractors is to be engaged for the job,

to facilitate obtaining labor licenses in their respective names from concerned
statutory authorities, this being a pre-requisite for deployment of labor at site as
per Indian Labor Laws.
Construct temporary fencing and road as per KRIBHCO guidelines around the
area allotted for including the area for temporary facilities after obtaining
approval from KRIBHCO with provision for manned / unmanned gates for entry
into the PLANT area.
Grading the whole plant as well as lay down area.
Mark out locations of proposed site office, stores and fenced open storage yard
on the plot plan and construct the same after obtaining approval from KRIBHCO
on the plot plan thus marked.
Apply to the local Electrical Inspectorate, if applicable, through KRIBHCO for

necessary approval of proposed electrical net work for construction power
distribution at site.
Assess the construction power / water requirement and develop the distribution
network and get the same executed by an agency engaged by KRIBHCO.
Identify and mark up on plot plan the area required by respective contractors for
putting up their temporary site office, stores, batching plant, painting shed,
radiography source pit as per BARC's regulations, open space for storage and
27
prefabrication/assembly etc. / obtain approval from KRIBHCO on the plot plan
thus marked and organize for construction of these temporary facilities by such
contractors at site.
 Generally the following activities will be performed at site during the
construction phase
- Arranging various temporary facilities including area grading

- Piling
- Civil and Structural Work
- Equipment erection and piping
- Refractory work
- Electrical
- Instrumentation
- Painting
- Insulation
 Following activities shall be carried out from the home office:

The RCM initially takes-up position at the home office to attend to the following
activities: Short listing of contractors in consultation with KRIBHCO Pre-
construction planning.
Identification of contracts for different categories of jobs to be executed at site.

Preparation of tender documents for various construction contracts Finalize field
Organization structure inclusive of supervisory personnel
Review of erection schemes including heavy lifts. All single lifts of over 50 tons
and over 12 meter of installation elevation are classified as heavy lifts.
Identify/schedule requirements of heavy duty crane and establish availability as
per schedule.
Finalize various Welding Procedure Specifications including welding procedures
for all kinds of Non-IBR welding requirements at site, whereby only welder
performance qualification tests need be carried out at site.
Expedite approval of welding procedure specifications, welding procedures and

welders of contractors by IBR for carrying out various IBR welding works at site.
 Development of construction coordination procedures.
Review of the preliminary design package for constructability based on plot

plans, assembly drawings, delivery dates of critical equipment etc and
specifications encompassing piping, steel work and critical equipment erection
works which is to be continued during the detailed design phase as well. Pre-
28
construction planning shall be a parallel activity with that of constructability
review.
Participate in the Logistics survey to establish methodology/agencies for

movement of heavy / oversized consignment to site in conjunction with local
Traffic Rules.
Establish required working arrangement with local weather broad casting /

cyclone warning centers to obtain advance warning of at least seven days of
impending cyclone, likelihood of wind velocities exceeding safe limits during
erection works etc. involving the KRIBHCO in such exercises.
Participate in the preparation of an overall project schedule highlighting every

phase of the project execution commencing from design, procurement, shop
fabrication, site delivery, installation, testing and commissioning, clearly
identifying the cutoff dates for each activity including site delivery of critical
equipment etc. defining in detail the timing for construction work. Based on this
detailed schedule, a Master Construction Schedule (MCS) shall be drawn-up
encompassing all discipline works at site. The above MCS shall identify
mobilization requirements for critical construction equipment like heavy duty
cranes for handling heavy lifts etc.
 The following activities are performed under 'site activities':
Preparation of site for construction Site mobilization

Material control and planning
Contract management
Construction supervision and field engineering
Quality control Safety management Site administration Construction
Methodology Pre-commissioning
 Preparation of site for construction:
The following activities are performed under this head:

Construction of fencing/ Gates Relocation of existing facilities
Required leveling
Construction of temporary / permanent roads (except final carpeting)
Storm water drains (initially temporary followed by permanent ones) Setting up of
proper stores
 Site Mobilization:
29
Initial mobilization is expected 5 month after the effective date of contract as per
agreed construction schedule drawn up for the project.
 Work Permit Procedure:
Based on the specific hazards involved for various activities, necessary work
permit system in line with KRIBHCO's requirements shall be followed to ensure
safe working at site. This is particularly relevant during pre-commissioning
operations when it will be preferable to obtain a work permit for each shift for any
work to be carried out.
 Materials Management:
A proper materials management system shall be implemented at the project site

encompassing all aspects of stores management like preparation of material
receiving / issuing reports for accounting and verification purposes, processing of
claims and / or back-charges for shortages / damages during transport etc. in
coordination with quality control personnel, wherever required etc. Proper receipt,
storage and preservation of materials that are required at a later phase of the
project execution shall also be the responsibility of the stores team. All stores
materials shall be stored as per applicable safe and good housekeeping
practices to facilitate easy identification / handling of any material / component.
Weather sensitive materials/equipment and supplies shall be stored under
covered storage.
Care should be exercised to ensure that materials stored are not affected by
possible flooding of the project area during rainy season. Materials / equipment /
supplies arriving at site shall be unloaded / stacked using appropriate handling
equipment. Proper inspection and quantity check of various materials received at
site shall be carried out immediately and entries made in the respective stores
records. Excesses, shortages and damages etc. shall be recorded and
concerned parties informed for corrective action. Local purchases to take care of
changes, rework, shortages etc. shall be carried out in coordination with material
controller and quality control personnel at site and shall be in line with the project
procurement procedure envisaged for the project.
 The following inventory control reports will be maintained at site:
• Daily Receiving Report (DRR)

• Material Receiving Report (MRR)
• Item wise Summary of MRR
• Statement of Pending Consignments
• Excess-Shortage-Damage Report (ESDR)
30
• Material Issue Voucher (MIV)
• Serial-Wise/Contractor-Wise Listing
• Contractor-Wise Issue Summary
• Item-Wise Issue Summary
• Material Return Voucher (MRV)
• Material-Wise Listing
• MRV Item-Wise Summary
• Contractor-Wise MRV Summary
• Contractor-Wise Reconciliation Report
• Stock Statement (Summary Reports)
• Stock Ledger Item-Wise
5.2 Population Projection
Nellore district town is around 21 Km from the project site. As of 2011 Census, Nellore
city had a population of 505,258, constituting 257,043 males and 248,215 females.
All local labors on contractual basis will be engaged during the construction phase. As
such, no major population influx is estimated at project site during construction phase.
During operation phase approx 270 employees (including permanent and contractual)
will be engaged for the project. There will be minor population influx during the
operation phase of the project.
5.3 Assessment of Infrastructure Demand

Necessary infrastructure to carry out the proposed activities will be developed at the
project site.
 Fire Station equipped with water foam fire tender
 Occupational Health Centre equipped with experience Doctor and medical staff
 Power House to meet the power demand of the site
 Septic tank followed with soak pit
5.4 Amenities/ Facilities
Following facilities/amenities will be developed at the project site

 Dining /canteen Facility
 Medical facilities
 Recreation Facility - DTH, TV, Games, Gym etc.
 Communication network (internet and phone service)
 Drinking water facility
 Transportation facility
31
6. PROPOSED INFRASTRUTURE
6.1 Industrial Area (Processing Area)

Different processing area/facility will be developed at the site, listed in the table
below:-
Sl. No. Description of UNIT/ Section

1. Train A NPK Plant – Granulation Section
2. Train A NPK Plant – Drying and Cooling Section
3. Train A NPK Plant – Raw Material Handling
4. Train A NPK Plant – Air dehumidification
5. Train B NPK Plant – Granulation Section
6. Train B NPK Plant – Drying and Cooling Section
7. Train B NPK Plant – Raw Material Handling
8. Train B NPK Plant – Air dehumidification
9. NPK Plant Raw material storage & Handling (common for NPK train A
/ train B)
10. NPK plant Bulk silo, Screen house and Product handling (common for
NPK train A / train B)
11. Bagging plant (common for NPK train A / train B)
12. Raw water Pre-treatment & process water unit
13. Cooling Tower Area
14. Plant & Instrument Air system
15. Auxiliary Boiler
16. Emergency Diesel generator
17. Fuel oil storage
18. Chemical Storage
19. Raw water & Fire Water Storage tanks & DM Water Unit
20. Ammonia storage & refrigeration system
21. Phosphoric acid storage
22. Sulphuric Acid Storage
23. Central Control Room & Laboratory
24. Outdoor switchyard and main 11kV substation
25. O&U Substation cum MCC Room
26. NPK Substation cum MCC Room (common for NPK train A/ train B)
27. Bagging Plant-MCC room
28. Empty Bag Storage Area
29. Neutralization & Waste Water Pit
30. Effluent Treatment Plant
31. Water Storage Reservoir
32. Security
33. Administrative Building
32
Sl. No. Description of UNIT/ Section
34. Car arking
35. Weigh bridge & Cabin for raw material
36. Fire Station
37. First Aid Room
38. Workshop
39. Warehouse
40. Weigh bridge & Cabin for product
41. Truck Parking for product
6.2 Administrative Area (Non Processing Area)

Administrative block for support activities such as P&A, HR, Finance & account,
purchase, store labor canteen medical room etc., and guest house will be
developed.
6.3 Green belt
Green belt area will be developed at the project site as per the norms and corporate
responsibility. Land other than the industrial use will also be utilized for the
development of green belt. Local or indigenous species of plants and trees will be
used for the development of green belt area.
6.4 Social Infrastructure
Different activities for the benefit and betterment of the local people, like providing
free medical facilities through the medical health centre, fire tender services to
address local fire calls, drinking water through ring wells, furniture and books for the
schools, scholarships for the needy and deserving students, public facilities /
infrastructure development etc. will be done by the KRIBHCO in assistance with the
government.
6.5 Connectivity
 The entire internal road will be developed with a proper planning considering all
safety measures.
 Project site is well connected with all means of the transport.
 Railway Station: Venkatacalam railway station at a distance of 8.26 km from the
project site.
 Airport: Tirupati at a distance of 120 km from the project site.
 Highway: Port Road is connecting NH-5 at a distance of around 12 km from
project site.
 Port: Krishnapatnam port at a distance of approx 15 km from the project site.
33
6.6 Drinking Water Management
Water supply requirement will be met through a full-fledged water supply system to
meet the needs of process, housing and workers camp facility.
The source of water is Sarvepally reservoir which is about 2 kms from the project
site. Ground water will also be used with consent of concern authority.
6.7 Sewerage System

A proper planned sewage system will be implemented for the domestic waste water
generated inside the battery limit.
6.8 Industrial Waste Management
Modern plants are designed as zero liquid effluent, all liquids being recovered into
the reaction section.
All industrial waste and spillages will be collected and re-introduced in the plant. As
for process waste water, suitable Effluent treatment plant will be installed so as to
comply as per APPCB guide line. In order to prevent underground water pollution,
the process area is paved with concrete & acid proof brick lining (wherever required)
and oil, acid and rain water falling in the area is collected in a pond for further
treatment. This waste water is discharged to the waste water treatment plant for
treatment.
6.9 Solid Waste Management
All solid waste and spillages will be collected and re-introduced in the plant through
a proper conveyer belt system. All other municipal solid waste will be treated and
recovered water will be recycled. The left out solid may be used a manure and
balance, if any, will be collected and dumped at a local municipal authorized
dumping site.
6.10 Power Requirement & Supply / Source
Maximum Power consumption: 9.5 MW
It is considered to receive power from grid at 132kV in outdoor switchyard from
Substation of APTRANSCO. This will be stepped down to 11kV. 11 kV main
distribution board shall be provided in main substation to distribute power to various
plant substations.
34
7. REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT PLAN
Proposed project site is coming in the approved industrial estate by Government of

Andhra Pradesh (GoAP). Thus, there is no population affected hence no R&R plan is
applicable.
35
8. PROJECT SCHEDULE & COST ESTIMATES
8.1 Tentative Project Schedule

Scheduling of the project is performed by the Planning Manager of the team. All aspects
under the project scope such as pre Project activities, Engineering, Procurement,
Construction, Pre-commissioning, Commissioning etc. are taken care of in the detailed
schedule.
Overall the pre project activities such as land survey, geotechnical survey, boundary
etc. and other pre-project approval such as Environment Clearance, Right of use/way
from the relevant Authority will take 12- 14 months. After that the tentative time period
taken for construction is 24 months and 6 months for pre-commissioning activities.
Detailed project schedule in pert chart is enclosed as Annexure 3 describing break-up
of various project execution stages.
8.2 Project Cost
Prevalent tax structure has been considered for estimating the project capital cost for
various indigenous & imported items. Various overheads such as insurance, packing,
inspection, project management, contingency etc. has been considered as per industry
norms for such projects. The project cost comprises of all items such as land & land
development, NPK Complex Plant & Associated facilities, Port storage & Facilities, all
related civil cost at plat site & port, license & engineering fee, pre-operative cost & IDC,
pre-commissioning & commissioning charges etc.
The total investment on Project is estimated to be Rs 1517 crore.
8.3 Economic Viability of the Project:

The concession offered by AP govt. like development of infrastructure, concession on
power and VAT for seven years have been considered in financial analysis of the
project.
From a financial perspective as well, the project is found to be economically viable. For
base case, the financial analysis result show the project IRR of 12.53% (pre- tax) and
Payback period of 6.54 years. The average Debt Service Coverage Ratio is ―1.20X‖.
36
9. ANALYSIS OF PROPOSAL (FINAL RECOMMENDATION)
 India is almost fully depending on imports of Phosphatic fertilizers or the

intermediates required for production of NPK Products like Phosphoric acid,
Rock Phosphate, Murate of Potash, Ammonia etc. Indian Fertilizer companies
produced around 32.4 million tonnes of fertilizer in the year 2012-13 However,
the total availability was short of demand and was met through imports. The
production of NPK has declined over recent years, around 6.2 million tonnes in
FY12-13 from 7.8 million tonnes in FY11-12.
 To meet the India’s requirement of NPK, KRIBHCO proposed to established NPK

complex with two NPK units near to Krishnapatnam Port, Nellore District, Andhra
Pradesh. In place of finished product import, the project USP is to use import of
fertilizer intermediates and turn them into fertilizer products as are required for
local need of nutrients for the soil. The proposed market area for products from
this project is primary hinterland states namely Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,
Tamil Badu and parts of Maharashtra, which are accounting for about 60%
complex fertilizer consumption in India. The outputs NPK from the fertilizer
complex will cater to the local & nearby areas of demand.
 Ammonia and Phosphoric Acid are the key raw materials required for the project.
Ammonia can be sourced from domestic sources or through imports. Phosphoric
acid will need to be imported from the Phosphate rich countries such as
Morocco, Jordan, South Africa etc. KRIBHCO will make suitable arrangement for
securing this vital raw material supply.
 The proposed site in the Krishnapatnam port area is ideal for a Phosphatic
fertilizer project because of easy access to port, excellent Road / rail connectivity,
good infrastructure, ancillary industry in vicinity and Power / water supply
resource availability.
 From a product portfolio standpoint, KRIBHCO shall become one of the biggest
fertilizer Industries in India to have both Nitrogenous and Phosphatic fertilizers
under single entity. Installing production facilities for NPK shall facilitate Kribhco
to become complete plant nutrition provider in India.
 The proposed project will result in the direct and indirect employment
opportunities to the unskilled/skilled regional/local people as well as increase in
business opportunities.
37
Annexure 1:
Location of the Plant Site on Toposheet
ANNEXURE – II
TENTATIVE
PROJECT
SCHEDULE
TENTATIVE PROJECT SCHEDULE
NPK Complex & associated port facilities
ThyssenKrupp Industrial Solutions (India)

Project : Feasibility study for NPK Complex & associated port facilities Major Work Remaining Work Milestone
Client : KRIBHCO - KRISHNAPATTANAM
Contract No. : 66-2611
MONTHS
Sr No Activities 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II
A Milestones
1 EFFECTIVE DATE OF CONTRACT
2 KICK OF MEETING
3 SOIL INVESTIGATION
4 BASIC ENGINEERING ADEQUACY COMPLETION
5 90% DETAILED ENGINEERING COMPLETION
6 PLACE ORDER FOR LONG LEAD EQUIPMENT
7 MOBILISE PILING WORKS CONTRACTOR
8 MOBILISE CIVIL WORKS CONTRACTOR
9 MOBILISE MECHANICAL WORKS CONTRACTOR
10 MOBILISE ELECTRICAL / INSTRUMENT WORKS CONTRACTOR
11 MOBILISE PAINTING / INSULATION CONTRACTOR
12 MECHANICAL COMPLETION
13 PRE COMMISSIONING
B Engineering
1 BASIC ENGINEERING ADEQUACY CHECK
2 HAZOP & FREEZE IN BASIC ENGG
3 DETAILED ENGINEERING
a) ENQ SPECS FOR LONG LEAD / CRITICAL ITEMS
b) ENQ. SPECS FOR PACKAGE ITEMS
c) ENQ. SPECS FOR OTHER MAJOR ITEMS
d) ENQ. SPECS FOR MISC. ITEMS
e) PROCESS ENGG
f) PIPING ENGG
g) CIVIL ENGG.
h) STATIC / ROTARY
i) ELECTRICAL ENGG
j) INSTRUMENT ENGG
k) VENDOR DRAWING REVIEWS
C Procurement (ENQUIRY TO DELIVERY)
1 PROPRIETARY SUPPLY ITEMS / EQUIPMENT. (SUPPLIED BY LICENSOR)
2 LONG DELIVERYEQUIPMENT/ ITEMS
3 PACKAGES & UTILITY ITEMS
4 PIPES & FITTINGS
5 OTHER PIPING BULK MATERIALS
6 MAJOR ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTATION ITEMS ( TRANSFORMERS, SWITCH GEAR, MCC, PLC)
7 OTHER ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTATION ITEMS
D Construction
a CIVIL WORKS
1 PILING TENDER CONTRACT FINALIZATION & MOBILIZATION AT SITE
2 PILING WORKS
TENTATIVE PROJECT SCHEDULE
NPK Complex & associated port facilities
ThyssenKrupp Industrial Solutions (India)

Project : Feasibility study for NPK Complex & associated port facilities Major Work Remaining Work Milestone
Client : KRIBHCO - KRISHNAPATTANAM
Contract No. : 66-2611
MONTHS
Sr No Activities 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II
3 CIVIL WORKS CONTRACT FINALIZATION & MOBILIZATION AT SITE
4 PRECAST WORKS
5 CIVIL WORKS - PLANT (ISBL)
6 STRUCTURAL FABRICATION / ERECTION WORKS
7 MISC CIVIL WORKS
b MECHANICAL & PIPING
1 CONTRACTOR FINALIZATION AND MOBILIZATION AT SITE
2 SITE FABRICATED PHOSPHORIC ACID STORAGE TANK PREFAB & ERECTION
3 PLANT EQUIPMENT ERECTION
4 PACKAGE EQUIPMENT ERECTION
5 PIPING FABRICATIONS
6 PIPING ERECTION
c ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTATION WORKS : TENDERING AND INSTALLATION
d INSULATION & PAINTING WORKS : TENDERING AND INSTALLATION
f MECHANICAL COMPLETION
E PRE-COMMISSIONING
F COMMISSIONING
ANNEX URE - II I
LAYOUT MAP OF
PROPOSED PLANT
AREA AND ROUTE
MAP (PLANT-
KRISHN APATNA M
PORT)
KEY PLAN
KRIBHCO PLANT
Railw
ay Statio
n
GRID SUB STATION
OVE
R
BRI
DGE
GODOWN POND
POND
Railway Station
GODOWN
X = 49498.179
Y = 63284.217
Z = 6.928
Water Logging Area
Water Logging Area
Water Logging Area
Water Logging Area
Water Logging Area
Water Logging Area
Water Logging Area
Water Logging Area
Water Logging Area
CB01JB CB01KB
X = 55512.989 X = 55549.849
Y = 61847.019 Y = 61846.973
Water Logging Area Z = 4.362 Z = 4.527
Water Logging Area
Water Logging Area

Water Logging Area
Reference Point as per PORT Notes:- Scale-1mm=1mtr PROJECTS AND DEVELOPMENT INDIA LTD.
Fence
CB01KB All Dimensions are in meter. (A Govt. of India Undertaking)
Proposed Alignment Plotting-1:1
Fiber Cable OFC TBM X = 55549.812 Y = 61846.987 Z = 4.527
Structure/Building Paper - A0 ROUTE SURVEY & TOPOGRAPHY SURVEY OF PIPELINE
CB01JB
Tree Temple
Existing Road X = 55512.989 Y = 61847.019 Z = 4.362 FOR 1.2MMTPY NPK FERTILISER PROJECT
DWG. No. Drawn By:
Turning Point Rail Pillar
Median Dipti Consultant:-
PUSSHNEY INFRSTRUCTURE & CONSULTANCY SERVICES
Boundary Wall Culvert/Bridge Electric Pole Checked By: Plot No.394/4181,Laxminagar,Patia, Bhubaneswar(Odisha)
Tel: 2742205,9437192043,9438297856
Nalah Railway line Light Post Sheet No.
e-mail :pusshney@yahoo.co.in
STORAGE TANK
8.62 Acres
Fence X X Reference Point as per PORT Notes:- Scale-1mm=1mtr PROJECTS AND DEVELOPMENT INDIA LTD.
CB01KB All Dimensions are in meter. (A Govt. of India Undertaking)
Proposed Alignment Plotting-1:1
Fiber Cable OFC TBM X = 55549.812 Y = 61846.987 Z = 4.527
Structure/Building Paper - A0 ROUTE SURVEY & TOPOGRAPHY SURVEY OF PIPELINE
CB01JB
Tree Temple
Existing Road X = 55512.989 Y = 61847.019 Z = 4.362 FOR 1.2MMTPY NPK FERTILISER PROJECT
DWG. No. Drawn By:
Turning Point Rail Pillar
Median Dipti Consultant:-
PUSSHNEY INFRSTRUCTURE & CONSULTANCY SERVICES
Boundary Wall CW CW Culvert/Bridge Electric Pole Checked By: Plot No.394/4181,Laxminagar,Patia, Bhubaneswar(Odisha)
Sheet No. Sheet No. Tel: 2742205,9437192043,9438297856
Nalah Railway line Light Post e-mail :pusshney@yahoo.co.in
ANNEXURE - IV
MSDS SHEETS OF
SULPHU RIC ACID,
MOP, PH OSPHOR IC
ACID AND
AMMONIA
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
Sulphuric Acid
SECTION 1. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
PRODUCT NAME: Sulphuric Acid FORMULA: H2SO4

CHEMICAL NAME: Sulfuric Acid SYNONYMS: Sulphuric Acid, Hydrogen Sulphate, Oil
of Vitriol, Battery Acid
SECTION 2. COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Name % by weight
Sulphuric Acid 70 – 100%
Water 0 – 30%
SECTION 3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW
Danger! Extremely corrosive. Causes severe burns and / or eye damage. Mist: Causes respiratory
irritation. Harmful if inhaled. Harmful or fatal if swallowed. Reacts violently with water. Concentrated
Sulfuric Acid will react with many organic materials and may cause fire due to the heat of the
reaction. Not flammable, but reacts with most metals to form explosive/flammable hydrogen gas.
POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS:
ROUTES OF EXPOSURE:
EYE CONTACT: Immediate pain, severe burns and corneal damage, which may result in permanent
blindness.
INGESTION: Causes severe irritation or burns of the mouth, throat, and esophagus.
INHALATION: Causes respiratory irritation and at high concentrations may cause severe injury,
burns, or death. Effects of exposure may be delayed.
SKIN CONTACT: Causes burns, and brownish or yellow stains. Concentrated solutions may cause
second or third degree burns with severe necrosis. Prolonged and repeated exposure to dilute
solutions may cause irritation, redness, pain and drying and cracking of the skin.
ROUTE OF ENTRY: Skin contact. Eye contact. Ingestion. Inhalation
TARGET ORGANS: Eyes, skin, central nervous and respiratory systems.
MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY OVEREXPOSURE: Skin irritation may be aggravated

in individuals with existing skin lesions. Breathing of vapors or sprays (mists) may aggravate acute or
chronic asthma and chronic pulmonary disease such as emphysema and bronchitis.
SECTION 4. FIRST AID MEASURES

EYE CONTACT: Immediately flush eyes with running water for a minimum of 20 minutes. Hold
eyelids open during flushing. If irritation persists, repeat flushing. Obtain medical attention
IMMEDIATELY. Do not transport victim until the recommended flushing period is completed unless
flushing can be continued during transport.
INGESTION: DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. If victim is alert and not convulsing, rinse mouth and
give ½ to 1 glass of water to dilute material. Continued washing of the affected area with cold or iced
water will be helpful in removing the last traces of sulfuric acid. Creams or ointments should not be
applied before or during the washing phase of treatment.
INHALATION: Move victim to fresh air. Give artificial respiration ONLY if breathing has stopped. Do
not use mouth-to-mouth method if victim ingested or inhaled the substance: induce artificial
respiration with the aid of a pocket mask equipped with a one-way valve or other proper respiratory
medical device. Give Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) if there is no pulse AND no breathing.
Obtain medical attention IMMEDIATELY.
SKIN CONTACT: Immediately flush skin with running water for a minimum of 20 minutes. Start
flushing while removing contaminated clothing. If irritation persists, repeat flushing. Obtain medical
attention immediately. Do not transport victim unless the recommended flushing period is completed
or flushing can be continued during transport.
NOTE TO PHYSICIAN: DO NOT attempt to neutralize the acid with weak bases since the reaction
will produce heat that may extend the corrosive injury
SECTION 5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
FLASH POINT: AUTO – IGNITION: FLAMMABLE RANGE:

Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Dry chemical, carbon dioxide or water.
SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS: Wear a NIOSH/MSHA approved self-contained

breathing apparatus if vapors or mists are present and full protective clothing. For fighting fires in
close proximity to spill or vapors, use acid-resistant personal protective equipment. Evacuate
personnel to a safe area. Prevent unauthorized entry to fire area. Dike area to contain runoff and
prevent contamination of water sources. Neutralize runoff with lime, soda ash or other suitable
neutralizing agents Cool containers that are exposed to flame with streams of water until fire is out.
UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS:

A) Stable, but reacts violently with water and organic materials with evolution of heat
B) Releases sulfur dioxide at extremely high temperatures
C) Vigorous reactions with water; alkaline solutions; metals, metal powder; carbides; chlorates;
fuminates; nitrates; picrates; strong oxidizing, reducing, or combustible organic materials.
Hazardous gases are evolved on contact with chemicals such as cyanides, sulfides, and
carbides
HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS: Oxides of Sulfur
SECTION 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
STEPS TO BE TAKEN IF MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: Cover with DRY earth, sand or
other non-combustible material or absorb with an inert dry material and place in a loosely covered
plastic or other appropriate waste disposal container.
Stop leak if possible without risk. Dike with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible inert material.
Prevent entry into sewers or waterways. Consider neutralizing the residue with sodium carbonate,
lime, or other suitable neutralizing agent. Ensure adequate decontamination of tools and equipment
following clean up. Dispose of waste material at an approved waste treatment/disposal facility, in
accordance with applicable regulations. Do not dispose of waste with normal garbage or to sewer
systems.
SECTION 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
STORAGE: If stored in non-reactive container, keep container tightly closed. Metal and, specifically
carbon steel, storage tanks must be vented due to hydrogen release, therefore, good general
ventilation should be provided to keep vapor and mist concentrations below the exposure limits.
HANDLING: Wear appropriate Personal Protection Equipment. Do not breathe sprays or mists. Do
not ingest. Do not get in eyes, on skin or on clothing. Keep ignition sources away from sulfuric acid
storage, handling and transportation equipment. Locate safety shower and eyewash station close to
chemical handling area.
CAUTION: Hydrogen, a highly flammable gas, can accumulate to explosive concentrations inside
drums, or any types of steel containers or tanks upon storage. Carbon steel storage tanks must be
vented. People working with this chemical should be properly trained regarding its hazards and its
safe use.
SECTION 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
ENGINEERING CONTROLS:
Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep airborne
levels below recommended exposure limits. The most effective measures are the total enclosure of
processes and the mechanization of handling procedures to prevent all personal contact with sulfuric
acid. Safety showers and eyewash stations should be installed in storage and handling areas.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION:
EYE PROTECTION: Chemical goggles and face shield
SKIN PROTECTION: Where there is a danger of spilling or splashing, acid resistant aprons or suits
should be worn. Trouser legs should be worn outside (not tucked in) rubber boots.
OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Chemical-resistant, impervious gloves (i.e. neoprene) should

be worn when handling sulphuric acid. A NIOSH/MSHA approved air-purifying respirator equipped
with acid gas/fume, dust, mist cartridges for concentrations up to 10 mg/m3. An air supplied respirator
if concentrations are higher or unknown.
SECTION 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
APPEARANCE, ODOR AND STATE: Odorless, clear to amber, heavy, oily liquid. A pungent odor
may exist if certain impurities are present in the acid.
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 98.8
BOILING POINT (1 atm): - 98%:330°C (626°F)
SPECIFIC GRAVITY (air=1): 98%: 1.8437
FREEZING POINT / MELTING POINT: - 98%: -1.1°C (30°F)

VAPOR PRESSURE : 98%: 0.002 mmHg
SOLUBILITY :- Easily soluble in cold water (with liberation of much heat.) Soluble in ethyl alcohol
SECTION 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
CHEMICAL STABILITY: Stable
CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Keep away from heat and sources of ignition. Avoid temperatures, which
may have a negative effect on the materials of construction used in equipment.
INCOMPATIBILITY (Materials to Avoid): Contact with organic materials (such as alcohol,

acrylonitrile, chlorates, carbides, epichlorohydrin, fulminates, isoprene, nitrates and picrates) may
cause fire and explosions. Contact with metals may produce flammable hydrogen gas. When diluting,
add acid to water. Do NOT add water to the acid
REACTIVITY:
A) HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: Toxic gases and vapors (e.g. sulfur dioxide,
sulphuric acid vapors/mists and sulfur trioxide)
B) HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur
SECTION 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
LC50 (Inhalation): 510 mg/m3 for 2 hrs
LD50 (Oral): 2140 mg/kg
SKIN CORROSIVITY: Causes severe skin irritation and burns. Continued contact can cause tissue
necrosis
ADDITIONAL NOTES: Harmful if swallowed. May cause permanent damage to the digestive tract.
May cause severe irritation of the respiratory tract and mucous membranes with sore throat,
coughing, shortness of breath, and delayed lung edema. May also affect teeth (changes in teeth and
supporting structures - erosion, discoloration)
SECTION 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
AQUATIC TOXICITY: Harmful to aquatic life in very low concentrations. May be dangerous if it
enters water intake; Fish toxicity; 2.8 μg/L 96 hrs LC50 Rainbow trout.
MOBILITY: Not available
PERSISTENCE AND BIODEGRADABILITY: Not available
POTENTIAL TO BIOACCUMULATE: Not available
TOXICITY OF THE PRODUCTS OF DEGRADATION: The products of degradation are more toxic
than the original product.
SECTION 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
WASTE DISPOSAL: The generation of waste should be avoided or minimized wherever possible.
Cleaned up material may be a hazardous waste on disposal due to the corrosivity characteristic.
Disposal of this product and any by-products must comply with all state, and national requirements.
Consult local and/or regional authorities.
SECTION 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
UN classification Class 8, Corrosive Substances, UN No 1830.
Details: ADR/RID: Class 8, Item 1Â¡(b), Label: 8, Packaging Group II. IMDG: Class 8, Label: 8,
Packaging Group II.
Muriate of Potash (MOP)
PRODUCT NAME: Muriate of Potash (MOP), all FORMULA: KCl

grades SYNONYMS: Potash; MOP; Potassium
CHEMICAL NAME: Potassium Chloride Chloride; Potassium Muriate; Potassium
Monochloride
Muriate of Potash (N-0%, P-0%, K-615)
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW
Eye: Contact may cause mild eye irritation including stinging, watering and redness.
Skin: Contact may cause mild irritation including redness and a burning sensation. No information
available on skin absorption.
Inhalation (Breathing): No information available.
Ingestion (Swallowing): Low to moderate degree of toxicity by ingestion.
Signs and Symptoms: Effects of overexposure may include irritation of the nose, throat and
digestive tract, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, abdominal cramping, irregular heartbeats (arrhythmias),
dehydration, and hypertension. Repeated overexposure to dusts may result in irritation of the
respiratory tract, coughing and shortness of breath.
Cancer: Inadequate data available to evaluate the cancer hazard of this material.
Target Organs: No data available.
Developmental: Inadequate data available for this material.
Pre-Existing Medical Conditions: Conditions aggravated by exposure may include kidney disorders
and high blood pressure (hypertension).
Eye: If irritation or redness develops, move victim away from exposure and into fresh air. Flush eyes
with clean water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention.
Skin: Clense affected area(s) thoroughly by washing with mild soap and water. If irritation or redness
develops and persists, seek medical attention.
Inhalation (Breathing): If respiratory symptoms develop, move victim away from source of exposure
and into fresh air. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. If victim is not breathing, clear airway
and immediately begin artificial respiration. If breathing difficulties develop, oxygen should be
administered by qualified personnel. Seek immediate medical attention.
Ingestion (Swallowing): If large amounts are swallowed, seek emergency medical attention. If victim
is drowsy or unconscious and vomiting, place on left side with the head down and do not give
anything by mouth. If victim is conscious and alert and ingestion occurred within the last hour,
vomiting should be induced for ingestion of large amounts (more than 5 ounces or a little more than
½ cup in an adult) preferably under direction from a physician or poison center. If possible, do not
leave victim unattended and observe closely for adequacy of breathing.
Flammable Properties: This product is non-flammable.

Flash Point - Not applicable
OSHA Flammability Class - Not applicable
LEL/UEL - Not applicable
Autoignition Temperature - Not applicable
Unusual Fire & Explosion Hazards: No unusual fire or explosion hazards are expected. When this
material is subjected to high temperatures, it may release small amounts of chloride gas.
Extinguishing Media: Use extinguishing agent suitable for type of surrounding fire.
Fire Fighting Instructions: Positive pressure, self-contained breathing apparatus is required for all
fire fighting activities involving hazardous materials. Full structural fire fighting (bunker) gear is the
minimum acceptable attire. The need for proximity, entry, flashover and/or special chemical protective
clothing needs to be determined for each incident by a competent fire fighting safety professional.
Water used for fire suppression and cooling may become contaminated. Discharge to sewer
system(s) or the environment may be restricted, requiring containment and proper disposal of water.
Muriate of Potash is a crop nutrient and plant food; however, large spills can harm or kill vegetation.
 Stay upwind and away from spill (dust hazard).
 Wear appropriate protective equipment including respiratory protection as conditions warrant
 Prevent spilled material from entering sewers, storm drains, other unauthorized treatment
drainage systems, and natural waterways.
 Notify appropriate federal, state, and local agencies as may be required.
 Minimize dust generation.
 Sweep up and package appropriately for disposal.
Handling: The use of appropriate respiratory protection is advised when concentrations exceed any
established exposure limits. Wash thoroughly after handling. Wash contaminated clothing. Use good
personal hygiene practice.
Storage: Keep container(s) tightly closed. When possible use and store this material in cool, dry, well
ventilated areas. Store only in approved containers. Keep away from any incompatible material.
Protect container(s) against physical damage.
Engineering Controls: If current ventilation practices are not adequate to maintain airborne
concentrations below the established exposure limits, additional ventilation or exhaust systems may
be required.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Respiratory: A approved air purifying respirator with a type 95 (R or P) particulate filter may be used
under conditions where airborne concentrations are expected to exceed exposure limits (see Section
2). Protection provided by air purifying respirators is limited (see manufacturer’s respirator selection
guide). Use a positive pressure air supplied respirator if there is potential for uncontrolled release,
exposure levels are not known or any other circumstances where air purifying respirators may not
provide adequate protection. A respiratory protection program that meets OSHA’s 29 CFR 1910.134
requirements must be followed if workplace conditions warrant a respirator.
Skin: The use of cloth or leather work gloves is advised to prevent skin contact, possible irritation
and absorption.
Eye/Face: Approved eye protection to safeguard against potential eye contact, irritation, or injury is
recommended. Depending on conditions of use, a face shield may be necessary.
Other PPE: A source of clean water should be available in the work area for flushing eyes and skin.
Impervious clothing should be worn as needed.
Flash Point: Not applicable

Flammable/ Explosive Limits (%): LEL/UEL- Not applicable
Autoignition Temperature: Not applicable
Appearance: White to reddish-brown, crystalline or granular
Physical State: Solid
Odor/Taste: None / Strong saline
Molecular Weight of Pure Material: KCl – 74.6; NaCl – 58.5
pH: 5.4 – 10.0 in a 5% solution
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg): Approximately zero
Vapor Density (air=1): 2.57
Boiling Point: Sublimes at 1,500°C (2,732°F)
Freezing/Melting Point: 772 to 776°C (1423 to 1428°F)
Solubility in Water: 99.5 – 99.999%; 34.2 g/100mL at 20°C
Specific Gravity: 1.986 – 1.990
Volatility: No data available
Bulk Density: Loose – 64 to 75 lbs/ft3 (1025 to 1200 kg/m3)
Chemical Stability: Stable under normal conditions of storage and handling. Material is hygroscopic
(May absorbmoisture from air when relative humidity > 72%).
Conditions to Avoid: None known
Incompatible Materials: Avoid contact with hot nitric acid, may cause evolution of toxic nitrosyl
chloride. Contact with other strong acids may produce irritating hydrogen chloride gas. KCl may react
violently with bromine trifluoride and may explode if mixed with potassium permanganate and sulfuric
acid. NaCl can react with most noble metals, such as iron or steel, building materials (such as
cement), bromine, or trifluoride. A potentially explosive reaction may occur if NaCl is mixed with
dichloromaleic anhydride and urea. Electrolysis of mixtures containing NaCl and nitrogen compounds
may form explosive nitrogen trichloride.
Corrosivity: Similar to salt. Mildly corrosive to metals in the presence of moisture.
Hazardous Decomposition Products: None known
Hazardous Polymerization: Will not occur
Potassium Chloride: LD50 (rat, oral) = 2.6 g/kg LD50 (mouse, oral) = 1.5 g/kg
LC50: no information available
Eye (rabbit): 500 mg/24 H, mild irritant
Inadequate carcinogenicity, mutagenicity, or developmental toxicity data located for potassium
chloride. No target organ data located for potassium chloride
Sodium Chloride: LD50 (rat, oral) = 3 g/kg; LD50 (mouse, oral) = 4 g/kg
LC50 (rat) > 42 g/m3 / 1hour
Eye (rabbit): 100 mg/24 hour, moderate irritant
Eye (rabbit): 500 mg/24 hour, mild irritant
Inadequate carcinogenicity, mutagenicity, or developmental toxicity data located for sodium chloride.
No target organ data located for sodium chloride
Ecotoxicity: Dissolution of large quantities of potassium chloride and sodium chloride in water may
create an elevated level of salinity that may be harmful to fresh water aquatic species and to plants
that are not salt-tolerant.
Potassium Chloride:
Lepomis macrochirus LC50 – 2010 mg/l
Physa heterostropha LC50 – 940 mg/l
Scenedesmus subspicatus EC50 – 2500 mg/l
Sodium Chloride:
Ceriodaphnia dubia LC50 – 280,000 – 3,540,000 ug/l
Daphnia magnia LC50 – 3,114,000 – 10,000,000 ug/l
Daphnia pulex EC50 – 56.40 mM
Pimephales promelas LD50 – 6,020,000 – 10,000,000 ug/l

Waste bag not be used for storage of food items. Contact supplier for advise on proper disposal.
Hazard Class or Division: Not listed in the hazardous materials shipping regulations.
Phosphoric Acid
PRODUCT NAME: PHOSPHORIC ACID FORMULA: H3PO4

CHEMICAL NAME: PHOSPHORIC ACID SYNONYMS: White 54% phosphoric acid; Green
phosphoric acid; Phosphoric acid (Merchant grade);
Phosphoric acid (Purified grade)
Name % by weight
Phosphoric Acid 60-100%
Water 10-40%
POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS:
EYE CONTACT: Immediate pain, severe burns and corneal damage, which may result in permanent
blindness.
INGESTION: Causes severe irritation or burns of the mouth, throat, and esophagus.
INHALATION: Causes respiratory irritation and at high concentrations may cause severe injury,
burns, or death. Effects of exposure may be delayed.
SKIN CONTACT: Causes burns.
MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY OVEREXPOSURE: Skin irritation may be aggravated

in individuals with existing skin lesions. Breathing of vapors or sprays (mists) may aggravate acute or
chronic asthma and chronic pulmonary disease such as emphysema and bronchitis.
EYE CONTACT: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Hold eyelids
apart. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. Get medical attention
immediately.
INGESTION: Rinse mouth with water and afterwards drink plenty of water. Do not induce vomiting. If
vomiting occurs, keep head low so that stomach content doesn't get into the lungs. Get medical
attention
INHALATION: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. If
breathing is difficult, give oxygen. If the affected person is not breathing, apply artificial respiration.
Get medical attention immediately.
SKIN CONTACT: Immediately flush with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing
contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical attention immediately.
GENERAL INFORMATION: Ensure that medical personnel are aware of the material(s) involved,
and take precautions to protect themselves. In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical
advice immediately (show the label where possible).
SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS: Wear full protective clothing, including helmet, self-
contained positive pressure or pressure demand breathing apparatus, protective clothing and face
mask. Move containers from fire area if you can do it without risk. Use water spray to cool unopened
containers.
HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS: Not available
STEPS TO BE TAKEN IF MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: Avoid inhalation of vapors and

spray mist and contact with skin and eyes. Wear suitable protective clothing.
Stop the flow of material, if this is without risk. Prevent entry into waterways, sewer, basements or
confined areas. A spill can be diluted with water and disposed of at proper facilities. Otherwise,
absorb spill with vermiculite or other inert material, then place in a container for chemical waste. DO
NOT use combustible materials such as sawdust. Contaminated absorbent material may pose the
same hazards as the spilled product.
Flush residual spill area with a large amount of water. Neutralize washings or spill area with soda ash
or lime.
Avoid discharge into drains, water courses or onto the ground unless authorized by permit. Reporting
of releases to appropriate regulatory agencies may be required.
STORAGE: Keep container tightly closed. Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated place. Store away from
incompatible materials
HANDLING: Avoid inhalation of vapors/spray and contact with skin and eyes. Use only with
adequate ventilation. Observe good industrial hygiene practices.
Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep airborne
levels below recommended exposure limits. The most effective measures are the total enclosure of
processes and the mechanization of handling procedures to prevent all personal contact with
phosphoric acid. Safety showers and eyewash stations should be installed in storage and handling
areas.
EYE/FACE PROTECTION: Wear approved chemical safety goggles. Wear face shield if there is risk
of splashes. Wear a full-face respirator, if needed
SKIN PROTECTION: Wear appropriate thermal protective clothing, when necessary Always observe
good personal hygiene measures, such as washing after handling the material and before eating,
drinking, and/or smoking. Routinely wash work clothing and protective equipment to remove
contaminants. Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
APPEARANCE, ODOR AND STATE: Viscous green liquid with pungent smell
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 98
BOILING POINT (1 atm): - 269.6 °F (132 °C)
RELATIVE DENSITY: 1.39 - 2
VAPOUR DENSITY: - 2 - 3
VAPOR PRESSURE : 5 mm Hg (26°C)
SOLUBILITY :- Miscible with water
CHEMICAL STABILITY: Stable at normal conditions
REACTIVITY: Contact with certain metals liberates flammable gas
CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Elevated temperatures
INCOMPATIBILITY (Materials to Avoid): Combustible material. Organic material. Bases. Metals.

Reducing agents
REACTIVITY:
A) HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: Phosphorus oxides. Phosphine
INHALATION: May cause respiratory tract irritation.
INGESTION: Harmful if swallowed. Causes digestive tract burns
SKIN CORROSIVITY: Harmful if swallowed. Causes digestive tract burns
ADDITIONAL NOTES: Causes serious eye damage. Permanent eye damage or blindness could
result. Effects on exposure by inhalation may include sore throat, cough, burning sensation,
shortness of breath and labored breathing. Harmful if swallowed. May cause chemical burns in
mouth, esophagus and stomach.
AQUATIC TOXICITY: The product is not classified as environmentally hazardous. However, this
does not exclude the possibility that large or frequent spills can have a harmful or damaging effect on
the environment
MOBILITY: This product is water soluble and may disperse in soil
PERSISTENCE AND BIODEGRADABILITY: No data available

POTENTIAL TO BIOACCUMULATE: No data available
OTHER ADVERSE EFFECTS: The product may affect the acidity (pH-factor) in water with risk of
harmful effects to aquatic organisms.
WASTE DISPOSAL: Do not allow this material to drain into sewers/water supplies. Dispose in
accordance with all applicable regulations. Disposal recommendations are based on material as
supplied. Disposal must be in accordance with current applicable laws and regulations, and material
characteristics at time of disposal. Since emptied containers may retain product residue, follow label
warnings even after container is emptied.
DOT SHIPPING NAME: Phosphoric acid solution
HAZARD CLASS: 8
ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTION: NONE
LABEL(s) REQUIRED: 8
MARINE POLLUTANT: No
SPECIAL MARKING FOR USERS: Read safety instructions, SDS and emergency procedures
before handling.
AMMONIA
PRODUCT NAME: Ammonia FORMULA: NH3

CHEMICAL NAME: Ammonia SYNONYMS: Ammonia, Anhydrous
Ammonia is sold as pure product (>99%).
EXPOSURE LIMITS:
OSHA: PEL = 50 ppm ACGIH: TLV/TWA = 25 ppm NIOSH: IDLH = 300 ppm
TLV-STEL = 35 ppm
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW
Anhydrous Ammonia is an irritating, flammable, and colorless liquefied compressed gas packaged in
cylinders under its own vapor pressure of 114 psig at 70 _F. Ammonia can cause severe eye, skin
and respiratory tract burns. It poses an immediate fire and explosion hazard when concentrations
exceed 15%; therefore, area must be ventilated before entering. Wear self-contained breathing
apparatus (SCBA) when entering release area if concentrations exceed allowable exposure limits.
Fully protective suits are required in large releases. Always be aware of fire and explosion potential
in the case of large releases.
ACUTE POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS:
ROUTES OF EXPOSURE:
EYE CONTACT: Exposure to Ammonia can cause moderate to severe eye irritation.
INGESTION: Ingestion is not a likely route of exposure for Ammonia.
INHALATION: Ammonia is severely irritating to nose, throat, and lungs. Symptoms may include
burning sensations, coughing, wheezing, shortness of breath, headache and nausea. Overexposure
may also cause central nervous system effects including unconsciousness and convulsions. Upper
airway damage is more likely and can result in bronchospasm (closing of the airway). Vocal chords
are particularly vulnerable to corrosive effects of high concentrations. Lower airway damage may
result in fluid build up and hemorrhage. Death has occurred following a 5 minute exposure to 5000
ppm.
SKIN CONTACT: Vapor contact may cause irritation and burns. Contact with liquid may cause
freezing of the tissue accompanied by corrosive caustic action and dehydration.
POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS OF REPEATED EXPOSURE:

ROUTE OF ENTRY: Inhalation, eye or skin contact.
SYMPTOMS: Repeated or prolonged skin exposure may cause dermatitis.
TARGET ORGANS: Eyes, skin, central nervous and respiratory systems.
MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY OVEREXPOSURE: Conditions generally aggravated

by exposure include asthma, chronic respiratory disease (e.g., emphysema), dermatitis and eye
disease.
EYE CONTACT: Flush eyes with large quantities of water. Seek medical attention immediately.
INGESTION: Ingestion is not a likely route of exposure for Ammonia
INHALATION: Remove person to fresh air. If not breathing, administer artificial respiration. If
breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. Obtain prompt medical attention.
SKIN CONTACT: Flush affected area with large quantities of water. Remove contaminated clothing
immediately. If liquid comes in contact with skin, remove contaminated clothing and flush with plenty
of lukewarm water for several minutes. Seek medical attention immediately.
NOTE TO PHYSICIAN: Bronchospasm may be treated with the use of a bronchodialator such as
albuterol and an anticholinergic inhalant such as Atrovent
FLASH POINT: AUTOIGNITION: FLAMMABLE RANGE:

Not applicable 1204 °F (651 ⁰C) 16% - 25%
SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS: Evacuate all personnel from area. If possible without
risk, stop the flow of Ammonia, then fight fire according to types of materials that are burning.
Extinguish fire only if gas flow can be stopped. This will avoid possible accumulation and re-ignition
of a flammable gas mixture. If possible, move adjacent cylinders away from fire area. Keep adjacent
cylinders cool by spraying with large amounts of water until the fire burns itself out. Self-contained
breathing apparatus (SCBA) may be required.
UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Most cylinders are designed to vent contents when
exposed to elevated temperatures. Pressure in a cylinder can build up due to heat and it may rupture
if pressure relief devices should fail to function. Runoff from firefighting may be contaminated; check
pH. Ammonia can form explosive compounds when combined with mercury.
HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS: Oxides of nitrogen
STEPS TO BE TAKEN IF MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: Evacuate immediate area.

Eliminate any possible sources of ignition, and provide maximum explosion-proof ventilation. Shut off
source of leak if possible. Isolate any leaking cylinder. If leak is from container, pressure relief
device or its valve, contact your supplier. If the leak is in the user’s system, close the cylinder valve,
safely vent the pressure, and purge with an inert gas before attempting repairs. Ammonia vapors can
be controlled with water spray, however; runoff may be contaminated. Releases that exceed 100 lbs
(45.4 kgs) during a 24-hour period must be reported.
All responders must be adequately protected from exposure. Levels of Ammonia should be below
levels listed in Section 2 (Composition / Information on Ingredients) and the atmosphere must have at
least 19.5% oxygen before personnel can be allowed in the area without self-contained breathing
apparatus (SCBA).
STORAGE: Store cylinders in a well-ventilated, secure area, protected from the weather. Cylinders
should be stored upright with valve outlet seals and valve protection caps in place. There should be
no sources of ignition. All electrical equipment should be explosion-proof in the storage areas.
Storage areas must meet National Electrical Codes for class 1 hazardous areas. Flammable storage
areas should be separated from oxygen and other oxidizers by a minimum distance of 20 ft. or by a
barrier of non-combustible material at least 5 ft. high having a fire resistance rating of at least ½ hour.
Ammonia cylinders should not be stored near acids or acid-forming gases. Post “No Smoking or
Open Flames” signs in the storage or use areas. Do not allow storage temperature to exceed 125 _F
(52 _C). Storage should be away from heavily traveled areas and emergency exits. Full and empty
cylinders should be segregated. Use a first-in first-out inventory system to prevent full containers
from being stored for long periods of time.
Caution: Ammonia cylinders are subject to theft and misuse. Cylinders should be stored and used
in controlled areas.
HANDLING: Do not drag, roll, slide or drop cylinder. Use a suitable hand truck designed for cylinder
movement. Never attempt to lift a cylinder by its cap. Secure cylinders at all times while in use. Use
a pressure reducing regulator or separate control valve to safely discharge gas from cylinder. Use a
check valve to prevent reverse flow into cylinder. Never apply flame or localized heat directly to any
part of the cylinder. Do not allow any part of the cylinder to exceed 125 _F (52 _C). Once cylinder
has been connected to properly purged and inerted process, open cylinder valve slowly and carefully.
If user experiences any difficulty operating cylinder valve, discontinue use and contact supplier.
Never insert an object (e.g., wrench, screwdriver, etc.) into valve cap openings. Doing so may
damage valve causing a leak to occur. Use an adjustable strap-wrench to remove over-tight or
rusted caps. All piped systems and associated equipment must be grounded. Electrical equipment
should be non-sparking or explosion-proof.
Only a recommended CGA connection should be used. Adapters should not be used. Use piping
and equipment adequately designed to withstand pressures to be encountered. If liquid product is
being used, ensure steps have been taken to prevent entrapment of liquid in closed systems. The
use of pressure relief devices may be necessary. Dedicated inert gas cylinders with in line back-flow
protection should be used for purging.
VENTILATION: Provide adequate natural or mechanical ventilation to maintain Ammonia

concentrations below exposure limits.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION:
Emergency Use: Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) or positive pressure airline
with full face mask with escape pack should be worn in areas of a large release or unknown
concentration.
EYE PROTECTION: Safety glasses for handling cylinders. Chemical goggles with full faceshield for
connecting, disconnecting or opening cylinders.
SKIN PROTECTION: Leather gloves for handling cylinders. Rubber or Neoprene gloves, and
chemical resistant outergarment should be worn when connecting or disconnecting cylinders. Total
encapsulating chemical suit may be necessary in large release area. Fire resistant suit and gloves in
emergency situations.
OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Safety shoes are recommended when handling cylinders.
Safety shower and eyewash fountain should be readily available.
CAUTION: Contact with cold, evaporating liquid on gloves or clothing may cause cryogenic burns or
frostbite. Cold temperatures may also cause embrittlement of PPE material resulting in breakage and
exposure.
APPEARANCE, ODOR AND STATE: Colorless gas with a sharp, strong odor similar to “smelling
salts” which is readily detectable at 20 ppm
MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 17.0
BOILING POINT (1 atm): -28.1 _F (-33.4 _C)
SPECIFIC GRAVITY (air=1): 0.59
FREEZING POINT / MELTING POINT: -107.9 _F (-77.7 _C)
VAPOR PRESSURE (At 70 _F (21.1 _C)): 114.4 psig
GAS DENSITY (At 70 _F (21.1 _C) and 1 atm): 0.045 lb/ft3
SOLUBILITY IN WATER (vol./vol. at 68 °F): 0.848
CHEMICAL STABILITY: Stable
CONDITIONS TO AVOID: High temperatures (greater than 800 °F (426 _C)). Cylinders should not
be exposed to temperatures in excess of 125 _F (52 _C).
INCOMPATIBILITY (Materials to Avoid): Copper, silver, cadmium and zinc and their alloys;
mercury, tin, acids, alcohols, aldehydes, halogens and oxidizers
REACTIVITY:
A) HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: Hydrogen at high temperatures.
B) HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur
LC50 (Inhalation): 7338 - 11590 ppm (rat, 1 hour); 2000 ppm (rat, 4 hours)
LD50 (Oral): Not applicable
LD50 (Dermal): Not applicable
SKIN CORROSIVITY: Ammonia is corrosive to the skin.
ADDITIONAL NOTES: Rats exposed continuously to 180 ppm Ammonia for 90 days did not show
any abnormalities of organs or tissues. Mild nasal irritation was observed in 12 out of 49 rats
exposed to 380 ppm Ammonia. At 655 ppm Ammonia, 32 out of 51 rats died by day 25 of exposure
and 50 out of 51 rats had died after 65 days of exposure.
AQUATIC TOXICITY: Currently, the following aquatic toxicity data are available for Ammonia:
Daphnia magna (48 hour) LC50 = 189 mg/l
Rainbow trout (24 hour) LC50 = 0.97 mg/l
Fathead minnow (96 hour) LC50 = 8.2 mg/l
MOBILITY: Not available
PERSISTENCE AND BIODEGRADABILITY: Not available
POTENTIAL TO BIOACCUMULATE: Not available
REMARKS: Do not release large amounts of Ammonia to the atmosphere. It does not contain any
Class I or Class II ozone depleting chemicals.
UNUSED PRODUCT / EMPTY CYLINDER: Return cylinder and unused product to supplier. Do not
attempt to dispose of unused product.
DISPOSAL: Small amounts of Ammonia may be disposed of by discharge into water. A ratio of ten
parts water to one part Ammonia should be sufficient for disposal. The subsequent solution of
ammonium hydroxide can be neutralized and should be properly disposed of in accordance with
regulations.
DOT SHIPPING NAME: Ammonia, Anhydrous
HAZARD CLASS: 2.2
ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTION: Inhalation Hazard

SHIPPING LABEL(s): Nonflammable gas
PLACARD (When required): Nonflammable gas
ADDITIONAL MARKING: Ammonia is also a hazardous substance regulated by the EPA. When
shipping quantities of 100 lbs. or more in one cylinder, add the prefix “RQ” to the DOT shipping name
on the documentation and clearly mark “RQ” on the cylinder near the label.
SPECIAL SHIPPING INFORMATION: Cylinders should be transported in a secure upright position

in a well-ventilated truck. Never transport in passenger compartment of a vehicle. Ensure cylinder
valve is properly closed, valve outlet cap has been reinstalled, and valve protection cap is secured
before shipping cylinder.
CAUTION: Compressed gas cylinders shall not be refilled except by qualified producers of
compressed gases.
ANNEXURE - V
DOCUMENTS
RELATED TO
POWER SUPPLY
AND WATER
ANNEXURE - VI
PUBLIC HEARIN G
MINUTES

G Writereaddata EIA 0811201676NR0QOLEIAEMPReport PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

G Writereaddata EIA 0811201676NR0QOLEIAEMPReport PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

G Writereaddata EIA 0811201676NR0QOLEIAEMPReport PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EIA for NPK Complex Fertilizer Plant at Survepalli Village, Near to

Asian Consulting Engineers Private Limited, New Delhi

CHAPTER-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Project Overview................................................................................................................................ 2-1

2.11.2 Project Cost.................................................................................................................... 2-43

3.1 General Setting of Site and Study Area............................................................................................... 3-1

CHAPTER-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Introduction......................................................................................................................................... 4-1

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. ii

4.2.1 Impact During Construction Phase.................................................................................... 4-4

CHAPTER-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

5.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan............................................................................................................ 5-1

CHAPTER-6: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................................................... 6-1

CHAPTER-7: PROJECT BENEFITS

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. iii

7.1 Project Benefits................................................................................................................................... 7-1

8.1 Structure of EMP................................................................................................................................. 8-1

CHAPTER-9: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

9.1 Summary and Conclusion……………………………………………………….............…………. 9-1

CHAPTER 10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

10.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................................ 10-1

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. iv

Table 3.7 Physico-Chemical Analytical Results of Surface Water..................................................... 3-14

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. v

LIST OF PHOTO PLATE

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. vii

Krishak Bharati Cooperative Limited (KRIBHCO), a leading cooperative organization in

The salient features of the project are given in the Table 1.

Table 1: Salient Features of the Project

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 1

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 2

The Project includes following different facilities:

 Chemical Fertilizer Plant at Nellore (16-18 Km from port storage).

In any emergency conditions/during maintenance of pipelines, transportation of liquid raw

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.5 Soil Quality

3.6 Land Use Land Cover

3.7 Water Quality

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 4

 pH shows that the water is alkaline in nature.

 pH shows that the water is slightly acidic to alkaline in nature.

3.8 Climate of Nellore

3.9 Ambient Air Quality

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 5

 Meteorological conditions on a synoptic scale

3.11 Biological Environment

3.12 Socio-Economic Environment

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 6

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Table 5: Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 7

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 8

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 9

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 10

5. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

The parameters and respective frequency of monitoring as part of Environmental Monitoring